John Spencer - World Atlas of UFOs by Gary Keyhoe

WORlD ATlAS OF

EDITOR ANNA MUMFORD ART EDITOR BOB GORDON PICTURE RESEARCH RACH EL DUFFIELD PRODUCTION CONTROLLER CHR ISTINA ROBILL IARD First published in 1991 by The Hamlyn Publishing Group Limited, part of Reed International Books, Michelin House, 81 Fulham Road, London SW3 6RB This edition first published in the United States in 1992 by SMITH MARK Publishers Inc., 112 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10016 ©Text john Spencer © Illustrations and Design Reed International Books Limited All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the permission of the Publisher and the copyright owner. ISBN 0- 8317-949&-4 Typeset by Dorchester Typesetting Group Limited Produced by Mandarin Offset - printed in Hong Kong

The Publishers would like to thank the following organizations and individuals for their kind pennission to reproduce the photohrraphs in this book. Aerofilms 75, 76 Martin Bower 19B, 22, 9�3B, 116-7 Steuart Campbell 111 Peter Day lOOT Mary Evans Picture Library 17, 21, �5. 2HB, 29T, :34, 16T&B, 49, 5:3, 59, 62, 64, 69R, 79, HOL, H1, H2B, H:3, HSTL,TR&B, HH, 90, �n'l', 102, 107, 123, 173, 1H7B,/Project I lessdalen 11H. 119Tt� B Fortean Picture Library 14, 15, 21B, 26B, :35, 3H, 4:3, 51, 69L, 71L&R, 7H, H7, liS, 1�0. 1HS,!Fotorama 26T,/Tsutomu Nakayama 6:>,/B Skinner 121, C Svahn HOR Stanton T Freidman 1H John Frost Newspapers S1 The Ronald Crant Archive 11 Robert Harding Picture Library 50-1 Cynthia I lind H 7, lS:3, 156,/ ©Ministry of lnfonnation, Zimbabwe ][)() The llutchison Library 1S7,/T Bedow 14S The Kobal Collection :3], 57, 101 MUFON J9L&R, 5H

NASA 12,/SPL 137, 187T Novosti Press Agency 128 Popperfoto 27, 28T, 66, 82T, 114, 129, 140 Science Photo Library 2-3, 29B, 40-1,/J Baum 131,/J Finch 40, 133,/D Parker 135,/M Paternostro 136 South American Pictures/Tony Morrison 189 Spectrum 105T&B, 108-9, 141, 175 John Spencer 60, 95, 1<>:3 Syndication International/Associated Press 163 TRH Pictures 1:�0R,/Grumman 130L © VUFORS 167,/P Nonnan 172, 174 Zefa 178 Although every effort has been made to trace the copyright holder, we apoloh.-]ze in advance for any unintentional omissions and would be pleased to insert the appropriate acknowledgements in any subsequent edition of this publication. Illustrations on pages :�0-1, �36-7, 44-5, 96-7. 112-13, 138-9, 154-5, 164-5, 170-1 and 182-3 by Tony Roberts. Illustration on page 21 by Keith Scaife. Models and photographs on pages 19B, 22, 93B, 116-17 by Martin Bower. These compositions are artists' impressions based on witnesses' reports.

Foreword

Introduction

NORTH AMERICA Last Bastion of ETH Database From Saucers to Conspiracies

EUROPE A Common European Ufology? Database Beyond Extra-terrestrials

THE EAST UFOs and Freedom of Infonnation Database Interaction between East and West

AFRICA UFOs Within African Culture Database UFOs or Ancestral Spirits

AUSTRALASIA The Australasian Perspective Database The Missing Links

SOUTH AMERICA The South American Viewpoint Database UFOs South of the Border

10 14 0�

74 7'b

120 124 126 128

141 142

144 146 1;:)/

158 160 1()�

17;:)

176 17� 1�11 1��

Index

1 �Ill

Afterword

1 :1�

s the International Director of the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON), the world's largest and most geographically

widespread independent UFO research organization, I am aware, perhaps more than most,

that the UFO phe-

nomenon is a truly global one. Unidentified Flying Objects are experienced by people all over the world and the

UFO's shows this continent by continent. The World Atlas of UFO's also highlights

World Atlas of

areas of large

countries - remote or less technological countries - where UFO's are rarely reported.

It becomes apparent that UFO

reporting is confined to those areas that have UFO investigators to whom these events can be reported. Those of us involved in the study of this phenomenon are convinced that if there were more people to whom sightings could be reported, then more cases deserving of serious study would reach UFO researchers.

During my twenty years at MUFON I have determined at

least two important things: first, that the UFO subject is serious and deserves to be treated with greater respect by scientists, world governments and the public than it presently is; second, that this subject is bringing people together across the world, and in a way that brings out their best talents. Thousands of people are donating hundreds of hours per year without fmancial compensation to helping those who do not seem to understand their own experiences or who may be unwilling victims of traumatic experiences. The annual MUFON International UFO Symposium attracts hundreds of people from all over the world who come together in a spirit of joint endeavour路 that breaks down international boundaries. Both the Mutual UFO Network (MUFON) and the British UFO Research Association (BUFORA) are organizations to which the author and many of the contributors belong. They have a stated objective to educate the public in a responsible and authoritative manner, to encourage other groups and organiza颅 tions around the world to share their work, and to proceed towards a solution to this intriguing and mysterious subject. This book is part of that process.

WALTER H. ANDRUS ]R. INTERNATIONAL DIRECTOR MuTUAL UFO NETW(mK

Kuhle mann, Jenny

nidentified Flying Objects are a subject

f{andles,

Steve Camble,

which is much misunderstood: partly

Bob Digby, Philip Mantle, Andy Hoberts. None

because of poor media attention, partly

of these people are responsible for any opinions

because of inadequate support from the

expressed in the book other than those they make in their own section introductions.

scientific community and partly because of the absurd claims of cult followers who attach

My thanks also to the artists and illustra

themselves to the subject. The end result is

tors, Tony l{oberts, Martin Hower and Keith

that authoritative data

Scaife for their astonishing visualizations that

rarely

gets

the

portray the mystery and awe of key events.

general public and the UFO phenomenon as a whole attracts ridicule. The

World Atlas of

I would like to !-,rive special thanks to three

UFO's aims to redress that imbalance.

other people who each gave

very special

support in their own way: my wife, Anne, who

We do not know what UFOs are: some cases make it very clear that they are a physical

became researcher and cartographer despite

reality; other cases seem to be caught up in a

the demands of our home and her own busi

sociological event; some cases have mytholo

ness; Anna Mumford, of Reed International

gical and others psychological components.

Books,

Some UFO reports arc humorous and appear to

installed a hot-line direct to my desk; Kathryn

who gave tremendous back-up and

be relatively unimportant while a great many

Howard, a UFO abductee who, when I needed

have serious, often frightening implications for

a fresh perspective on the subject, provided it

individual people and for the world as a whole.

(in trumps!).

Too many people have been touched by UFOs, directly and indirectly,

for the

There are people missing from this list who,

UFO phe

for various reasons, cannot be acknowledged

nomenon to be wished away. These people and

individually: the hundreds of good UFO investi

the rest of the world deserve a reasoned

gators whose cases make up the databases -

attempt to provide them with the answers that

space simply prohibits a full cross-referenced

they seek - whatever those answers may be.

list;

The

prefer to remain anonymous at least for the

World Atlas of UFO's

proves one thing

psycholo!-,rists and some scientists who

very clearly: that at some level, or in some

moment; witnesses whose cases are not in

way, the UFO phenomenon is real.

cluded out of respect for their wish that their

To compile a world database of over forty

stories remain out of the public domain - the

years of research from all around the world was

perspective they provide is vital.

a daunting task. I could not have easily done so

In researching the data, I have used many

without the support of friends and colleabU T es

case files including my own, and taken the

across the world who supplied data, gave their

opinions of many more experienced than my

opinions, guided me to sources of data, or

many publications (see Bibliography page 192).

self. For specific references I have referred to

simply kept me going when the coffee ran out. From an endless list I would particularly like to mention:

Hilary Evans,

Cynthia Hind,

None of the books, journals or authors men

Paul

tioned are responsible for the opinions ex

Norman, Eduardo Russo, Walter H Andtusjnr,

pressed, some of which are no doubt contrary

Budd Hopkins, Thomas (Eddie) Bullard, Bertil

to their own. Such is this subject.

SOMEWHERE 'OUT THERE ' , THERE MUST SURE LY BE TE CHNO-DEMOCRATS , JUST LIKE OURSELVES , I N SEARCH OF NEW FRONTIERS AND HORIZONS , WILLING TO GO 'WHERE NO MAN HAS GONE BEFORE ' .

KEY TO MAP OF NORTH AMERICA CD 0 Q) <3) ®

Aerial Cattle Rustlers , Le Roy, Kansas Maury Island, Washington State Kenneth Arnold Sighting, Mount Rainier, Washington State Roswell Incident, Roswell, New Mexico Captain Thomas Mantell , Godman Field, Kentucky ® Aztec, New Mexico 0 Chiles/Whitted, Montgomery , Georgia ® Fargo, North Dakota ® White Sands , White Sands Proving G rounds , New Mexico @> The Trent Photographs, McMinnville , Oregon @ The Lubbock Lights, Lubbock, Texas ® Washington Flap, Washington D.C. @ Desvergers Encounter, West Palm Beach, Florida ® George Adamski, Desert Centre, California @ Gulf of Mexico @ Tujunga Canyon, California ® Livermore , Oakland , California ® Daniel Fry, White Sands Proving Grounds, New Mexico ® Goose Bay, Labrador (Canada) ® Kelly-Hopkinsville, Kentucky ® 'Jennie', Nebraska @ Lochraven Dam , Baltimore, Pennsylvania @ Joe Simonton, Eagle River, Wisconsin ® Betty and Barney Hill, Concorde, New Hampshire @ Socorro, New Mexico @ Gary Wilcox. Tioga, New York State ® Cisco Grove, California

@ @ ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® @)

® @ @ @ @) @ ® @ @> @> ® ® ® ®

Flynn Incident, Everglades, Florida Exeter Flap , Exeter, New Hampshire Great North Eastern Blackout, North Eastern United States/Canada Swamp Gas Debacle, Ann Arbor, Michigan Catalina Island Film, California Betty Andreasson. Ashburnham, Massachusetts Stephan Michalaq. Falcon Lake, Ontario/Manitoba border (Canada) Patrolman Schirmer. Ashland, Nebraska Shane Ku rz. New York State Callery Chemical Plant, Butler, Pennsylvania Dapple Grey Lane, Los Angeles, California St Catherine's, Ontario (Canada) The Delphos Ring , Kansas Michellmbeault, Montreal, Canada Pascagoula Encounter, Mississippi Jeff Greenhaw, Falkville, Alabama Captain Coyne, Mansfield. Ohio FlattertDonathan, Blackford County, Indiana Polaski Encounter, Greensberg, Pennsylvania Tsutomu Nakayama, Hawaii Carl Higdon Abduction, Medicine Bow National Forest. Wyoming Travis Walton Abduction, Snowflake. Arizona Falconbridge. Ontario (Canada) Cash/Landrum Encounter, Dayton, Texas 'Kathie Davis' Abductions, 'Copley Woods', Indiana Japan Air Lines, Anchorage Airport, Alaska Gulf Breeze Case, Gulf Breeze, Florida

was American ingenuity and industry, was it not, that felled Hitler's Fortress Europe? (Never mind for now that Soviet armies had a small helping hand in turning back the Fascist tide.) Moreover, it was American know-how that manufactured the world's first atomic bomb. (And a military mind-set we tend to overlook that decided to drop it.) Certainly, the remarkable economic and industrial recovery of a war-ravaged world owes a great deal of debt to its American constituency, however tarnished or lagging our present perlormance. The point is that, for better or worse, it is, perhaps, the American character that has cast the longest shadow over the collective post World War Two global village. Musco足 vites crowd into McDonald's rather than New Yorkers into McGorky's. Some commentators believe that we Americans are our own worst critics. In fact, our mania for introspection is much more political and ethical than it is, say, psychological or metaphysical. Given our industrial and technological background (itself a pro足 duct as much of circumstance as character) it was only logical that we would see ourselves in the UFO phenomenon. Somewhere 'out there', there must surely be techno-democrats just like ourselves, in search of new frontiers and horizons, willing to go 'where no man has gone before'. Such was the only logical assumption that could be made about these mysterious little green men in their ma1-,rnificent flying machines. It was just not in our make-up to think otherwise. As America's taste for fast food suffused the world market place, so did perhaps premature adoption of the ETH suffuse ufolo1-,ry, again, for better or worse. On the other hand, as with any empire, rebellion was bound to set in, and this is exactly what we see happening today. That these mini-revolutions have

ach year the President of the United States of America addresses the nation with a State of the Union message. This speech is purely political; that is to say, heavy on platitudes, and short on substance. A few troublesome issues are admitted to, but these are traditionally glossed over as nothing 'the spirit of the American people can't conquer if we only put our minds to it, and our shoulders to the wheel.' I can see that I might easily be accused of a similar sort of equivocation here. As editor of the monthly journal of MUFON, the Mutual UFO Network, I suppose I can be seen as a party loyalist, one who adheres publicly to the perceived party line, and tends to put a gloss on the overall status of the situation, whether or not merited by reality. All I can say in my defence is that is certainly not how I think of myself. (Nor, judging from my mail, do all members of MUFON.) I hope I am capable of giving a more or less objective assessment of the present state of American ufolo1-,ry, warts, roses and all. I also understand that what follows is only one person's opinion. Another ufologist might see the current situation in a different colour or light altogether and certainly they are welcome to their opinion. So, what is the nature of the beast, then, as I perceive it? Frankly, fairly encouraging, though not without its moments of low humour and open rancour. Before we enter into specifics, however, it might prove fruitful to look first at our background. That America should be the haven (if not the last bastion) of the so-called Extra-terrestrial Hypothesis (ETI D. should not come as a surprise, either, given our nature and circumstances. Although Americans are ar1-,TUably no more a technological culture or society than, say, the Germans or the japanese, we have always prided ourselves that we were. For example, it

·l li ll l llllllll• • · LAST BASTION OF ETH

adopted their own individualistic and local 'style' was

The mother ship in Close Encounters o f the Third Kind which

inevitable. Of course the failure of the ETH to prove

compounded technological America's extra-terrestrial view of the subj ect.

itself contributed to the situation, too. Still, the revolts have fallen back on their own culture and circumstance in a sort of intellectual nationalism, or chauvinism.

tion of its own peculiar tin1e and place. Like its

Thus we have several separate 'schools' of which

contemporaries, it is riddled with holes and factions. There is an exaggerated tendency to 'choose

faerie folklore, tribal culture, psychological and mys

sides', based on belief and feeling about a specific

tical are all examples. However, none of these schools has come any

case, or personal loyalty to the principles involved,

closer to ultimately resolving the central issue - the

rather than a dispassionate examination of the evi

unknown nature of the UFO phenomenon. Nor do I

dence itself. This was most recently exemplified by

mean to suggest that these generalized separate

the spectacular and apparently on-going Gulf Breeze

approaches are in any way monolithic, or that there

Case in Florida (see page

are not schisms.

friends - at least old acquaintances, suddenly at one

But the point is that American

ufology, first and foremost, is a product or manifesta-

67), which saw

another's throats over its validity.

if not old

�'''lll [ Ullu�·· .

N O RTH A M E R I CA

Interestingly, the argument could be made that each country and people get not only the ufologists they 'deserve', but seemingly specialized outbreaks of the phenomenon itself, as well. In the US, of late, that involves apparently physical and photographed objects seen by large numbers of witnesses, as in Gulf Breeze, accompanied by a strong undercurrent of abductions and a whiff of mutilated animals. In England, the strange Wessex crop circles (see page 121) beneath the great Chalk Horse have yet to be put in their proper context, and the same can be said of the French humanoids of an earlier day, and now, the Soviet 'invasion' and Brazilian accounts of flying refrigerators and death-dealing ray beams. Whether these specialized outbreaks can best be thought of as a case of the seeker blind to anything but the sought, or alternatively as a sort of perverse prank on the part of the phenomenon itself remains to be answered. Our native proclivity for picking teams has sur faced in the one area of ufology where one would naturally assume it might least rear its ugly head: in the realm of government and military intelligence documentation.

The present controversy centres

around an alleged presidential briefing paper which describes the existence of Majestic 12, or Mj-12, an ultra-secret special studies group reportedly founded in the wake of the Roswell Incident (see page 18). Those awaiting definite confirmation ofMj-12 may fmd themselves condemned to a permanent UFO purga tory. Meanwhile, the waters have been rendered even more murky by the recent revelation (or confession, depending on your point of view), made by a major Mj-12 player, of having actively participated in a military intelligence disinformation and surveillance campaign directed against certain individuals and UFO

The space shuttle, a symbol of North America's technological

organizations.

achievement which features so strongly i n the consciousness of

In the wake of Whitley Strieber's bestselling

its people that the Extra-terrestrial Theory predominates.

Communion and Transformation, in both of which he

describes his own abduction, it seemed for a time as if

At the moment, TREAT seems to have the best

the abduction scenario might swamp the stage en

chance of bridging the immense gap between ufology

and establishment science, if by the latter we include

tirely. Such apprehensions have proven largely un founded, although several competing camps have been

professional psychotherapists and other mental health

set up as a consequence of personality and philo

practitioners. A working arrangement with a major

sophical differences.

east coast university appears imminent, which could

Strieber and associates have

established the Communion Foundation, with its own

lead in turn to academic respectability,

quarterly newsletter,

funding, access to a super-computer and other tan

and urged members not to

increased

fraternize with other 'orthodox' UFO organizations.

gible benefits. MUFON itself is presently engaged in

Budd l lopkins and associates have responded with the

an ambitious programme to standardize reporting

Intruder Foundation. Yet a third group, TREAT (for

procedures and computerize its database. The Fund

Treatment and Research on Experienced Anomalous Trauma) is underway, and a fourth abduction-related

for UFO Research continues to solicit support in the field. Subscriptions in the membership groups are up,

group is rumoured to be on the horizon.

approaching numbers not seen since the mid-fifties.

•

111111ll lll11n •· LAST BASTI O N OF ETH

strates that US ufology is anythmg but moribund, and that the spirit of American individualism is alive and well, if not particularly inclined towards harmony and co-operation. Unfortunately, there is at least one other alarming proclivity that should be addressed, and that is the temptation, in this most litigious of societies, to settle some issues in a court of law rather than through open dialo!-,'lle and public opinion. These civil actions to date have mostly been lodged against other nationals, whose laws allow for financial retribution in the case of libel. Some of us here wait with bated breath and crossed fingers for similar suits to be filed in this country. While the prospect of legal action may indicate to some people a 'coming of age' for ufology, it is safe to say it is not the one most American ufologists have in mind as they continue to court public opinion and scientific respectability. Now, where do we stand vis-a-vis our contempor aries? Despite the difficulties of the science involved (the distance between stars, the unlikelihood of so many extraterrestrials suddenly showing up on our doorstep, etc.), the ETH must remain a viable theory. Theories, after all is said and done, are all we have. But if one theory can be convincingly shown to be better than another, then Americans will be among the first to welcome it and applaud. So far this has not been the case. Arguing that abductions, for example. are predominantly psychological in origin. and there fore, so is the science of ufology at present is a far cry from an overall viable theory. In fact, so scarce is our scratch on the surface. that hard and fast facts are difficult to come by that would support any overall theory, including those of mass psychokinesis, psychotronic control systems, and a number of other hypotheses, half- or full-baked, that have been offered up over the last half century. 1 also include here the ultraskeptical, Shakespearean notion that all this has been 'much ado about nothing'. It may behove us all to keep an open mind. be patient, and remember that the U in UFO stands for unidentified. That may not be an especially popular or American point of view, but neither was the two minute hamburger until we won the war.

The number of annual UFO conferences and symposia is on the rise as well, though the quality of the presentations varies widely. After a lengthy absence, there are now two national news-stand magazines devoted to the subject, though again the contents of each issue fluctuate dramatically in tenns of reliability. So called tabloid TV programmes regu larly feature UFO stories, and of course the taller tales remain a favourite staple of the supermarket press. jacques Vallee has returned to the publishing fold with Dimensions and Confrontations, studies which link folklore with UFOs. We have also seen, in 1 990, the hardback appearance of Ed Conroy's well received Report on Communion and The Gulf Breeze SiKiztinKS by Ed and Frances W<1lters. An eagerly anticipated study by reporter Howard Blum, Out There, w<1s also published towards the end of 1 990. Other books that impinge on or envelope the UFO subject, favour<1bly or critically, are too numerous to mention, but balance would hardly be served if we did not refer to the revised paperback appe<1rance of UFO Abductions: A Dangerous Game, by skeptic Philip Klass. Several English titles have also received lin1ited distribution here, although Timothy Good's Above Top Secret was picked up by a major American publisher. The amateur press has been extremely preoccupied as well, and both MUFON and CUFOS, the Center for UFO Studies, continue to produce monthly and bi-monthly journals respectively. journals back in business include The journal of UFO Studies along with Caveat Emptor, a local equivalent on a somewhat more folksy scale than England's Magonia. No doubt I have left much out in this brief summary, and my apologies to anyone particularly offended. just as in the political arena, ufoiO!-,lY has its own extreme elements. The more vocal of these have begun to raise rumours abroad of a secret diplomatic treaty between our government and the diminutive (one is tempted to say, demonic) 'grays'. What is encouraging about the present picture is the unlikeli hood of any extreme minority, however vocal or active, assuming the mainstream mantle. There is a certain inertia or gravity in human affairs which may well work to our advantage, although in the meantin1e, the rumour mongers are not exactly perfonning a public service in our best interest. In-fighting and factionalism abound. but this strikes me as a by-product of human nature and behaviour as opposed to anything fundamentally inherent to ufology, American or otherwise. Although sheer cantankerousness can be distracting and waste ful of both precious time and ener!-,l")'. it also demon-

DENNIS STACY is both a ful l-time writer and the editor of

MUFON Journal, the house magazine of the Mutual UFO Network. His editorship is characterized by impartia l and wel l-informed commentary so vital i n a country where extreme views and high passions often run free.

PRE 1 900 NAM E AERIAL CATILE RUSTLING DATE 20APRIL 1 897 PLACE LE ROY, KANSAS

MAP REF: J 1 7 EVENT AERIAL CATILE RUSTLERS

On 20 April 1897, fanner Alexander Hamilton filed an affidavit stating that earlier that week he had watched a huge object glide down from the darkness and come to rest in a field some 200 yds ( 1 8:-ďż˝ m) from his home. Together with his son and one of the fam1hands he had approached to within 1 50 ft (46 m) of the object, which he described as approximately the length of an American football field and made of something coloured deep red. It was like an enormous cigar in shape and beneath it appeared to be a cabin made of glass; within it the farmer and his companions could see six occupants which they described as 'the strangest beings ever saw'. An enormous wheel, located beneath t he craft, began to spin and the airship rose to an altitude of some ]00 ft (92 m). The fanners noticed that a rope, reaching down from the craft, was attached to a heifer which was caught against the barbs of a fence nearby. As the object rose it pulled the calf up with it and disappeared into the darkness trailing the unlucky animal behind it. The following day what remained of the calf was recovered from a nearby fam1: legs, head and skin. SlH >uld Hamilton's credibility be called into quest ion, it must be pointed out that he had been a member of the House of

Representatives and that people who had known him for over thirty years testified in an affidavit that they had never heard a word of his questioned and 'do readily believe his statement to be true and correct'. Furthermore the affidavit was signed by the sheriff, the deputy sheriff, a justice of the peace, a postmaster, the registrar of deeds, a banker, an attorney, and others. Hamilton said of the encounter 'Every time I drop to sleep I see the cursed thing, all its bright lights and hideous people. I don't know whether they are angels or devils . . . I don't want any more to do with them. '

1 940s NAME MAURY ISLAND DATE 23 JUNE 1947 PLACE MAURY ISLAND, WASHINGTON STATE

MAP REF: E14 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND

KIND

The 2 4 June 1 9<'17 is regarded as the birth date of the modem era of UFOs when Kenneth Amold had his 'flying saucer' sighting at Mount Rainier in Washington State, liSA. However, on the day prior to this sighting an event was unfolding- the precise meaning and implications of which have been a mystery to ufologist s ever since. Harbour patrolmen Harold A. I >ahl and Fred L. Crisman owned a boat and on the day in quest ion Dahl and other companions were sailing it in Puget Sound, near Maury Island

(Tacoma harbour) when they saw six UFOs above them. One of the UFOs, described as saucer- or doughnut -shaped, jettisoned material, some of which fell on to the boat injuring one of the companions and killing his dog. By the time tllis story had become known Kenneth Arnold was already associated nationally with the flying saucer phenomenon. He was drawn into the Maury Island investigation principally due to the intervention of Ray Palmer, the editor of Fantasy magazine. Dahl claimed to have been visited by a 'man in black', a character of repression soon to appear repeatedly in American UFO stories and a feature that would last at least a decade or more. He apparently strongly suggested to Dahl that it would be in his interests not to discuss his sighting.

j! �

111111111111

DATABASE 1940s

Kenneth Arnold was concerned that professional people should investigate the case and suggested calling the .-tth Air Force Base at

NAME DATE

officers: Captain William Davidson

24 JUNE 1947

PLACE MOUNT RAINIER, WASHINGTON STATE

MAP REF: E14

llamilton Field ;md requested the involvement of two intelligence

KENNETH ARNOLD SIGHTING

EVENT

anived they were shown an

in ce ntiv e of a $!i,OOO reward for discovery of the wreck.

I laving completed his day's work

DISTANT DAYLIGHT SIGHTING- BUT THE BIRTH OF 'FLYING SAUCERS'

and Lieutenant Frank Brown. When Brown and I )avidson

relieve th<' angu1sh of rvl;tiJw·s of

the lost crew and also the financial

installing fire fightmg eqUipment for

the Central Air Service at Chehalis, a small town in W ashingt on State,

In the clear skies of Washington

Arnold l ook off at around �o'clock

State, lone pilot Kenneth Arnold

heading for Yakima. With Mount

assortment of the debris from the

was peacefully <1dmiring the

l<ainier ahead and a l>C-·1 aho\'c and

UFO, it was laying on the floor of

breatht<Jking scenery of the Cascade

behind to his left, Arnold was

the room in which they met.

Mountains. He was Jlying a Callair

suddenly startled by a flash of light.

Davidson and Brown seemed to

plane especi<11ly modified for

have played down their concern and

mountain search and rescue and

even refused to accept samples of

although not formally engaged on

the material when offered,

such a mission, Arnold was

apparently !-,Jjving the impression

searching for a cr<1shed C-16 marine

that they thought the witnesses

transport plane. He was spurred on

were the victims of a hoax.

by both a humanitarian desire to

However, at the last minute Crisman gave them a carton containing the material and they stowed it in their car, subsequently apparently placing it on their B-25 aircraft which stood by to tly back to Hamilton Field, in California. It has been speculated that the material was in fact radioactive slag being dumped illegally by the Atomic Energy Commission (AEC) and that the 'man in black' was in reality an agent of the AEC detem1ined to suppress the story before it got out of hand. Whatever the truth, the mystery deepened considerably when the B-25 containing the intelligence officers and the material apparently caught fire and crashed. Its two crew members survived but the two officers died with the plane. A newspaper report shortly after the incident suggested that the crash involved sabotage because the 'plane m<1y hold Jlying disk secret'. The report <1lso suggested that there was some evidence the plane was c<1rrying 'cl<1ssified material'. Unfortun<ltely, with two prime players lost in the aircr<1ft accident the case, for the moment, defies any more substanti<1l conclusion.

To the left and north of l\1ount l<ainier he saw what appeared to be

a fonnation of nine objects in fl1ght .

Kenneth Arnold in1t1ated the med1a coverage phenomenon with his co1n1ng of the phrase 'flying saucers' in 1 94 7 .

NO RTH A M E R I CA

While thinking they must be jet planes he was also noticing that they were moving in a curious way; ilipp�g up and down tike the bows on the tail of a kite or, to use a phrase that was later to make history, moving 'like a saucer would if you skipped it across the water'. Given their distance -estimated at 25 miles (40 km) away - Arnold was unable to make out their shapes clearly but believed that when they passed in front of the snow-covered Mount 1-<llinier he could then see their outlines distinctly. It is questionable to what de�'fee Arnold could accurately have identified the outlines of the objects if they were at the distance he suggested, it may indicate they were far closer to him than he thought. If that was the case they must have been moving more slowly, possibly at the speed of terrestrial aircraft. The shapes were disturbing, however; he thought they were jet planes but could find no tails. This description coupled with his later drawings of the objects show that he believed he was looking at boomerang shaped craft. Arnold did as much as possible to analyze the observation including opening his window to get a clear view. The objects were flying directly across his field of vision bet ween Mount 1-<ainier and Mount Adams. Using these peaks as reference points Arnold estimated the objects were moving bet ween 1, :wo-1, 700 miles (2, 092-2, 7:�6 km)

per hour, far faster than any plane of the day could have achieved. Of all of his estimates which have been called into question the most difficult to determine with accuracy was the distance from the aircr<1ft to the objects and the length of their formation, which he estimated at 5 miles (� km). He estimated the

individual size of the objects at approximately two-thirds that of the I >C-tl aircraft which was sharing the

sky with him - equivalent to about 67 ft (19 rn). Within a short time the objects were gone and Arnold continued his search for the plane though he later admitted his mind was no longer on

objects, the tenn was very quickly being used to describe saucer shapes. It must be admitted that

the job. After a cursory search of the Tieton reservoir he eventually ' flew into Yakima at 4 pm.

Arnold seems to have jumped on his own bandwagon. By the time his story was told in the first edition of Fate magazine in the spring of 1948, the cover illustration depicting the encounter was a hrross distortion of

On arriving and desperate to tell someone about the sighting, Arnold

the ori.c,rinal story. The objects are seen in close proximity to Arnold's

went to see the general manager of Central Aircraft, AI Baxter, who in

plane and they are clearly saucer shapes with just a slight modification

turn called in other pilots to hear the story. Someone suggested that possibly the craft were guided

at the rear to pay lip-service to Arnold's 'boomerang' description. During the next two months something very extraordinary was happening (or press attention

missiles from Moses Lake Base, Washington. Arnold felt satisfied that this must be the case. However, by the time Arnold arrived back in Pendleton, Oregon his story had out -raced him. There was a large group there to listen to him recount his sighting and again Arnold concluded they were probably !,ruided missiles. He did not believe they could be manned because the flipping motions and the speeds would - he believed - be impossible for the human frame to withstand. Arnold also reported his sighting to the local FBI officials on the basis that they could be some sort of 1-<ussian weapon. Widespread news coverage ridiculously distorted the encounter. As Arnold put it 'After three days of this hubbub l came to the conclusion that I was the only sane one in the bunch. ' One of those distortions was to make sociological history; picking up on Arnold's phrase that the objects were moving 'like a saucer would if you skipped it across the water', the expression 'flying saucer' was born and it was the birth of a catch phrase that has attracted media attention ever since. Although Arnold described basically boomerang shapes and his usc of the word saucer was to describe the erratic up and down motion of the

was creating the impression of something happening); some H50 sightings were reported across the United States during that time and earlier sightings were uncovered. For Arnold, his sighting was to change his life completely and he became an active flying saucer researcher and a devotee up until his death on 16 january 198-1. He had many further sightings during his life and they seemed to have convinced him of an extraordinary interpretation of the UFO phenomenon: that the objects are masses of living organisms that live in our atmosphere. The objects were never identified. Today the sighting would be low priority because there was no corroborative witness, the sighting was of short duration, indefinite distance and dubious clarity. Nevertheless, the media attention which was generated from those few minutes over Washington State gave birth to the U FO phcnomeno.n. Artistic licence was heavily employed in this magazine jacket illustration which depicts Arnold's sighting . The UFOs apparently moved 'like a saucer would if you skipped It across the water'.

N O RT H A M E R ICA

The following morning, 75 miles (127 km) in that general direction,

NAM E THE ROSWELL INCIDENT DATE

2 JULY 1 947

ranch manager William Brazel and

PLACE ROSWELL, NEW MEXICO

his son and daughter discovered scattered wreckage on their farm and alerted the local sheriffs office

MAP REF: H18 EVENT CRASH RETRIEVAL

The most intriguing of all crash retrieval stories, and the only one definitely supported by physical evidence, is the Roswell incident of july 1947, which occurred just a few days after the Kenneth Arnold sighting (sec page 15). In the early evening of 2 july a disc shaped UFO was seen flying over Roswell, New Mexico and heading towards the north-west.

Marcel. To say that the government took

was flown on to Wright Patterson Air Force Base in Ohio. Although

the report seriously would be an

apparently detailed to accompany the debris, Marcel was diverted by

Anny Air Base and Major jesse A.

understatement; Brazel was incarcerated for a period of several days and encouraged not to discuss the event on grounds of national security. Meanwhile Major Marcel and his team collected the debris

AsovE RIGHT The Roswell Daily Record of 8 July 1 947 announcing the capture of the flying sauce r . RIGHT A model a rtist's

the matenal recovered by Major Jesse M a rce l . M a rcel said, 'It was definitely not

recon struction showing the retrieved

a weather or tracking device

place at Wright Patterson Ai rbase.

. 路

- and there were no alien bodies recovered. The debris was returned

Thomas Jefferson D uBose display the

Marcel confirms that small pieces of debris were put into the boot of a car

of Chaves County. Sheriff Wilcox of Chaves County contacted Roswell

Asovl General Roger Ramey and Colonel remains of a weather bal loon, al legedly

from the ranch. It must be stressed that contrary to some rumours there was no disc recovery at this point -

saucer and what may have later taken

to the Roswell Anny Air Base and, on the orders of Colonel Blanchard,

his superiors at Fort Worth and did not go to Wright Patterson. What was recovered has been the source of considerable speculation: that the material was a

·IIillilllllllll•· thin, foil like meta l that could not he den ted even by forceful blows, that it was a light, balsa-wood su bsta nce which would not bum even under a direct name, and that there were strange hieroglyphs on the debris. The Roswell incident has been further complicated by apparently connicting infonnation, some of which may have been issued by the government. If so, it was probably to divert attention from what was really going on. In particular, a press release was issued by Roswell Anny

one of the local ranchers and of the Sheriffs office at Chaves County.' Another report by radio station KSWS in Roswell which was being put on to the ABC wire service was apparently interrupted by an

Air Base on 8 july which stated 'Roswell Anny Air Field was fortunate enough to gain possession of a disc through the co-operation of

incoming teletype message ordering the station with these words 'Do not transmit. Repeat. Do not transmit this message. Stop

communication immed iately. '

A reconciliation of the contradictions in this ca se has been offered by the claims of witness G. L. Barnett who stated to friends that he had seen another crash site near Socorro, New M exico where a damaged but complete saucer was discovered along with dead alien bodies. The speculation is that the

N O RTH A M E R ICA

machine exploded over Brazel's farrn dropping debris but continued in the air to Socorro before finally being downed. It is suggested that the government may have issued the statement about the retrieved

NAM E CAPTAIN THOMAS MANTELL DATE 7 JANUARY 1 948 PLACE GODMAN FIELD, KENTUCKY

MAP REF: M 1 7 EVENT UFOLOGY'S FIRST MARTYR

saucer at Brazel's farn1 in order to divert attention from the recovery going on nearby. This seems to be a diversion fraught with risks though, if true, it does seem to have worked. There is no question that debris was recovered from Brazel's ranch. In order to explain the situation to an

In the early aftemoon of 7 january 1918 the control tower crew at Godman Field, Kentucky reported a sighting of a bright disc-shaped object to their base operations officer. Approximately one hour and twenty minutes after the sighting,

Ramey, commander of the 8th Air

when the object was still visible, four National Guard P-5 1 Mustang training craft led by Captain Thomas

Force district at Fort Worth together with his adjutant displayed the recovered debris for the press.

flight to investigate the sighting. The aircraft climbed toward the

eager public Brigadier General

Mantell were diverted from their

The wreckage shown was clearly

object. At 1 5, 000 ft (1 , 572 m) the

that of a Rawin weather balloon

other planes turned back as they did not have the equipment required to supply oxygen which would enable

which it was claimed was the cause of the event. Almost certainly this was a device to cover up the truth and the real wreckage was by this time on its way to Wright Patterson Air Force Base. A proper analysis of the Roswell incident must take account of the circumstances surrounding the immediate area and time of the

them to fly higher. They at tempted to contact Mantell by radio. Mantell made one transmission at 1 5, 000 ft ( 1 , 572 m) saying he had the object in sight and was still climbing to investigate. The plane crashed, scattering wreckage for over a mile. Mantell was dead; this young man was ufoloKy's first martyr.

incident. New Mexico in 1918 was the site of the White Sands Proving

Analysis of the wreckage indicates that Mantell did not

Grounds, where German scientists brought over during the war were

attempt to bale out of the plane and sugge st s that the plane broke up

inability to 'close-in' on the target.

hriving birth to the American space programme, and Los Alamos was the site of the recently developed

from diving at excessive speed, presumably out of control. It is

Mantell's experience should have taught him to react better and it is

suggested that Mantell blacked out

atomic bomb. The possibility that the government wa s trying to secretly recover a damaged device of its own must on this account alone

from oxygen deprivation as he flew above the plane's capability to supply oxygen. The question is,

speculated that he may have overreacted to the UFO sighting as a result of six months of media hype

be high on the list of explanations for l<oswell. If the l<oswell incident proved nothing else, it indicated that the government was prepared to cover

up somflh in}f, and prepared to use the newly born flying saucer phenomenon to do it with.

what was it that drove Mantell higher and higher? One theory is that it was a Skyhook weather balloon; one binocular observation described the UFO as parachute-like with bright sun reflecting from the top. Another theory is that Mantell was chasing the bright image of a planet which would account for his

following the Amold sighting of the previous year. Mysterious rumours abound concerning this case; that Mantell described the object as 'metallic . . . tremendous in size', that his body was not in the plane when the wreckage was recovered, and that his funeral was 'closed casket' because of extraordinary wounds on

ďż˝d'I , l l l i

DATABASE 1 940s

his body. None of these claims can be regarded as definitively substantiated and it is certainly the usual procedure for plane crash victims to be buried 'closed casket' due to their injuries. Whether M antell was a victim of

AsovE An artist ' s impression of Mantel l ' s P - 5 1 Mustang training plane c l 1mbing towards the U FO high over Godman Field 1n Kentuc ky Other planes in the fl1ght tu rned back at a lower altitude but Mantell pressed on . Mi nutes later he was dead. Spec ulation with regard to what he was

his own excitement , or whether he was struck down by an alien force resisting his pursuit of their saucer can now never be proven. H owever. the light Mantell chased was. by any sensible definition, a U FO and therefore we can rightly regard Mantell's deat h as the first attributed to a UFO encounter.

c hasing contin ues to th1s day Was it a weather balloo n . a sta r . the planet Venus. or a c raft from another world?

RIGHT Captain Thomas Mantell

1 1 1 1 11 1 1 : lU I â&#x20AC;˘ Âˇ NORTH A M E R I CA

NAM E AZT E C DATE 2 5 MARCH 1 948 PLACE AZTEC, NEW MEXICO

MAP REF: H1 7 EVENT CRASH RETRIEVAL

According to the newspaper columnist Frank Scully in his book Behind the Flying Saucers a most extraordinary discovery was made by the United States Air Force in 1948. According to the story he was told by his informants a flying saucer had crashed near Aztec, New Mexico and was recovered by the United States military. Inside the craft were sixteen dead humanoid alien cadavers. The disc had been detected by radar units and indeed it is thought that radar signals may have disrupted the craft's controls, bringing it down accidentally. The disc was 100 ft (30 m) wide and had a central cabin around 6 ft ( 1 83 em) high. It was made of a light metal so strong that neither heat nor

diamond drills could affect the surface; there were no rivets or signs of welding. Fortunately,

fingers. Dissection revealed that there was no blood but instead a liquid smelling similar to ozone.

damage to one of the saucer's

Curiously, and apparently contradictorily, the bodies had no

portholes enabled the investigators to break in and open its hatchway.

digestive tract but perfect teeth.

After successfully dismantling the object, its components and the cadavers were then transported to what is now Wright Patterson Air

Whether or not Scully was the victim of a hoax, Aztec remains just one of many similar crash retrievals

Force Base. Further investigation of the object apparently revealed still

the years.

working control panels displaying hieroglyphic symbols and a book of hieroglyphs on plastic like paper. The cadavers were described as approximately 3 ft 6 in ( 107 em) high with large heads, large slanting eyes and diminished nose, mouth and ears. The bodies were apparently

reported in the United States over

NAME CHILES!WHITIED DATE 24 JULY 1 948 PLACE MONTGOMERY, GEORGIA

MAP REF: M 1 8 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND

very thin with long arms and webbed

incident than Roswell (see page 1 8) but

just after the formation of the US Air Force's Project Sign, one of its many attempts to investigate UFOs, it received the report of two Eastern

less autho ritatively substantiated . M any

Airline pilots, Captain C. Chiles and

believe this one to be a hoax .

First Officer john Whitted.

A model make r's reconstruction of the Aztec crash retrieval . A more exciting

• I l l ' 1 111 11 1111 11 • DATABASE 1 940s

In the early hours of the morning they were flying an Eastern Airlines DC-3 ncar Montgomery when both pilots witnessed a U FO heading towards them at 'terrific speed'. So close was the encounter that the DC-3 had to veer sharply to the left and the UFO passed by only 700 ft (213 m) from the plane. The UFO's deceleration was so violent that it rocked the DC-]. The pilots were close enough to it to take some note of the object itself; it appeared to radiate an intense blue light and the pilots saw a double row of windows along the side. As it disappeared behind the plane they saw a red-orange exhaust. They estimated its speed at between 500-700 miles (805- 1 , 1 27 km) per hour. There was corroboration of the sighting from witnesses at Robbins Field, Georgia who described an object tallying very closely with the description given by the pilots.

NAME FARGO DATE 1 OCTOBER 1948 PLACE FARGO, NORTH DAKOTA

MAP REF: J15 EVENT AERIAL DOG FIGHT

Captain Edward A. Ruppelt's official 131ue Book explanation of the Fargo encounter was 'In this incident the U FO was a balloon. ' Considering the facts of the case below it is difficult to decide whether this conclusion represents great imagination on the part of the US Air Force or an astonishing lack of it. It was approximately 9 o'clock in the evening of 1 October 1 948 when Second Lieutenant George Gom1an of the North Dakota Air National Guard was piloting an F-51 towards Fargo, North Dakota. As he was being !-,>iven instructions to land he was infom1ed that there was a Piper

Cub nearby, which he confirmed visu(JIIy. At the same time he S(JW another craft moving very rapidly under his right wing. He contacted the tower for further identification but they confim1ed no aircraft near him, other than the Piper C ub. Closing in, Gom1an S(JW that the object displayed (] light some 8 in (20 em) in diameter. I t was globular and hazing at the edge. Gom1an watched the object move into (] sudden tum passing over the control tower; Gorm(Jn dived towards the object but could not catch up with it. As it started gaining altitude it banked left and Gom1an attempted to follow. At this point they were 7, 000 ft (2, 130 m) high, the object made a sharp tum again and was heading straight for Gorman's aircraft. The effect was so startling that Gorman was forced to make a dramatic dive and the light passed over the canopy some 500 ft ( 1 52 m) above him. As the UFO circled above, Gorman gave chase again. One account suggests that the manoeuvring was so intense that Gom1an blacked out temporarily. Air traffic control was now visually confirming Gorman's sighting, traffic controller Errol Jensen announced 'You were right. There is something. ' He was examining the object through high powered binoculars and he passed these to witness Manuel Johnson, who confirmed the sighting. As the object closed in again it suddenly shot upwards, Gorman chased it to 14, 000 ft (4, 260 m) and his plane then went into a power stall, its engine dead. The object disappeared towards the north west-north direction. The combat had lasted nearly thirty minutes. Gorman reported 'I am convinced there was thought behind these manoeuvres. I had the distinct impression that its manoeuvres were controlled by thought or

reason. I am also ccrtam that it was governed by the laws of inertia, because its acceleration was rapid, not immedi(Jte and although it was able to tum fairly tightly, at considerable speed, it still followed a natural curve. ' A most remarkable balloon!

NAME WHITE SANDS DATE 24 APRIL 1949 PLACE WHITE SANDS PROVING GROUNDS,

NEW MEXICO MAP REF: H18 EVENT DISTANT DAYLIGHT SIGHTING

On a clear Sunday morning ncar the White Sands Proving Grounds, Naval Commander R. McLaughlan and a tracking crew of four launched a large weather balloon. This followed an earlier launch of a small similar balloon at 1 0. 30 a. m. They were tracking their target at approximately 10, 000 ft (3, 0·18 m) when one of the team, Charles Moore, spotted a white egg-shaped object; he pointed it out and the UFO was confirmed visually by all the personnel. For about one minute they tracked the object until they saw it shoot up and vanish. If their interpretation of the data was correct, it follows that when they had first started tracking the object it had been 56 miles (90 k m ) high and travelling at 7 miles ( 1 1 km) per second, the escape ,·elocity needed to break out of the Earth's gravitational pull. During one part of the observation the craft had made an 80 degree turn at that velocity, quite beyond the capabilities of c\·en today's technoloh'Y· Interestingly. the object was simil<lr in shape and colour to the object which landed at Socono. :\'ew l\lexico on 24 April l96·1 (see page ·16). fifteen years to the day following this sighting.

N O RTH AM E R I CA

NAM E THE TRENT PHOTOGRAPHS DATE

1 1 MAY 1950

PLACE McMINNVILLE, OREGON

MAP REF: E14 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND

A local newspaper pi ck e d up the story and published the photo,graphs, which were later featured in LIFE magazine, causing something of a national sensation. At the time they were some of the best flying saucer photographs available.

In th e early evening of 1 1 M ay 1 950,

William Hartmann, investigating for t h e Condon committee,

on a small farm near McM innville,

acknowledged that t he se

M rs Trent was out side feeding her

photo,graphs were the only ones

ra bbit s when she s aw the cl os e

that the committee had not

a pproa c h of a large disc-shaped

dismissed ( the Condon committee was notmious for its unscientific, dismissive attitude t oward s th e UFO p he n omen on ). He stated that the photo,1..,rraphs were consistent

object . She called to her husband,

One of two photog raphs taken by M rs Paul Trent on 1 1 M ay 1 950 over the Trent farm at McMi nnvi l l e , O re go n .

in diameter, and evidently artificial, flew within sight of two witnesses. ' In the four decades since the photo,1..,rraphs were taken there have been many more sophisticated analysis techniques employed to study the photographs such as 'edge enhancement' (which would show any cut-outs photographed through glass, or expose any supporting

photoJ..,rr; 1phs as the object passed

with the witness's testimony 'that an

across the sky in the direction of t he

extraordinary flying object, silvery,

wires or struts for example) and colour-contouring. None have yet suggested that the photographs were faked, and the indications suggest that some large object flew

nort h west .

m e tal lic , disc shaped, tens of meters

over the Trent's fam1 that day.

Paul Trent, who brough t with him t heir camera, and M rs Trent was able to take t wo black and white

. Âˇ l lllllfll

OAT ABASE 1 950s

1 950s

NAME THE LUBBOCK LIGHTS DATE 28 AUGUST 1 951 PLACE LUBBOCK, TEXAS

MAP REF: 1 1 8 EVENT ANOMALOUS LIGHT PHOTOGRAPHS

Witnessed on many occasions and photographed several times arc the famous Lubbock lights which appear from lime to time over Lubbock in Texas. Many explanat ions have been offered for the arrow shaped formation; inevitably, fleets of flying saucers have featured prominently. I Iowevcr, other suggestions have included lights rcllccting on the underbellies of ducks, and a natural light phenomenon not yet understood by science, but perhaps a cousin of the Au rora Horealis (sec page 42), or St Elmo's fire. The lights have become something of a tourist attraction. As one American put it, Lubbock used only to have the Lights and Buddy Holly (who was born there) - now they've only got the Lights. A photograph taken by an unnamed teenage student over Lubbock . Texas.

NAME DURING THE WASHINGTON FLAP DATE

1 9 JULY 1952

PLACE WASHINGTON D C.

MAP REF: N16 EVENT RADAR VISUAL ENCOUNTER

It was nearly midnight when staff of the Air Route Traffic Control (AWI'C) at Washington National Airport noticed a forn1ation of seven objects on the radar screen, at a position slightly south-cast of Andrews Air Force Base. The objects seemed to be moving at approximately 1 00- UO miles ( 1 60-209 km) per hour and were therefore a ssumed to be a flight of ordinary small aircraft. Suddenly t wo of the objects accelerated forward and off the screen at an amazing rate, later calculation indicated in excess of 7, 000 miles ( 1 1 , 265 km) per hour, and at this point the radar monitor knew that he was not witnessing nom1al aircraft movements. I Ic called for his senior officer and together with two other experts

they wat ched the remaining object s . A suggestion w a s ma d e t h a t the scope may not be functioning correctly but the technician examined it a nd ;1greed that i t was in perfect working order. AI<TC called the control tower and a senior officer there confirmed that they were also watching the same unknowns on their r(ldar screens and that they had had inform<ltion from Andrews Air Force Base that that military installation was monitoring the objects. Throughout the time of the observ<ltions the object s were not only manoeuvring <lt incredible speed above Washin.L,r ton D. C. but they h<ld the temerit y to fly into the 'no go' (}rea above the White l lousc. Perhaps they were considering that much requested 'landing on the White House lawn'. They were not alone in the sky. Captain S. 'Casey' Piem1an of Capital Airlines was flying Flight ďż˝07 from Washin.L,r ton to Detroit a nd sighted the seven objects between Washin}...rton and Martinsburg. He reported the objects (}S ' like falling shooting st<lrs without tail s'.

• 1 1 1 111 ll lll l1n •· N O RTH AMERICA

At around 9 o'clock in the evening the scout-master and three scouts were travelling by car from a meeting towards their homes when they saw lights in the nearby woods. Desvergers, carrying a machete knife and a torch, left the three boys in the car and went to investigate. One of the scouts apparently saw a red ball of fire above where Desvergers had last been seen; when Desvergers failed to return, one of the scouts ran to the nearest house and telephoned the sheriff. It was as the sheriff arrived that Desvergers made his reappearance. He was badly frightened, totally exhausted and describing a very Geo rge J Stock p hotographed this , which was one of seven U FOs h e saw over Passaic, N ew Jersey on 29 J u ly 1 952 . The sighting came during an i ntense wave of reports i n the vicinity of Washi ngton DC (the Washington Flap) and is typical of many descri ptions of the time.

Pierman observed the objects for some twelve minutes before they disappeared at remarkable speed and confirmed much of the detail of

sphere hovering directly above them. ARTC called for Air Force interceptors which arrived too late; the objects had gone. Senior Air Traffic Controller Harry G. Barnes at the ARTC made the observation that it seemed as though the UFOs were monitoring radio communication between ground and aircraft and were able to take appropriate action based on what they could hear.

the radar reports. He said of the incident 'In all my years of flying I've seen a lot of falling or shooting

NAME DESVERGERS ENCOUNTER

stars . . . but these were much faster than anything like that I 've

DATE

ever seen. They couldn't have been aircraft . . . they were moving too fast for that. ' Piennan's confirmation of the radar sightings is all the more impressive for his impartiality. He stated ' Please remember I didn't speak of them as flying saucers . . . only very fast moving lights. ' In the pre-dawn light further confirmation was approaching. A new blip had appeared on the ARTC radar screen above Andrews Air Force Base and tower personnel there. when notified, visually observed a large globular orange

close encounter indeed. He stated that when he had reached a clearing he had pointed his torch upward and had seen a huge, metallic, disc shaped machine hovering above him, which had immediately fired

some sort of hot spray at him. He had lain injured for a few minutes

during which time the saucer disappeared. There certainly seems to be some corroboration for the story: Desvergers' arm was scorched, his hat was burned, and the Sheriff discovered scorching in the trees.

1 9 AUGUST 1952

PLACE WEST PALM BEACH, FLORIDA

MAP REF: N 1 9 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND

KIND

Evidence of possible hostility on the part of UFOs comes from the claims of scout-master D. Desvergers and his experience on 19 August 1952.

Most s ignificant is the reaction of the Air Force. Instead of ordering a routine check by a local intelligence officer from Miami, they instructed Captain Ruppelt, the head of its U F O investigation Project Blue

Captain Edward J R u p pelt, head of Project

Book. to investigate personally.

i nvestigation i nto the U FO phenomeno n .

Blue Boo k , the US Air Force 's

1 1 1 ' i i l l llllln•· DATABASE 1950s

PHOTOG RAPHIC EVI DENCE For most people. photographic evidence is perhaps the most

analysis can expose these photographs as such. In one such

convincing of all material used to substantiate a sighting . In

case BUFORA received a photograph showing a disc in the sky

fact. photographs can easily mislead and confuse rather than

which had not been noticed at the time the photograph was

clarify a case. Very few credible cases are supported by

taken. The witness was convinced of the extra-terrestrial origm

photographs, and many photographs that do exist are vague

of the 'craft' shown but close study of the negative revealed it to be a lens flare.

and give very little information about the origin of a UFO phenomenon. No photograph, however thought-provoking, has

Occasional ly, photographs last a long time before being

yet been able to prove satisfactorily that UFOs are extra

exposed in this way T he photograph below was taken on 1 6

terrestrial spaceships.

July 1 952 a t Salem, Massachusetts during a wave of sightings

Nevertheless. photographs are of use in support of witness

It was case number 1 501 in the US Air Force's Project Blue

testi mony. If the image in the photographs is consistent with

Book. The photog raph seems to show l ights in the air over the

the story l ine given by the witness, then the case gains strength

Coast Guard Fac i l ity. In fact. the photograph was taken through

from the added weight of evidence. If the photographs tell a

a glass window, and modern analysis suggests that the images

different story, then almost certainly the case is a hoax. Many

are reflected l ights from somewhere inside the bu i l d ing, which

photog raphs indicate the presence of U FOs but subsequent

quite possibly went unnoticed by the photog rapher at the time

analysis proves otherwise. Often, people wi l l 'snap' pictures on

who wou ld have been concentrating on the 'dimm ing' and

holiday only to find, when examining the developed prints, that

'brightening' of the l ights as he l ined up to take the photograph.

disc-shaped objects appear in the sky. Sometimes these are

Of course when s trange l ights appear in the sky over a Coast

establ ished to be lens flares (which can have remarkable

Guard facility one can understand to some extent how a

symmetry and apparent sol idity) or tricks of the light. Modern

photographer might leap to false conclusions.

N O RTH A M E R ICA

NAME GEORGE ADAMSKI DATE 20 NOVEMBER 1 952 PLACE GEORGE ADAMSKI, DESERT CENTRE,

CALIFORNIA MAP REF: E 1 8 EVENT T H E FIRST CONTACT BETWEEN MAN

AND EXTRATERRESTRIAL

In 1 953 62-year-old George Adamski published a book Flying Saucers Have Landed which claimed that he had met with extraterrestrials in the desert in California. Although there had been flying saucer sightings for many years (and indeed Adamski revealed that he himself had been sighting saucers since 1 946), this was the first claim of contact between man and alien. It apparently occurred just after noon on Thursday, 20 November 1952 approximately 10

miles (16 km) from Desert Centre, towards Arizona. To a limited extent the encounter was witnessed by two families, the Williamsons and the Baileys who had asked to be with him when he next believed he would see a flying saucer. They reported that from a distance of approximately a mile away they saw some details of the meeting. Adamski was watching and photographing a flying saucer some 3ďż˝ ft ( 1 1 m) wide when he noticed a man beckoning towards him. The man was approximately 5 ft 6 in ( 167 em), of average weight and appeared youthful. He had perfect white teeth, calm green eyes, long flowing blond hair and tanned skin. He was wearing a one-piece brown ski-type suit and oxblood coloured shoes resembling sandals.

I I

DATABASE 1 950s

The two used sign language and telepathy to communicate and the alien indicated he was Venusian. I n the days when Adamski published his b oo k it was he l d that Venus was the sister planet of the Earth and

likely to produce a n identical race o f people. Subsequent analysis o f the planet indicates that that could not be further from the truth and no humanoid could comfortably live on the planet. The alien apparently

believed in God, felt that he and his people followed a more devoted path than us and was concerned about atomic radiation from Earth .

The contact was the first of many; during this first meeting Adamski handed his alien companion a film from his camera and at the second meeting the film was apparently returned, covered in indecipherable hieroglyphs. In subsequent adventures Adamski was taken on journeys to other planets where he met Martians,

Q pposm AflovE Flying saucer photographed by contactee George Adamski at 9 . 1 0 am on 13 D ecember 1 952 at Palomar Gardens in Califo rn i a . Adamski took t h e p 1cture through a 6 in ( 1 5 em) telescope . OPPOSITE Bnow Photographed by George Adamski on 5 March 1 95 1 , the picture apparently shows a cigar shaped ' mother craft' releasing small ' scout ship s ' . R IGHT The cover of Adamsk i ' s book , written with British author Desmond Lesl i e , which told the extraordinary tale of Adamski 's meetings with extra-terrestrials. His were the fi rst clai ms of this sort and led to a plethora of others in subsequent years . BELow M ount Palomar observatory, the dome of the 200 i n (500 em) Hale Telescope. Adamski made much of his association with this institution although

his main connection with the establishment was his job at a local hamburger cafe .

Saturnians and Jovians. In 1 965 Adamski and Madeleine Rodeffer apparently took 8 mm movie film of the flying saucer visitations in Maryland, USA though the authenticity of that film has been called into question. Many of Adamski's photographs were taken in the grounds of the Mount Palomar Observatory where Adamski worked and had a small telescope. Over the past forty years controversy has dogged Adamski's claims and the photographs he produced but, more importantly, scientific knowledge has made redundant many of the statements he made. Adamski himself was clearly aware of the controversy. In

Flying Saucers Have Landed he states

'Suriace thinkers might like to conclude that J had had a very original dream. Or that I may be out to make money for myself in the field of science fiction. I can assure such persons that nothing is farther from the truth . '

N O RTH A M ER I CA

NAME GULF OF MEXICO DATE

6 DECEMBER 1 952

PLACE GULF OF MEXICO

MAP REF: K19 EVENT RADARNISUAL ENCOUNTER

In the early hours of the morning of 6 December, Captain john Harter and radar officer, Lieutenant Sid Coleman were returning to base following a night practice flight of their B-29 bomber. They were approximately 200 miles (322 km) from Galveston, 100 miles ( 1 60 km) south of the Louisiana coast at 1 8, 000 ft (5, 186 m) in bright moonlight when Coleman noticed an unidentified blip on one edge of the radar screen. It was not until the second sweep of the screen that its significance became apparent. When the blip reappeared the unknown object had moved 13 miles (21 km). By the third sweep Coleman and his staff sergeant had computed the speed of the object: over 5, 000 miles (8, 04 7 km) per hour, considerably faster than any aircraft of the day! Coleman reported the trace to the captain, and indicated the speed of the object; Captain Harter insisted that the set should be recalibrated as it was 'impossible'. While Coleman was recalibrating the set Master Sergeant Railey noticed another object on the screen. At that point the navigator, Lieutenant Cassidy, reported that he had them on his screen as well. Within a short space of time there were four UFOs on the screen and the captain radioed from the flight deck ' I've got four unknowns at 12 o'clock. What do you show?' ('12 o'clock' is the code for 'dead ahead'). Coleman reported that the objects were shmving up on all three of the plane's rad;1r screens and it was therefore not ;, 11alfunction.

Harter needed no confirmation of that; he was watching the objects approaching incredibly fast outside the windscreen. Bailey watched out of the starboard side of the plane as one of the objects, illuminated blue足 white, streaked rapidly past the plane, vanishing to the rear. Almost immediately other UFOs were appearing on the radar screen and all heading towards the aircraft! Fortunately for the aircrew the UFOs were on a course which just missed the aircraft and after six minutes from the time of the first sighting it appeared that the danger was over. It was not! A third group of UFOs flashed onto the radar screen, radar tracking indicated speeds much the same as before. Again blue-white illuminated objects streaked past the plane. For Captain Harter the dangers were all too real as he was watching the objects cutting across the plane's flight path and - suddenly swerving - they were now heading straight for the B-29! Suddenly, and almost unbelievably, the objects slowed to the speed of the aircraft and paced it for some ten seconds. As the crew watched, the objects pulled away and then the most amazing part of the sighting occurred. An enormous UFO apparently joined the formation and, still moving at some 5, 000 miles (8, 047 km) per hour, it appeared that the smaller craft docked or merged with the larger object. Accelerating to 9, 000 miles (14, 484 km) per hour the UFO flashed across the scope and disappeared. The encounter was finally over. Captain Harter contacted his base and when he landed United States Air Force intelligence officers met him and the crew. For some time they were questioned separately and as a group but their

story remained quite firn1. Major Donald E. Keyhoe, a prominent ufologist with a military background, interpreted the sighting as: 'The discs had been launched from a huge mothership for some type of reconnaissance mission . . . for a rendez-vous, whoever guided the discs had chosen this point over the Gulf of Mexico. After the B-29 was sighted one group of discs had been diverted for a brief observation or tracking. Then, flying at 5, 000 miles (8, 04 7 km) per hour they had been taken aboard the mothership. ' Whether this interpretation is correct or not is open to debate and the visual sightings were unable to confirm a distinct shape to the objects because they were moving so fast. However, the fact is that several members of a highly trained crew all witnessed the same encounter. Added to this it was tracked not only visually but on radar, strongly suggesting the proof of some reality, whatever its exact nature or source.

NAME TUJUNGA CANYON DATE

1 953

PLACE TUJUNGA CANYON, CALIFORNIA

MAP REF: E1 7 EVENT ABDUCTION

The Tujunga Canyon abduction was, by today's standards, a rather undetailed and unremarkable event. However, it contains certain aspects which make it worthy of note. The case predates Antonio Villas Boas (see page 1 8 1 ) and Betty and Barney Hill (see page 42) by some years and consequently becomes one of the first reported abductions. A word of caution: the report first arose considerably after the given date, not in fact until 1975 when abduction lore was rife in America. Note, too, that the case contains, at

DATABASE 1 950s

H G WE LLS'S WAR OF THE WORLDS C O M E S TO A M E R I CA In 1 897, when H G Wells's War of tile

Worlds was published, man had not yet

even learned to harness the power of f l ight. In h i s original story the Martians reached Earth in bul let- l i ke projecti les fi red as i l from a gun and proceeded to terrorize the Home Counties in England from within walking machi nes. In 1 953. George Pal 's film moved the location to California and updated the wal king mach i nes to flying saucers. I t was a clear reaction to the flying saucer phenomenon. Pal said. 'With all the

talk about flying saucers. War of the

Worlds had become especially timely.

And thai was one of the reasons we updated the story . ' Just as films mirror UFO reports, conversely, detai led analysis shows that some aspects of U FOs fol low f i l m and other myt hologies; the interaction is a complex one which requires serious research. Genuine reports of al iens often act l i ke their f i l med predecessors. yet lhe films were made before alien reports were offered. Simple copy-cat

claims do not explain I he complexity of the interaction. wh ich suggests t hat a genu i ne experience is being overlaid on a basic belief syslem which can manifest ilsell i n fact or fiction.

least as reported, the most explicit

possibility as the road towards their

suffered a two hour, twenty minutes

example of missing time in any

cabin was rough and would have

abduction case.

caused 'bouncing' motion. Jan was

time lapse and this caused them to panic so considerably that they left

now awake and went to get her

their home and went to Jan's parents.

According to the report the two witnesses, known a s Sara Shaw and

dressing-gown, Sara noticed it was

Jan Whitely, both in their early twenties, were living in a remote

2 a. m. on the clock. As apparently only a fraction of a second passed she looked at the clock again feeling giddy and confused and noticed that the minute hand had moved on twenty minutes. When Jan checked the clock she confirmed this observation but pointed out that the hour hand had also moved on two hours. Apparently both witnesses had

part of the Tujunga Canyon in California. Sara was woken by a moving light out of her bedroom window which apparently terrified her. She feared it might be the headlights of a motorcycle gang seeking to attack the isola ted women. The smooth movement of the lights quickly ruled out this

Regression hypnosis revealed a classic abduction story, se\'eral of which we shall sec later in this database. The ca se has also come

under considerable scrutiny from those who belie\'e abductions constitute a psycholo,t.,rical phenomenon as it appears that the two �rir ls' sexual relationships may ha\'e generated anxieties of which

the abduction may ha\·e been a manifestation.

N O RT H AMERICA

NAM E LIVERMORE DATE

27 JANUARY 1 953

PLACE LIVERMORE, OAKLAND , CALIFORNIA

MAP REF: E1 6 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND

While not dramatic by toclay's standards, the sighting by J ohn Bean on '27 january 1953 had a considerable effect at the t ime, partly because of the location of the sighting and partly because of the qualifications of the witness. Bean had been flying for some seventeen years and was knowledgeable about aircraft manoeuvrability. On the aftemoon in question he was driving away from the Atomic Enerďż˝ry Commission Research facilities and had pulled into t he side of the road to get some papers from his briefcase. He was about to get out of the driver's door to go round to the backseats to obt;Jin his briefcase when he stopped

for a moment to watch a DC-6 descending towards Oakland Municipal Airport. His attention was attracted to a white object crossing the Atomic Energy Commission facilities and he first thought of this as some sort of plant material in the wind. l ie quickly realized that the object was more solid and indeed swiftly moving. He described it as perfectly round with a metallic sheen something like aluminium. Bean concentrated on the object and its manoeuvring watching its very abrupt direction changes and the incredible speed of its ascent. Only days before he had watched two F-ďż˝6 lighters manoeuvring to the limit of their capabilities and he realized that these lighters were amateurs compared to t he capabilities of the object he was watching. A jet aircraft was also approaching for a landing. Bean was therefore particularly fortunate in having three distinct types of aircraft

in sight at the same time, allowing him to make certain comparisons. B y any definition the UFO had more power and manoeuvrability than the DC-6 or the jet f1ghter.

NAME DANIEL FRY DATE

1 954

PLACE WHITE SANDS PROVING GROUNDS,

NEW MEXICO MAP REF: H 1 8 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

According to Daniel Fry's testimony his first meeting with extraterrestrials took place on 4 july 1950 thus predating many UFO claims and certainly the contactee claims of George Adamski which had been published in 1 953. However, as Fry's book was published in 1 954 and since there seem to be some ,L,Tfounds for believing it was inspired in some way by George Adamski's

'111lilll llll1111· DATABASE 1 950s

claims, I have set it into t he

unders t ood some of it since he was a

database at the date of publication

t rained space technician. I ndeed,

rather than at the date of claim.

t he event had taken place ncar the

Daniel Fry's was just one of many

White Sands Prov i ng ( ; rounds

contactcc claims to follow t hose of

where Fry was working.

Adamski hut it i s, perhaps a l ong with

The visitors were t rying to 'help

first wit nessed Sl' Ven l JFO s in

fo rma t ion . l l oward nul lca ted t h e y

were moving a t a speed t o pac e t l w

ai rc raft , i. e. some �:m k no t s . wen· some :� miles (:i k m ) away fro m them and were below t he cloud

level. Once they had passed o\·er

nothing known to man on this Earth.

you people on earth alter the present Oow of e ven t s and avert a holocaust which is otherwise inevi table. ' F ry was told he had to write a book to communicate the mes sage s to the people of Earth

The hull a ppa rently felt soap like and

which he dutifully did.

Captain I I ow a rd. his cre w and

Adamski's, one of the best known. Acc ording to his claims I >r Daniel Fry wi t ne ssed a landing of a U FO on 1 July 1 950. IJe walked up to it and touched it, feeling t hat it was

smooth and

voice came out of the

communicate.

Fry's contac t cc , A- Lan (but l at e r shortened to Alan for convenience sake) explained much of the physics involved in the construction and movement of his c raft to F ry w h o

NAME GOOSE BAY, LABRADOR DATE 29 JUNE 1954 PLACE GOOSE BAY, LABRADOR

MAP REF: P1 1 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

sk etch ed th e o bject s . There were apparently six small globes and one large object bu t t he fo n nat i o n wa s con st antly chanJ..�, ng. The object s kept a s t raight line with sometimes

three ahead of the large globe and t hree at the rear or sometimes four Howard believed t h e y were solid.

Kcports of sightings of UFOs by pilots arc frequ ent and deflate the

claim that only unqualified or deranged people s igh t s uch object s . Perhaps the best report ed example i s that of Captain James Howard over Goose Bay, Labrador in 1 954.

Co -pi l ot Lee Boyd reported the incident to Goose B ay . Labrador and t hey were asked to describe the sighting, which they did. Captain Howard could hardly complain that he was not taken

seri ou s ly. A patrolling F-9·1 fighter was vectored towards the ai rcraft

BOAC St rat ocrui s er from New York

and frequencie s were lined up to

to London in the early hours of the evening of 29 J une. Some half an hour out, Boston ai r traffic control informed H owa rd he must hold position though gave him no reason. It took a reque st from Howard to Boston control, poin t i ng out his concerns for his fuel levels, to obtain pcnnission to go fonvard and in doing so he w a s made to detour far north via Cape Cod. In view of what

allow Captain Howard to talk

o fti ce r s in t e rro ga t ed the crew and

was to happen later in t he flight it i s

told t hem that there had been o ther

specula ted that air traffic control had

his claims pre-date Adamski ' s . they were not revealed until after Adamski had published his book. Lm One of the alien spaceships photographed by Daniel Fry.

The y pace d the aircraft for some

t \venty minu tes during \vh ich t i m e

ahead and t wo at t he rear, etc.

KIND

Ca pta i n Howard was flying a

AsovE Daniel Fry, the contactee who claimed several meetings with space people during the early 1 950s . Although

more clearl y.

several p:1ssengcrs witne ssed and

machine warning him, in a strangely

American slang, 'Better not touch the hull pal, it's still hot . ' C lear l y Fry's aliens came from somewhere other than Adamski's who, t h re e years later, were still u si ng tel e path y and sign lan b11.Ja gc to

the coast , the douds clea red ;md Captain l l oward saw the l J FOs

picked up anomalous returns on its radar and was redi rec ting t ra ffic as a result of this. It was some three hours later m·er the St Lawrence estuary fl yi ng at 1 9, 000 ft (5, 79 1 m ), way above

the cloud le\·el, t hat C a pt a in How ard

directl y to the pilots of t h e figh t e r .

Wh a t e ve r t he e xplana t ion for t he

UFOs t h e y were not radar \·isiblc a s

t h e fighter indicated t h e y h a d only

the St ra t oc n1 is er on radar. E \ · e n

more m y steri ou s ly the o bjec t s di s appea red as the F-9-1 approached .

At a fuel stop over at c ; oosc Bay

U n i t ed Sta tes Air Fo rc e i n t ell ige n ce

sigh ti n gs like it i n the area . I >espitc possi bl e corrobora t ion from a

)...Tfound witness who saw a n umber

of objec t s llying in the right dirccLion a l the right time. lark of radar corrobora tion unfortuna l c l y

de pri ved l he c a s e of i t s m o s t valuable possibilities.

N O RTH A M E R I CA

NAME KELLY-HOPKINSVILLE DATE

21 AUGUST 1 955

PLACE KELLY-HOPKINSVILLE, KENTUCKY

MAP REF: L1 7 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

As evening fell on 21 August 1955 the Sutton family, Elmer, Vera, john, Alene and her brother were hosts to the Langford family, Glenie and her three children Lonnie, Charlton and Mary together with a friend of Elmer's, Billy Ray Taylor and his wife june. Around 7 o'clock Billy Ray Taylor left the house to get water from the farm well and to take a drink. While outside he saw a UFO 'real bright, with an exhaust all the colours of the rainbow'. It apparently landed close to the farm in a dried-up river bed. When he returned inside the house and told the others of his sighting he was not believed, and it was generally thought he had seen a shooting star. Nobody investigated the landing site. An hour later the eight adults and three children were to begin an extended, horrifying siege by beings so extraordinarily grotesque as to be almost beyond belief. It began with the crazed barking of their dog in the yard and Elmer, known as ' Lucky' Sutton, went with Billy Ray Taylor to the kitchen door of the farmhouse to see what was disturbing the animal. What he saw must have seemed like the product of a nightmare: a glowing, dwarf like creature with enonnous eyes and with arms stretched high above its head was slowly and determinedly approaching the house ! These isolated country folk were not accustomed to diplomatic pleasantries and tend to 'shoot first and ask questions afterwards'. Lucky took a shotgun, and Taylor a . 22 rifle, and both fired at the entity when it had rc;tched a ro un d 20 ft

(6 m) from the farmhouse. The creature scurried away into the night. Indoors, the others heard a scraping sound from the kitchen roof and the men ran back into the yard and saw a similar creature on top of the farmhouse. When fired upon, although the creature fell, it apparently floated gently down towards the backyard before making off on all four limbs. The entities were of a type unique in UFO lore. Although incorporating some of the features of 'classical' entities, i. e. short slim figures, large round bald heads, etc. there were striking differences. Each had huge yellow shining eyes placed on the sides of their face and an enormous mouth like a crack stretching across the face. The ears were huge elephant like appendages, enormous in comparison to the body. The creatures appeared to be reluctant to come too close to the bright lights of the farmhouse but the families were concerned because of the ineffectiveness of their weapons and barricaded themselves inside. For some three hours they watched the entities around the farmhouse until they were forced to make a desperate decision to escape. At around 1 1 o'clock in the evening they dashed from the farn1house into two cars and 'high-tailed' it the 1 0 miles ( 1 6 km) to the police station at Hopkinsville, arriving in a state of agitation and fear.

They impressed the police to the extent that the Chief, Russell Greenwell, his Deputy George Batts, Sergeant Pritchett and three other officers, along with a local journalist, returned with the family to the farm ready to take up the battle. just 2 miles (3 km) out of Hopkins ville and on the way back to the Kelly farmhouse they saw two streaks of light overhead and heard a

loud, persistent banging sound. No trace of either the entities or the UFO could be found although some bullet holes were located. The Chief of Police stated that 'something frightened these people, something beyond their comprehension. ' The police called off the investigation until daylight. But at 2 . 30 in the morning the nightmare returned! Glenie, in bed, looked at her window and saw the huge shining eyes of one of the entities staring into the bedroom. She softly called to the other members of the family and 'Lucky' Sutton shot at the intruder which scampered off into the darkness. It was not until past 5 o'clock that morning, 22 August, and approximately an hour before

An a rtist ' s i m p ression of one of the entities that besieged the Kel ly足 Hopkinsville farmhouse on 21 August 1 95 5 . They never harmed the witnesses , and their a p p roach , with claws raised in the a i r , m ay have been a g estu re of peace - not an easy i ntention to exp ress when you look l i ke this !

DATABASE 1 950s

first light, that the entities were last

--- ------------ - -- -- - -

J I M A N D CORAL LORENZEN

seeu an d the nightmare was over. The a ftermath of the night was

ve ry difficult for the witnesses.

One of t h e first CIVI l ian U F O resea rch

Th e y were accused of reliJ...rious

orga nizat ions i n the world was lhe

hysteria and they were harassed

Aer ial Phenomena Resea rch

di sbanded Desp1te a known study tJy lt1e Air Ofl1ce ol Special lnves l l gal l o n

(AOSI ) . neither J i m n o r C o r a ! Lorr;nzen

following the publicity that

O rgan ization (APRO). formed by J i m

were prevented from cont i n u i ng the1r

surrounded their report.

a n d Coral Lorenzen. T h e organ izat ion

work for the US Air Force. suggeslmg

Throughout all of this, however,

and its founders came under much

at least no official condemnat ion of

they stuck to their story and refused

off i cial moni toring and it is now

the i r act ivit ies_

to protect themselves from the excesses of the media even by toning down their claims, maintaining that they were being truthful. No explanation for the encounter has been offered that stands up to reasonable examination. A travelling circus had passed through Hopkinsville that day and it was speculated that they could have lost performing monkeys but the suggestion falls down on so many h1fotmds that it is almost laughable. For one thing there was no report of any lost monkeys, for another monkeys do not fit the physical descriptions of the entities, let alone glow in the dark. Most importantly at least one wounded or dead monkey ought to have been found after a night time barrage of shooting, yet no bodies were ever recovered.

wall and claimed she could even see

NAME 'JENNIE' DATE

7 OCTOBER 1 955

PLACE NEBRASKA

the dirt and cobwebs inside the wall as she passed through it. The UFO itself appeared to haze

MAP REF: J 1 5

in and out of visibility, apparently

EVENT ABDUCTION

allowing vision through its walls to

was no proof of malevolent intent on

Late in the evening a teenage girl,

the surrounding terrain. Inside the

the part of the entities and it has

jennie, was dressed for bed in her

UFO it was \'Cry cold. She described

been speculated that these

bedroom. Under hypnosis, she told

the entity as between 3-4 ft

It has to be admitted that there

the interior and even through that to

creatures approaching the

the story of an entity floating outside

(91 - 1 22 em) tall with an egg shaped

fam1house with their hands in the air

her bedroom window whom she

may have been trying to show they

refers to as 'the explorer' and she

head, grey complexion, reduced facial features and long, slit like eyes.

were unarmed and harmless. Given their physical appearance there

states that she felt drawn towards him, perhaps under his telepathic

head dress. During the subsequent

seems to be no practical way in

influence. She seems to be tr)ing to

medical examination blood samples

which a creature like that could ever

protect herself, by pretending that

fail to instil fear.

the event is a dream and she says

\vere taken. On re-awakening the next

Whatever the truth of the Kelly颅 Hopkinsville encounter, it remains

she docs not want to listen to him.

morning jennie remembered the

today, over thirty-five years later,

towards a UFO, described as like

protecti,路e device of her own mind or

one of the most extraordinary and terrifying multiple-witness

two dessert bowls placed together,

not is unclear. There is some

and willed her to follow. In doing so she moved through the bedroom

possible physical traces on

encounters on record.

The entity floated through the air

He was wearing some close-fitting

e\路ent as a dream: whether this is a

corroboration of her story as a

ne;1rby

N O RTH AM E R I CA

U FO COMES I N ALL S HAPES A N D S I ZES The expression U F O has been corrupted over the years and is often held to mean extra-terrestrial spaceship. Nothing cou l d be fu rther f rom an accurate defi n ition and it is wel l to remember that the expressi on means nothing more nor l ess than U n identified Flying Object. Of all the reports received by organizations throughout the world, approxi mate ly

90-95% a re identif ied. Typica l ly, most of these turn out to be repo rts of natural phenomena of various sorts. Planets and particularly the b r i g h t planets Ven u s and J u p i ter - a re often identi fied as the cause of U F O reports. Some stars have been c u l p r i ts, and there are many natural b u t exotic-looking phenomena that are repo rted as U FOs. R IGHT Noct i l ucent clouds a re visible at

n i g ht, at dawn o r at dusk and comprise masses of ice h i g h in the atmosphere i l l u m i nated by the sun from over the horizon, cau s i ng a hazy, g l owi ng shape in \he sky.

BEt ow Aurora borealis, the

Northern Lights, photographed before dawn nea r Fai rbanks, Alaska. Au roras a re l um i nous d i s pl ays that occ u r in the n i ght sky a t h i g h l atitudes.

DATABASE 1950s

elm tree outs1de her wmdow show as burn markings. llowever, her father heli<�vcs that it was hit by lightning.

Interes tingly, this case only c<Hn(· to light in 19R1 when abduction lon· was rife in the American media and

details were becoming well knO\vn to the p revio usly 'uninitiated'.

NAME LOCHRAVEN DAM DATE 26 OCTOBER 1958 PLACE LOCHRAVEN DAM, BALTIMORE. PA MAP REF: N16

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST KIND

At 10.30in the evening Alvin Cohen and Philip Small saw an egg-shaped UFO above Lochraven Dam in Maryland. The object was, they estimated, hovering approximately 100-150ft (3 ; 0-46 m) above a small metal bridge near the dam, some 250yds (229 m) from them. They drove closer to investigate. At some 80ft (24m) from the object the car's electrical systems went dead; its dashlights and headlights went out and its motor stopped. In trying to restart the car there was no sound of e\·en the starter motor trying to engage. Both witnesses panicked, jumped out of the car and moved behind it. After some 20-:m seconds a bright white light accompanied by a deafening noise burst from the object and it started to rise \·ertically and within just a few seconds it had vanished into the sky above. As the light tlashed both men reported

iccling heat and both displayed symptoms similar to sunb u rn. There

were other witnesses who confim1ed the sound p1ior to take oil lt was reported to the l'nited States :\ir Force, but the case remains unsolved and is ofliciall�· listed as 'unidentified'.

"1 1 1 1 ii

ll ll lll n •·

N O RT H A M E R ICA

1 960s N A M E JOE SIMONTON DATE

18 APRIL 1 961

PLACE EAGLE RIVER , WISCONSIN

MAP REF: K1 5 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

A case that has prompted considerable background research into the true meaning of close encounters occurred in April 1961 at Eagle River in Wisconsin when witness, Joe Simonton saw a 'brighter than chrome' saucer shaped object hovering near his farmhouse. His attention had been attracted by a rushing noise which had drawn him out of the house; this happening around 1 1 o'clock in the morning. The UFO was apparently approximately 1 2 ft (3. 65 m) high and 30 ft (9. 1 4 m) wide and while he watched it a hatch opened and three occupants looked out at Simonton. Simonton described the occupants as approximately 5 ft ( 1 52 em) tall with dark hair, and human like clothing. Indeed Simonton described the aliens as 'resembling Italians'. Perhaps the most extraordinary event was yet to come. One of the men waved a jug towards Simonton apparently indicating that he needed water. Simonton took the jug inside the house, filled it and returned it to them by which time he also noticed they appeared to be having some sort of barbecue on board their saucer and were frying food on a grill. In addition to the 'cook-out' Simonton noticed several instrument panels and a dark black interior. Simonton requested like-for-like and indicated he would appreciate one of the pancakes they were cooking; they gave him three of

them each about 3 in (8 em) wide. After this contact, lasting only a few minutes, the object apparently rose into the air, took off rapidly towards the south, its downwash actually bending nearby pine trees. The United States Department of

and having made a short stop in a restaurant at Colebrook the couple set off down highway US 3. Just beyond the village of Lancaster they noticed a bright light in the sky ahead of them which appeared to be getting bigger and brighter as they

Health, Education and Welfare Food

watched. During the drive they

and Drug Laboratory was given pieces of the cake to examine,

continued to observe the light which

Simonton had already stated it tasted like cardboard. The official

was apparently moving behind trees and mountain tops. It was not until they stopped the car that they were

analysis indicated that it was made of

able to determine for sure that it

perfectly normal Earth type materials but that it contained no salt. It is the absence of salt which has

was moving, and that the movement had not been the apparent motion

interested researchers ever since;

given by the twists and turns in the road. By looking at it through

comparison is drawn to the exchange of foods between humans and faerie folk in Celtic traditions. The tum of the century Celtic

binoculars Barney was of the opinion

researcher Walter Evans-Wentz

mountain they became somewhat concerned by their sighting and Betty considered pulling into an

wrote of the Irish 'little people': 'They never taste anything salt, but cat fresh meat and drink pure water. ' Pure water was the request made of Simonton.

that it was an aircraft or a helicopter. As they approached the Cannon

open motel to find company and shelter. Had they done so they may have avoided the next extraordinary

Since the physical traces research reveals nothing of extra

and frightening events.

terrestrial origin the case probably offers no further analysis. Sheriff

looked through binoculars and saw

Schroeder, of the area, stated that having known Simonton for fourteen years he 'obviously believed the truth of what he was saying. '

While Barney drove, Betty what appeared to be an enormous craft with a double row of windows. This caused Barney to stop the car and make a more detailed investigation. He left the car, crossed through a dark field and apparently walked up to within 50 ft

NAME BETIY AND BARNEY HILL DATE

1 9 SEPTEMBER 1 961

PLACE CONCORDE, NEW HAMPSHIRE

MAP REF: 0 1 4 EVENT ABDUCTION

Returning from a holiday in Canada to their home in the state of New Hampshire, Betty and Barney Hill were to become the first highly publicized account of a U FO abduction. Having crossed the Canadian border at approximately 9 o'clock

( 1 5 m) of the object now hovering at treetop height, although he admitted later he was 'fully gripped with fear'. With concern, Betty was looking into the darkness for her lost husband. Isolated in the dark field Barney, again through binoculars, looked at the object now so close to him and stated that he could see at least a dozen people looking back at him. He particularly remembered the eyes of the crew members which almost hypnotically gripped his attention and then, screaming that

DATABASE 1 960s

subwcting them to an unpleasant medical examination. In addition to this Betty was given a tour of the spaceship by the aliens who showed her a map apparently d ep i c t ing their h ome world. Nightmares are bad enough, but in talking with people at her work she became convinced that these were no ordinary nightmares; they were memories of a real event. A frightening event, and one which

suggested a less than benib'I1 purpose on the part of the aliens.

In February 1 964 the couple began a series of regression hypnosis sessions with Boston

psychiatrist Dr Benjamin Simon, the purpose of which was to relieve tensions in the couple which they believed stemmed from the night of their encounter. The sessions appeared to confirm the worst; both Betty and Barney recalled the abduction of Betty's dream as a he feared they were about to be

Betty and Barney Hill with their dog ,

reality. According to a later analysis

captured, he ran back across the

Delsey . These are the three witnesses to the first highly publ icized abduction . Barney is holding a sketch of the object that captured them.

of the star map recalled by Betty Hill

field to the car, jumped in and drove off. Betty at this point could not see either the light or the craft but could

as shown to her by the alien leader, the aliens' home world orbits either of the stars Zeta Reticuli I or I I and the occupants apparently have a

hear a continuous beeping noise, and they seemed to have drowsed as a

agitated by the case and drew the

sedated feeling overcame them.

attention of another couple living in

It must be said that Dr Simon's

the house with them by her excited

view of the encounter was that he

Seventeen miles (27 km) from

purpose here on Earth.

Concorde, according to a sign they

state. Betty's interest in U FO study

believed the abduction reality 'to be

saw, Betty and Barney Hill seemed

was then, and has remained to this

too improbable, and much material

to have recovered from their semi足

day, very high. just two days after

was similar to dream material'.

sedation at the same time as they

the sighting she went to the library

Subsequent analysis by other

heard - or think they heard - a

to collect a great deal of information

psychologists has suggested t hat the

separate set of beeping sounds

about UFOs including reading Major Donald Keyhoe's Flying Saucer

regression hypnosis would be unable to sort fantasy from fact, particularly

similar to the first. Eventually they reached home.

Conspiracy and just one week after

where the couple had been

I n the morning following the event Betty discovered spots of

the sighting she wrote to Major Keyhoe about her experience which

convinced that the nightmares were a reality, so it is possible t hat the

metallic 'polishing' on the boot

had only just begun.

event did not occur. For those who take comfort from

(trunk) of the car. This was just one

Ten days after the sighting Betty

this possibility there is one further

of many physical traces which suggest, but do not alone confinn,

had a series of vivid nightmares over a period of a week of a most

fact that must be taken into account.

the nature of a real event. She talked at great length to her sister about the sighting, her sister having

disorientating kind. She dreamed

1\lilitary radar at Pease Air Force

that the UFO had stopped the car. that alien beings from the UFO had

anomalous UFO in the skies of :\ew

had a UFO event some years before. Betty was apparently \'cry

extracted them from the car and

Hampshire at the time and place of

taken them aboard their spaceship.

the Hill report!

Base apparently tracked an

N O RTH A M E R ICA

NAME SOCORRO DATE 24 APRIL 1 964 PLACE SOCORRO, NEW MEXICO

MAP REF: H18 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THI RD

KIND

At around a quarter to six in the evening, Police Officer Lonnie Zamora was chasing a speeding car when he heard a noise and saw a light in the sky approximately 1 mile ( 1 . 6 km) away. He believed it might possibly be a dynamite store that had exploded and he called off the chase to investigate. As he approached, it appeared that the blue-orange flame was descending over the rise of a hill ahead of him. H aving cleared the hill Zamora noticed a shiny object parked off the road about 200 yds ( 1 83 m) away. Nearby were two people in white overalls who seemed startled at the appearance of the police car. Thinking that it might be a crashed vehicle Zamora approached with help in mind. He reported over the radio that he was investigating a

possible accident and that he would be out of the car; he stopped the vehicle and got out. All that he witnessed was the object taking off, its pilots presumably having been startled into an escape. Apparently the object rose on a column of blue足 orange flame. Of the object itself Zamora believed it was oval in shape, whitish and had some red ' lettering' on the side. Zamora ran from the car and ducked over the hill, watching the object rise out of the gully and into the air. The object then appeared to level off and fly horizontally over the dynamite store and away across country. Inspection of the landing site showed four clear impressions in the sand and burn marks in the vegetation. Marks nearby were referred to as the 'footprints' of the entities. There were reports of corroborative sightings of the blue flame and of someone seeing the police car driving towards the encounter. There were other reports including one made by a

AsovE Police OHicer Lo n n i e Zamora w h o reported seeing a landed egg-shaped craft near Socorro , N ew M exico i n A p ri l 1 964 . Beside it were two h u manoid forms . As Zamora approached , the beings and the craft fled . BELOW I n specti on revealed g round traces where the craft h ad stood . On the damaged rocks were m etal frag ments which were sent for analysis b u t mysteriously went missi n g .

•il lli lll lll lll ll· OAT ABASE 1 960s

p ri nc iple investigator of the case, Ray Stanford, who saw a similar obj ec t in flight shortly a fterw a rd s No identification has ever been made of the object Zamora wit n essed but fairly extraordiuary claims have been made to debunk the sighting. One suggestion was that having taken place on land owneu hy the local Mayor the whole story and physical traces may have been created to increase tourism. Dr j . Allen Hynek who investigated the case said, 'Of all the close encounters of the third kind, this is the one that most clearly suggests a "nuts-and-bolts" physical craft. ' .

spreading ma n ure on his fie ld . l ie moved into anothe r field ready for ploughing and he saw a light coloured object there as he approached. At first he gave his sighting a mundane explanation, believing it to be a defunct refrige rator that had been laying in the field for some time. As he got nearer he changed his mind, and believed it might be t he wing tank d roppe d from an aeroplane. Only as he app roach ed much closer did he reco).,'T! ize the fact that it was some

PLACE TIOGA, NEW YORK STATE

MAP REF: N15 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KINO For those who believe that it is only abductions that cause ).,'feat fear and extreme reaction in w·itnesses, the case of M r S. in Cisco Grove, California merits a study. Having spent the day hunting with two companions and becoming separated from them he took shelter

were two short humanoids wearing

in a tree, strapping him self to a

the humanoids calmed Wilcox's apprehensions and stated ' We have talked with people before. ' He then went on, implausibly, to state 'We arc from what you people refer to as the planet Mars. ' During two hours of conversation with the Martians Wilcox discussed farming and

This particular case is potentially

MAP REF: E17

20 ft (7 m) long, egg shaped and

From a box on his chest, one of DATE 24 APRIL 1964

PLACE CISCO GROVE, CALIFORNIA

glistening aluminium. Ncar the craft tight fitting clothing and helmets.

NAME GARY WILCOX

NAME CISCO GROVE DATE 5 SEPTEMBER 1 964

learned from them that they were on

important because of its

Earth to learn about organic

approximation in time to t he Socorro incident (see page 46). According to

materials. They apparently offered explanations of how their craft

the witness, Gary Wilcox, it

worked which Wilcox did not

occurred at 10 o'clock in the

understand and said that t heir visits

branch to prevent himself falling out of the tree if he slept. M r S. observed three obj ec ts with rotating lights from his location and he believed these may have been helicopters searching for him. Reacting to this he left the t ree and lit signal fires to attract their attention. Unfortunately, he succeeded. The unknown silvery objects closed in and apparently despatched two humanoids who approached the fires. They were dressed in silver suits and had extraordinary, prominent eyes. The t wo humanoids

morning placing it just a few hours

to Earth were regular. Apparently

before Socorro but I have listed it in

one of the humanoids asked for a bag

apparently tried to remove ivl r S. from the tree and a third robot like

this database afterwards as its

of manure and Wilcox went to his barn to collect one. When he returned the craft was gone but he left the bag of manure in the field anyway and the following morning it was gone also. If this is an early visit by the same occupants of the same craft t hat vi sited Socorro some hours later then in the intervening hours they obviously became less talkative and less comfmtable around people; leaving as abruptly as they did '"·hen officer Zamora interrupted them. They can hardly ha\·e been in a desperate hurry to return just to collect their bag of manure!

e nt it y appeared also. l\1r S. fired arrows at the robot, then tore off strips of his clothing, set them alight and threw them at t he entities to frighten them away. He apparently succeeded and they took off in their UFO. the downblast of which unfortunately caused him to black out. l i e regained consciousness at daybreak and discon_'red t he l : Fo and entities were gone . Se ve ra l l oca l peo ple atte sted t o 1\lr S. 's good character. including a local astronomy teacher who notified Air Force officials. The .-\ir Force explained the case ;1s p s ych o lof.,rir a l

si!-,TJ1ificance is only appreciated when the details of the Socorro incident are understood. I f true the account gives substantial support to the Socorro claim but it is the opinion of the Socorro principal investigator, Ray Stanford, a well-known and well respected researcher, that 'my ufologer's intuition tells me this account may be a total hoax, fabricated by Wilcox after he had heard of the Socorro incident . ' Wilcox's report stated that at

approximately 10 o 'clock in the

morning of 24 April 1964 he was

I' !

· II I II I II IIIIW· · N O RTH A M E R I CA

NAM E FLYNN INCIDENT DATE

1 4 MARCH 1965

PLACE EVERGLADES, FLORIDA

MAP REF: N20 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND

KIND

Rancher James W. Flynn of Fort Myers, Florida was camping in the Everglades on the night of 14 March 1 965 after a day spent training hunting dogs. After midnight he saw a bright light descend approximately 1 mile ( 1 . 6 km) away from his

made to discredit Flynn which backfired when many leading citizens, police officers and doctors vouched for him. The Air Force's suggestion that Flynn may have

the way on foot. As he approached the object he saw that it was a large conical machine hovering near the ground, some 75 ft (23 m) wide and 30 ft

come so close to him he leapt into a

hoaxed the encounter ignored the

ditch to avoid being hit by them. Eventually Muscarello hitched a lift

remarkable ground and tree traces

to Exeter police station and

and his own physical impairments

reported what he had seen.

which his doctor believed 'could not have been faked'. In the end the Air Force settled

Confirmation came from patrolman Eugene Bertrand who

for the somewhat useless statement that, when questioned, they had nothing on their files concerning the Flynn incident.

location and, believing it to be a plane landing in difficulties, he drove towards it in his swamp buggy, getting as close as he could. Around 1, 320 ft (402 m) from the landing site he alighted and went the rest of

Muscarello observed these lights for approximately a quarter of an hour and at one point they appeared to

had been in the area in his car at 1 o'clock in the morning. The police officer had spoken to a woman who claims she was too upset to drive because she had been followed in her car by a bright light though

NAME EXETER FLAP DATE

3 SEPTEMBER 1 965

PLACE EXETER, NEW HAMPSHIRE

MAP REF: 0 1 5

Bertrand did not witness this aspect of the report. He did, however, accompany Muscarello to the field and witnessed the bright red lights Muscarello had reported. Bertrand noticed that although the lights were

EVENT MULTIPLE NIGHT LIGHT SIGHTINGS

silent they were upsetting farm

In the spring of 1 965 the area of

animals in the area and he called patrolman Hunt to the scene who also observed the lights.

Exeter, New Hampshire was

(9 m) high. Portholes were visible because of the yellow lights shining

subject to a local wave of UFO

through them . Flynn could see no occupants. Deciding to offer friendship, Flynn stepped near the object and raised his hand in a gesture of greeting. He was greeted by a beam of light which struck him on the forehead and knocked him unconscious.

investigated by journalist john G. Fuller and related in his bestselling

sightings, many of which were

Pease Air Force Base investigated the report some months later and could not find a cause of the sighting. They

untypical of the wave, though perhaps most documented, was the

commented that the observers appeared to be reliable and stable people and believed that their own

sighting of 1 8-year-old Norman ] . Muscarello on :� September 1965. His sighting was confirmed by police

B-4 7 aircraft which had been in the area at the time could not have caused the sighting.

When he came to he was partially blinded and bruised. Although the object had disappeared there was a charred circular ground trace ncar where the object had been hovering

patrolmen Eugene Bertrand and David Hunt. Muscarello was hitch-hiking to the south of Exeter at 2 o'clock in the morning when he saw a group of

During the flap that followed, there was an extraordinary call to the police station in Exeter; a man in a call box claimed that a flying saucer was heading directly towards him,

and trees nearby were also burned. Flynn spent five days at Fort Myers Hospital who confirmed that his

five red lights in a line, over a house some 100 ft (:30 m) from his position. He watched as the lights moved

the call was interrupted, the connection broken and he could not be traced.

vision and muscular reflexes were impaired. Unfortunately Flynn's encounter

behind trees and houses, out over a large field and commented that they were so bright that he could not see structure behind them, possibly indicating only that it was hidden by their brilliance. The lights were apparently pulsating and only one light was bright at any s.,ri ven time.

For several weeks after the sighting Muscarello and his mother

came at a time of maximum difficulty for the Air Force, indeed during a major flap in the locality, and they were doing their very best to play down the sighting. Attempts were

book Incident at Exeter. Not

staked out the hills to see if they could see the UFOs again and on one evening they did so. Project Blue Book, however, seems to suggest in its report that the B-4 7 aircraft or aircraft from an

â&#x20AC;˘ 1 1 1 i l l l l ll 1 11w DATABASE 1 960s

M ISS I N G I N FORMATION reference points ! rom which detai led analysis can be

The sheer weight o f UFO-related material available f o r study is astonishi ng. The late Dr J Al len Hynek, tor over twenty

made, then allen there is very l ittle that can be learned

years a leadi ng figure in the subject , referred to it as an

!rom it. However spectacular or clear the image is. its

embarrassment of riches. In fact, so many claims are

relevance wi l l always depend on the witness's other

received that hosts of reports are either uninvestigated

testi mony. BELow This photograph was taken by Deputy Sheriff Arthur

or alforded only a cursory examination; thei r detai ls are logged and are of value mainly in the event of other

Strauch near St George, Minnesota while he was out hunting

reports being received which can then be corroborated.

with tour companions. While potentially a very interesting

Perhaps surprisi ngly, even photographs fal l i nto this

image, interpretation of i t is l i m i ted through lack of

category; if a photograph is indistinct and has no

authoritative i nformation on the subject.

operation known as 'big blast' may

definition and even by t he standards

fifteen years after the eYent the

have been responsible for t he

of 1 965 rather mundane and only

witne sses stood by their

sightings though such conclusions

attracted the attention they did

statements. Ofticer Hunt said ' I t 's

have created J.,J'feat criticism due to

because of t he high publicity t hey

j ust a thing that happened and we

their other inaccuracies.

received rather t han the particular

reported it t he way it happened a t

qualities of t he reports themselves.

t h e time, which y o u k n o w is about a l l

When questioned about the sighting

you c a n d o , I guess. '

There has been some suggestion that the sightings were of indi s t inct

NAME GREAT NORTH-EASTERN BLACKOUT DATE 9 NOVEMBER 1 965 PlACE NORTH-EASTERN UNITED STATES/

CANADA MAP REF: N 1 5 EVENT GREAT NORTH-EASTERN BLACKOUT

There have been many connections made between the appearance of UFOs and disruption of electrical circuits, particularly in cars approached by low-flying UFOs. There have also been several claims made that UFOs in the vicinity of major cities have caused power blackouts affecting many thousands of people. Such claims were particularly common in the 1960s. The most dramatic of all claims was that of the great North-East blackout which covered an area of 80, 000 square miles (207, 1 99 ml) and affected 26 million people.

J ust after power failed at Syracuse, Deputy Aviation Commissioner Robert Walsh sighted a round fiery UFO ascending at moderate speed from a fairly low altitude. A second fireball is also reported. The objects were over the Clay power substation, an automatic control unit which regulated power from Niagara Falls to New York. Witnesses in the Time and Life building saw a UFO in the sky above blacked-out Manhattan. Time magazine photographers photographed this object. Many other reports of UFOs came in across New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. UFOs were reported over Pennsylvania by pilot Jerry Whitaker and passenger George Croniger who believe they saw them being chased by jet interceptors. At the height of the blackout it had spread to six states other than

New York, and a section of Canada. New York City had 600 trains and 600,000 passengers trapped in the underground train system; many thousands were trapped in elevators; bridges and tunnels were jammed due to traffic-light breakdowns; airports were shut down and flights redirected. The enormous north-eastern power grid was thought to have been invulnerable to accident or attack having hundreds of automatic controls and safety cut-outs. Congress had been told that a serious breakdown was quite impossible. Various heads of power plants indicated they had no explanation for the blackout, no severed transmission lines, faulty circuits or defective generators. One stated that it appeared that vast amounts of electricity had simply been 'lost' but without explanation.

DATABASE 1960s

[particularly] ... along with the

stated since that time that he had

reports of previous UFO-caused

had no wish to do so and believed it was premature at the time when he

blackouts.'

made his comment. His statement

Whether UFOs were the cause of

included the comment that some

the great North-Eastern blackout or not remains open to speculation. At

people in the area might have seen

least they cannot be blamed for one

ignited swamp gas. The press immediately pilloried

of the effects of the enforced hours

him for the comment, and assaulted

of darkness and quiet. Nine months after the blackout New York

him for attacking the credibility of

experienced a baby boom.

local witnesses. They completely ignored his further comment that a fuller investigation was required and

NAME SWAMP GAS DEBACLE

that a thorough investigation of all phenomena was needed before

DATE 18 MARCH 1966

comment should be made

PlACE ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN

definitively.

MAP REF: M15

Hynek always said afterwards

EVENT THE 'SWAMP GAS' DEBACLE

that it showed how even the most experienced people can fall prey to the excesses of the press, it also

Over forty witnesses including several police officers saw a UFO

shows how the excesses of the

with blue and white lights, antennae

press can affect public perception of

and a pilot's cabin, in the marshlands

near Ann Arbor, Michigan on

I,!I�DAILY

18 March 1966. Four other craft apparently travelled with it. Some witnesses claimed to reach to within New York and 80,000 square miles

1, 500ft (457 m) of it, and described

(207, 199 m2) of the surrounding area was

it as football shaped and pulsating.

blacked out in 1965.

Police patrolman Robert Hunawill agreed that he had watched the

Because of the potential for panic, with people trapped in

object together with other local citizens. Sheriffs deputies Stanley

elevators and underground in the

McFadden and David Fitzpatrick

dark for many hours on end, calming

observed it flying over the area. The

and reassuring statements were

state Police Commissioner,

broadcast by those radio stations

Frederick Davids, commented 'I

that could transmit on emergency

used to discount these reports too

generators and certainly no mention

but now I am not so sure.'

was made of any UFO connection

the UFO phenomenon.

� ��!

The following evening the craft

for fear of the panic it would cause.

was again observed by other

However, the press picked up the

witnesses and it became apparent

UFO reports (and indeed Air Force

that the Air Force should send in an I

official denials) and by the end of the

investigator if only to be seen to be :

day it was already being speculated

doing something. They sent in their

that UFOs had caused the blackout.

scientific adviser to Project Blue

�� s=..:��

No proof of this connection has ever

Book, Dr j. Allen Hynek. Hynek

been forthcoming though one Air

made an investigation of the area but

n Any analysis of the UFO phenomeno-

Force Major made the point that

was virtually assaulted by the press

reveals how media coverage often creates

'The evidence was too strong to be

to make some kind of preliminary

a mythology around a truth. Insubstantial

ignored or debunked ...

statement, although he always

stories can easily become sensat1onal.

I ,

·1 1 1111 1 � 1 uu��J. .

N O RTH A M E R I CA

NAME CATALINA ISLAND FILM

NAME BETTY ANDREASSON

DATE APRIL 1 966

DATE

PLACE CATALINA ISLAND, CALIFORNIA

PLACE ASHBURNHAM, MASSACHUSffiS

MAP REF: E18

25 JANUARY 1 967 MAP REF: 01 5

EVENT PHOTOGRAPHIC CASE

EVENT ABDUCTION

The Catalina Island film shot by professional cameraman Lee Hansen is important in UFO research not because it is a mystery but because it is not. Shot in April 1966 the film showed a silver, disc shaped object moving in the mountains on Catalina Island and casting a shadow below. For twenty years the object remained a mystery. It was only the development of modern photographic analysis which gave final identification to the object on the film. Image enhancement techniques were employed by Dr Robert Nathan of the jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena; the film was scanned, enlarged and displayed on a television screen and broken down into individual pixels. Each frame of the film was similarly di!-,rit ized and each overlaid on the earlier image causing an averaging of the lighting effects in the picture. (;radually the grain in the picture diminished and the image was able to he seen more clearly. In fact the cameraman had filmed, out of focus, a light aircraft that had been manoeuvring in the mountains. By t he time the image enhancement was completed it was possible even to sec the outline of the pilot sitting in the cockpit. Because the aircraft had been filmed from its own flight level it had eliminated the image of wings and indeed the image of the tail fin. M;my UFO cases arc solved in the first investigation, indeed some 90-95 per rent of cases are ident ified quite quickly hut positive identificati( ln t wenty years after an event is rare and this was an important breakthrough.

Perhaps the most remarkable case of imagery in a UFO abduction comes from the claims of Betty Andreas son. On 25 january 1 967 she was at home with her parents and her seven children in the early evening (her husband was in hospital having been injured in a car accident). Suddenly, she saw a pulsating light through the kitchen window and Betty's father saw entities outside who Betty then saw entering the house through the walls. This was all Betty remembered for many years. Some eight years later she wrote to the tabloid newspaper Na tiona! Enquirer about her experience, this was a paper noted for its interest in UFOs and for its $5, 000 reward given annually to the best UFO story. However, they apparently took little interest in her case. It was not until l 977, more than ten years after the event that Betty Andreasson underwent a series of hypnotic regression sessions suggested by MUFON investigator, Raymond Fowler. Her story was extraordinary. The aliens that had entered her kitchen apparently lined up before her and stated they needed food for their minds. Their leader, Quazgaa, accepted a bible from Betty. She then left the house with them and entered an oval object hovering a few inches off the ground in her back garden. She underwent a medical examination in a brilliantly lit 'operating room' on board the object and suffered a probe pushed into her nose and another through her navel.

These experiences have been commonly reported in America, but what was to follow is unique. She was taken through various chambers inside the UFO, was covered in fluids and fed fluids through her mouth; she met reptilian creatures and flew over a crystal city. Inside one of the crystal buildings she was brought face to face with a bird like being and heard the voice of God. Quazgaa told her that 'Secrets have been locked in her mind' and she was then returned to her home finding her family apparently paralyzed and unconscious. To the present day there has probably been more written about t his case than any other and the full case history is rich in detail, much of which may well be symbolic but all of which appears to have deep meaning for the witness.

NAME STEPHEN MICHALAO DATE

20 MAY 1 967

PLACE FALCON LAKE, ONTARIO/MANITOBA

BORDER MAP REF: K1 2 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND

KIND

If Canada comes a poor second to the United States on the North American continent in terms of quantity of UFO events, then it goes a long way to making up for it in quality with the extraordinary close encounter of Stephen Michalaq which is recorded here. just after noon on 20 May, at Falcon Lake between Manitoba and Ontario, Michalaq witnessed the landing of a cigar shaped UFO. Two such red objects descended, one landing and the other silently flying back into the sky. The landed UFO appeared to 'cool down'; its red glow diminishing to a silver gold. The

OAT ABASE 1 960s

object was approximately 30 ft (9 m)

of the object. From it , a blast of

wide and 1 2 ft (3 1/:! m ) high. Michalaq was an amateur

wam1 air struck him causing him not

prospector and carried goggles

set his clothes alight .

normally worn to protect his eyes when hammering into rock. Through

afterwards Michalaq observed

only surprise but pain and fear as it The object departed. Shortly

Stephen Michalaq. victim of a very close encounter, displays the extraordinary pattern of burn marks which appeared on his body following a blast of heat from a landed UFO. Organizations such a s the

these goggles he observed the

ground traces in the form of charred

object from close range over the

earth where the object had been.

next half an hour, also making

There were physiological effects

Establishment , the US Navy

sketches. He noticed a bright purple

from the encounter; Michalaq

Hospital and the National Research

Whiteshell Nuclear Research

light emanating from inside the object,

suffered nausea and vomiting as well

Council in addition to 2i doctors

detected the wam1 smell of sulphur

as feeling a severe pain in his head.

examined 1\l ichalaq over a period.

and heard motor noises from within.

After returning home he went to the Misericordia Hospital where he was

received a dose of radiation which

treated for first degree bums.

would have been lethal had it not

Michalaq was approaching closer when a door opened in the U FO and

Michalaq appears to have

been of slight duration.

he could hear voices coming from inside. He called to the craft in several languages but received no

examined by his family doctor. 0\·er those few days Michalaq lost

responses. He peered inside, observing multi-coloured patterns of

eat, suffered blood infection, skin

light. Eventually the opening was

infections, diarrhoea and nausea. He

later yielded a file 1 1 �� pages long,

covered and Michalaq took some time to examine the outside of the

complained of burning sensations

and this was acknowledged to be

and stiff joints. Of particular interest was a pattern of bum marks on

considerably abridged.

object, discovering it to be hot enough to melt his glove.

At this point he found himself in

front of a grid-type vent in the side

In the following week he was

considerable weight being unable to

1\lichalaq's chest which corresponded

The view of the Royal Canadian Air Force was that the case was a hoax though a Freedom of

lnfonnation Act request some years

The Royal Canadi<ln :\ir Force

should be congratulated on the

to the exhaust vent on the object,

amount of work it is prepared

where hot air had blasted him.

invest in a hoax�

"11I

111 1 11111111â&#x20AC;˘

N O R T H AM E R I C A

The former Chief of Police had

NAME PATROLMAN SCHIRMER DATE

apparently had an experience of contact with extraterrestrials that

3 DECEMBER 1 967

PLACE ASHLAND, NEBRASKA

was somewhere between a contactee and abduction experience.

MAP REF: J16 EVENT CONTACTEE ENCOUNTER

Having approached the landed object on the highway and suffered vehicle

'Saw a flying saucer at the junction of

interference cutting out the engine

highways 6 and 63. Believe it or not! ' This was the brief report made

and lights of his car Schirmer, now under regression hypnosis, revealed

by patrolman Herb Schirmer in Ashland, Nebraska following a UFO sighting in December of 1967.

that the car was apparently surrounded by entities from the globular UFO. He was prevented

Shortly after the event, and after a short stint as Chief of Police, he

from drawing his revolver to defend

resigned from the force. There has been a great deal of speculation that

himself by a mental block and was paralyzed by the entities who fired a green gas gun at his car. It was at

official pressure was brought to bear but Schirmer is adamant that his resignation came from him alone because he was no longer able to do

this time that Schirmer apparently suffered the injury to his neck when, having been forced to wind down the window of the car, he was forcibly

Indeed at the time Schirmer interrupted them they were busy stealing electricity from the overhead power Jines with a device which the entities obligingly explained and went on to demonstrate to Schinner. The entities themselves were

approximately 5 ft (152 em) high and muscular with larger chests than on the normal human frame.

Apparently their head was thinner and taller than an ordinary human head; they wore tight fitting silver grey suits and boots. Schirmer described their eyes as 'like eat's eyes', the nose was flatter and they had almost lipless mouths. Schirmer was informed that he would be given a cover story which would be all he would remember of the event; that he would recall seeing the craft land

his job properly.

removed from it and taken on board

The suggestion of a brief period of missing time, some twenty

the UFO. The UFO is described as having been shaped something like a football,

would experience two return visits

glowing silver, with a bright flashing light beneath. It apparently landed on tripod legs and later conversation

Of particular interest to the investigators was the emblem seen by Schirmer on the uniform of the

with the aliens indicated that it required electricity to power it.

entities which he drew and described as that of a winged

minutes, and a red weal on his neck was sufficient for regression hypnosis to be used to find out whether or not there was a more detailed story locked in Schirmer's mind. There was!

and watch it fly away; and that he from the aliens.

serpent. Much has been made of the connection between this and the ancient historical stories of winged

EDWA R D U H LE R C O N D O N

serpent sightings and gods. The aliens apparently told

I n 1 966, at t h e age o f 6 4 , Condon was appointed to head up the U n i vers i ty of

Schirmer that their mission was

C o l o rado' s study i nto U FOs - usua l ly

because the 'Earth people do not do things in the right way. ' They also informed Schirmer that they had bases in the Bermuda Triangle, at

known subsequen tly as the Condon Commi ttee. A friend of Dr J Robert Oppenheimer, Condon was one of North America's foremost theoretical

the polar regions and in other locations around the world. This case is probably more

nuclear phys icists. He was also known lor 'taking on' the estab l i shment when the need a rose. He must have seemed

influential than any other in pointing to genetic manipulation as an

the i deal man to lead the i mpartial study. However i t seems that the whole

explanation for the alien visitations.

project was a n Air Force public i ty trick;

Schirmer said 'Maybe I asked if they kidnapped people. I don't

i ts negative conclusions simply d i d not

ta l l y wi t h the u n s o l ved case on its n les.

remember, except he said they had a programme known as "breeding analysis" and some humans had been used in these experiments. '

OATABASE 1 960s

NAME SHANE KURZ DATE 2 MAY 1 968 PLACE NEW YORK STATE

MAP REF: N15 EVENT ABDUCTION

Shane Kurz's experiences came during the early months of 1 968 when there were a number of UFO sightings in the area around her home in New York State and the first of her own experiences was in mid-April. For several nights Miss Kurz and her mother had used a telescope to observe a bright cigar shaped object ncar their home and reported that they had a strange feeling of being observed. On 15 April Shane Kurz's mother awoke her at 2 o'clock in the morning because of a bright flashing light flooding her bedroom and it was only when Shane opened her eyes that she saw an intense light coming from outside her bedroom. Shane's sisters shared the room with her and corroborated the sighting of the light. Silently the light moved upwards and then vanished. A report was made to Griffis Air Base and the Oneida County airport. The 2 May produced the puzzling experience which most concerned Shane. She had been outside her house for some time watching the sky when the cigar shaped UFO appeared at great speed, stopped, then shot upwards and turned red in colour. Shane went to bed and fell into a deep sleep. Shane was awoken by her mother whose first question was 'Where have you been ? ' She was apparently lying on top of her bedspread with her slippers and dressing-gown on, her clothes and her legs covered in dried mud. There were muddy footprints leading from the porch to the bedroom. In the days following, Shane experienced several physical and

mental difficulties; red marks on the lower abdomen, pain and nausea and migraines, loss of menstruation, loss of weight and an irrational fear of being examined by the doctors. She became convinced that she had to know more about what happened to her on 2 May. In january 1 975 she appears to have had a 'follow-up' abduction, waking up to find a burn on her upper chest, spots on her cheeks and a purple mark on her right arm with a pinhole in the middle. Subsequent investigation revealed there may have been a strange contact a year before her first UFO sightings, in 1 967. It was her last year of high school and as she approached the school entrance one morning a figure came up alongside her and asked to share her umbrella. She thought he was a stranger but he was obviously very human and dressed in a very human fashion. She described his eyes as slightly slanted towards the back. He apparently knew her name but evaded her question as to how. During his conversation with Shane he had her explain what volleyball and basketball were as he was apparently unfamiliar with these terms, a fact which she quite rightly found surprising and he offered her a ride during her lunch hour in his 'vehicle'. She questioned him about his car but he only stressed that his vehicle was white and kept pointing towards a field. Reasonably enough she declined the offer. dismissed him, turned around and took just three steps, turned to look back to see where he was going and he wasn't there. She was stunned as there was no possible way he could have left the scene in that time. Other schoolgirls at the time were able to corroborate that she had been with him. Hypnosis sessions conducted on Shane to further investigate the

events of 2 May apparently tilled in the details of the missing hours of that date. She was drawn to the window by a voice, perhaps telepathically, calling to her. She dressed, went downstairs through the kitchen and outside into the cold. Outside, she found herself looking a t a landed U F O which was apparently 'powering down', its lights dimming. She saw windows and a revolving rim and in walking towards the UFO recalled being stuck in wet mud. The UFO w<ls hovering in the corner of a field and Shane began to try to resist, wanting to return to her home. At one point she was kneeling on the ground, trying to hide. Somehow, and the details are unclear, she was drawn inside the UFO, into a room like a hospital operating room. In the room a medical examination took place where body samples were taken. It becomes clear to her that she is to be used to produce a hybrid human/alien baby. She resists this with great fear but the examination goes on. In a recall strikingly similar to that of Betty H ill and Betty Andreasson she describes a long needle probed through her navel, apparently part of a gynaecolof,Tjcal operation. Unlike the recall of many abductees it seems that Shane was not artificially inseminated but raped by the leader of the aliens who she describes as having an apparently human like body though generally slender. She apparently enjoyed the sexual experience though she attributes this to a jelly like substance smeared on her before the act commenced: a fact which predominates in the claims of Antonio Villas Boas (sec page 1 8 1 ) a decade or more earlier. Many of Shane's worst apprehensions about the encounter ceased - precisely nine months after the e\Tnt.

NO RTH A M E R I CA

1 970s NAME CALLERY CHEMICAL PLANT DATE

14 APRIL 1 971

PLACE BUTLER, PENNSYLVANIA

MAP REF: N 1 6 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF T H E THIRD

KIND

The case of Dennis and Marion (pseudonyms adopted at the witnesses' request for anonymity) is important because of the similarities between this case and that of Betty and Barney Hill (see page 42) in the early events and for the dissimilarity of the way the encounter ended. Comparison of the two may result in a better understanding of both. At approximately 8 o'clock in the evening the couple were driving from Evans City to Pittsburgh on an unlighted road through the farmlands. They had just passed the Callery chemical plant heading towards Butler when Marion noticed a UFO to the right of the car. The object was apparently pacing the car at much the same speed, it was glowing yellow-white and was silent. She estimated the object to be approximately 1 00 yds (92 m) from them. Dennis slowed down to approximately 10 miles ( 1 6 km) an hour and then also saw the object. As in the case of the Hills the Butlers did not experience electrical difficulties with the car but pulled the car off the road for the purpose of properly observing and listening for sound from the object. They watched as it flew away becoming just a i ' tight point of light and then returnet; l < l the same point where it had been before . It was a classic saucer shape, glowing luminescent and apparently the size of a small house as they watched it disappear over a large hill. Marion was very concerned and somewhat frightened by the incident

but Dennis was keen to investigate further, turning off the road and onto a dirt track near the chemical plant. (It is speculated that Betty and Barney Hill also turned off their main road onto a subsidiary road where they were abducted by the occupants of a UFO that had been pacing their car. ) As they drove over the brow of a hill they could see the object hovering just above the ground of a ploughed field some 80 yds (73 m) away. Dennis drove along to the farmhouse hoping to find further witnesses to the event but nobody was at home. Looking across the field towards a small wood they could see the U FO hovering near the trees. Shortly after this a shaft of white light beamed up from the top of the object. Several windows were observed in the upper section of the saucer and portholes below. From within the windows flickering lights could be seen which gave the impression of lights flickering across a computer screen. Marion then saw two giant humanoid figures in the windows. Prudently both witnesses leapt back into the car very quickly and 'beat it out of there'. As they drove rapidly down the dirt road they could see the U FO remaining in the same position. On investigation the next day researchers recorded that Marion was white as a sheet and shaking and had undoubtedly been alarmed by what she had seen. Researchers also confirmed that they were straightforward and respectable people. The case shows that the opening events were very similar to that of Betty and Barney Hill, i. c. a bright light apparently pacing the car and proving itself to be a structured craft of some kind. It should be noted that the witnesses in this case did not necessarily believe the object was

deliberately pacing their car but rather moving at the same speed and at the same place, possibly by coincidence, whereas there is some speculation that the Hills' car was under deliberate scrutiny. However, the outcome was very different; in the Hills' case the object apparently either guided the Hills off the main road and its occupants then abducted them or took advantage of their own decision to drive off the main road, which was subsequently forgotten during the amnesiac block apparently placed on them. In Marion and Dennis's case, although confronted with an opportunity for abduction, the U FO appears to have ignored the witnesses and allowed them to 'escape'. Having said that, it has been further speculated that possibly in both cases the U FOs scanned the occupants of the cars and in the Hills' case decided they were of use whereas in the case of Marion and Dennis decided they would not be suitable for their purposes. Ignored or rejected? Either way Marion and Dennis seemed to have been spared the frightening ordeal which many abductees have undergone.

NAME DAPPLE GREY LANE DATE AUGUST 1 971 PLACE DAPPLE GREY LANE , LOS ANGELES,

CALIFORNIA MAP REF: E18 EVENT NON-HUMANOID CONTACTEE

EXPERIENCE

By far the most common description of UFO-related entities is that of the humanoid forn1, i. c. two arms, two legs and a head containing the primary sensory organs raised to the highest point. Given the variety of non-humanoid forms on earth alone, this is in itself a matter for

OATABASE 1 970s

some consideration. However, occasionally cases occur which have anything but humanoid entities and the encounter in Dapple Grey Lane in August 197 1 is just one such case.

NAME

ST CATHERINE'S

DATE

16 OCTOBER 1 971

PLACE

ST CATHERINE'S, ONTARIO MAP REF: M 1 5

EVENT

)ďż˝egression hypnosis by psychiatrist Dr Aphrodite Clamar and therapist Dr Susan Schulman seemed to indicate that ]ack had been the subject of many abductions during his life: first a medical

ABDUCTION

examination following an abduction

John Hodges and Peter lďż˝odriguez had been visiting the

Six members of a rock hrroup

from his pushchair at the age of two

apartment of a third friend in Dapple

including the principal witness of the

by creatures with big black eyes;

Grey Lane, Los Angeles and they

case, known only as 'Jack', were

then a joint abduction of himself and

left in the early hours of the

pulled off the road by the appearance

his father when Jack was six, which

morning. As t hey were getting into

of a bright lighted UFO in the early

was apparently corroborated by

their car they noticed two seemingly

hours of the morning when returning

regression hypnosis on the father;

alive brain-like objects on the road

from a party.

next an abduction a t the age of ten;

ahead of them, each some 3 ft

Three members of the group

and finally the multiple abduction of

(9 1 em) high. Hodges drove past the

were taken aboard the flying saucer

objects, dropped his friend off and

and subjected to various medical

then drove to his own home arriving

examinations and interrogations

A scene from the 1 929 film Mysterious

back some two hours later than he

while the other three remained in a

should have done.

tranced state in their van.

Island. Although it shows an image created decades before aliens were being reported by U F O abductees , many features are remarkably similar: the dwarf

Under regressive hypnosis it appears that the brain-like entities

The aliens apparently showed an interest in both a recorder and drum

telepathically projected a message

kit, asking for detailed explanations

into Hodges' mind telling him that

of how they work and in fact

'We will meet again. ' When he

retained one of the recorders as a

arrived at his own apartment - but

souvenir.

be fore he left the car - he apparently encountered the entities again and seems to have been projected into a control room where humanoid entities were manipulating the machinery. There was a great deal of imagery in the encounter and it appears that the aliens were concerned about our lack of environmental awareness and the damage we were doing to our planet. I n 1 978, during the period of the regressive hypnosis sessions, Hodges apparently encountered the entities yet again and was 1-,ri ven a warning about a coming world war. Hodges believes t hat both he and Rodriguez, along with thousands of other people, have implants in their brains which are designed to enhance psychic powers and the purpose of the creatures' interference is to help in developing the human race.

the group when Jack was sixteen.

shapes , pro m i nent eyes. bald domed heads and webbed fingers. Can reported abductions and science fiction imagery be a rising from a common source?

N O RTH A M E R ICA

NAM E THE DELPHOS RING DATE

2 NOVEMBER 1 971

PLACE DELPHOS RING, KANSAS

MAP REF: J 1 7 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND

KIND

The johnson farm, Delphos, Kansas. At 7 o'clock in the evening Durel J ohnson and his wife had just finished supper when their son Ronnie returned from feeding the sheep. Ronnie reported that he had heard a rumbling noise and had seen a mushroom shaped UFO hovering just above the ground some 70 ft (2 1 m) away from him in a group of trees ncar the farmhouse. He described it as glowing with every colour of the rainbow and beaming a shaft of brilliant white light towards the ground. Ronnie reported that he was blinded and paralyzed by the event which lasted about five minutes until the object flew away towards the town of Delphos. It was some fifteen minutes before he was able to focus his vision and to move and he immediately ran to the fannhouse to report the event to his parents.

Considering the medical implications of the state their son was in and the possibilities suggested by having touched the glowing white powder and then suffered partial paralysis, the decision to visit the town to see the reporters of a local paper rather than any member of the medical profession has been one factor in reducing the credibility of the case. There have been many suspicions surrounding this event: the J ohnsons refused to report the incident to the police; they seemed to greatly enjoy the fame and attention which their report brought to them; they were recipients of the much criticized $5, 000 award from the Na tiona[ Enquirer for outstanding UFO reports; and just when the extraordinary reports of the next two years looked like overshadowing their story the UFO returned yet again, involving the Johnson farm in yet more strange events. Not the least of these was that sheep that had not been serviced by rams suddenly gave

His parents were disbelieving but accompanied him outside, both witnessing the U FO moving towards the south. Erma, his mother, described it as looking 'like a 1-,riant washtub'. At the site where the UFO had been hovering the witnesses saw a circle glowing in the dark and noticed that the nearby trees were also glowing. The soil appeared to have been dusted with a white powder which was touched by Mr and M rs johnson who both stated that their fingertips had become numb shortly afterwards. Mrs Johnson also took photographs of the ring while Mr johnson drove his son into I )clphos to report the event to the local newspaper.

birth, though the young died shortly afterwards. The witnesses were invited to take a lie detector test but refused. Analysis of the ground traces on the farm revealed some unusual component but there was nothing which demanded a non-terrestrial explanation. The possibility remains that the witnesses invented some of the details on the back of a sighting of extraordinary ground traces for reasons of their own. It is only because of the lack of hard physical evidence which UFO events generally offer that the Delphos ring has become so famous in the past twenty years. Most modem research concentrates not only on the testimony but also on the credibility of the witnesses and on that basis this particular case might not be rated highly. The Delphos ring appeared to have been dusted with a white powder which caused n u m bness i n the fingers of those who touched it .

DATABASE 1 970s

NAME

MICHEL IMBEAULT

DATE

5 AUGUST 1973

PLACE

MONTREAL, CANADA MAP REF: N14

EVENT

ANOMALOUS LIGHTS

At 5. 30 in the morning, Michel Imbeault and a friend were walking near the St Lawrence river when they saw a string of lights across the sky. The lights moved quickly but he took one photograph.

M ichel l mbeault's remarkable photograph of a string of unidentified lights in the sky. NAME

PASCAGOULA ENCOUNTER

DATE

12 OCTOBER 1973

PLACE

EVENT

PASCAGOULA, MISSISSIPPI MAP REF: L19 ABDUCTION

During October of 1973 America underwent an extensive wave of

toes. But they had feet shape . . . it was more or less a round like thing on a leg, if you'd call it a leg . . . I

buzzing sound in reply. Presumably, and understandably, near to hysteria Hickson cannot

was scared to death. And me with

remember being removed from the

the spinning reel out there - it's all I

craft and his first memory is of

had. I couldn't, well I was so scared,

seeing Parker standing on the

well you can't imagine. Calvin done

ground outside with a look on his

went hysterical on me. ' The entities apparently glided up

face ' I've never seen that sort of fear on a man's face as I saw on Calvin's.

UFO sightings; an extraordinary

to the witnesses continuing to make

It took me a while to get him back to

case during that period was the

a buzzing noise, sounding something

his senses and the first thing I told

abduction of shipyard workers

like a machine. They were vaguely

him was, "Son, nobody gonna

Charles Hickson and Calvin Parker.

humanoid in shape though apart

believe this. "

At 7 o'clock in the evening the

from strange feet they also had most

Hickson's description of the craft

pair were fishing from a pier at the

bizarre facial features, long conical

is indistinct, he recalls it being

Shaupeter Shipyard in Pascagoula.

rods where nose and ears would

approximately 8 ft

At about that time, witnesses in the

normally be. Their long arms ended

oblong with an opening at one end

area sighted a blue light circling in

in crab like pincers and their skin

and exhibiting a blue light outside.

the vicinity of the shipyard. Hickson

was ghostly and pale, possibly

Inside the craft it was very bright

and Parker did not see a light but,

wrinkled. Worse was yet to come.

but there was no apparent source of

sensing something behind them,

Parker apparently fainted and

turned to see a UFO some 25-30

Hickson was lifted off the ground by

yds (23-27 m) away from them and

the entities and floated into the

(244 em) tall and

the light. Following the interview between Hickson and Parker and Sheriff

just 2-3 ft (61-91 em) above the

UFO. Inside, the entities apparently

Diamond and Captain Ryder, events

ground. The machine was making a

kept Hickson floating weightlessly

occurred which give extraordinary

buzzing sound and caused some

while they moved him around and

authenticity to the claim. \\'hen the

consternation amongst the

while an eye like scanning object

police left Parker and Hickson alone

witnesses. As Hickson stated under

looked all over him. Even though the

they quite deliberately left a tape

hypnosis 'And I started to hit the

entities left the room at one point

recorder running, presumably in the

river, man. And Calvin just - he

Hickson could not move and does

hope that they would reveal their

went hysterical. '

not even know if he remained

hoax, if that is what it was. Instead

conscious, though he believes he

of that the two of them virtually

The witnesses watched as a hatchway opened in the object and

did. Recovering his senses

rambled on. apparently still in a state

three entities floated out. As

somewhat Hickson tried to talk to

of shock but both confirmed their

Hickson went on 'They didn't ha\路e

the entities but could only get a

impressions of the sighting. Hickson

N O RTH AMERICA

NAM E

CAPTAIN COYNE

DATE

18 OCTOBER 1 973

PLACE MANSFIELD, OHIO

MAP REF: M 1 6 EVENT

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF T H E FIRST KIND

Charles H ickson ( RIGHT) p hoto g raphed i n 1 990 w i t h the author.

left the room at one point and Calvin was left alone and the tape recorder picked up almost inaudible words as he prayed 'It's hard to believe . . . oh God, it's awful . . . I know there is a God up there . . . In 1987 Charles Hickson summed up his feelings about the experience 'I make my living with my hands. I had a chance to make a million dollars like Whitley Strieber back in 197:3. I was offered all kinds of money to let them do a movie. I declined. I am still declining. Making money is not what this experience is all about. ' '

NAME

JEFF GREENHAW

DATE

17 OCTOBER 1 973

PLACE

FALKVILLE, AlABAMA MAP REF路 L18

EVENT

ENTITY PHOTOGRAPHS

At approximately 1 0 o'clock in the evening police chid Jeff Greenhaw of Falkville, Alabama received a telephone call al his home from a woman reporting it U FO landing in a

field ncar the town. Coming as it did amid the October 1973 United States flap there had been some publicity regarding UFOs and Greenhaw reacted positively enough to take a Polaroid camera to the scene. Outside the town he apparently encountered a tall, silver suited creature standing in the middle of the road. With extraordinary composure Greenhaw got out of the car and welcomed the entity ' Howdy stranger' and started taking pictures of him. When Greenhaw got back in the car and tumed on the flashing blue police lights the creature tumed and ran ahead. Despite the fact that Greenhaw chased him in the car at up to 35 miles (56 km) per hour the entity outran him and indeed the chase ended when Greenhaw spun off the gravel road. Greenhaw is perhaps the classic case so often mentioned in UFO lore when considering the effect of reporting on witnesses' life styles. After relating his experience on national television he received threatening phone calls, his wife left him, his home was bumt down and he was forced to resign his job.

During the night of 18 October 1973 Captain Laurence Coyne and three colleagues, Lieutenant jezzy, and Sergeants Healey and Yanacsek were flying a Bell U H - 1 H helicopter from Columbus, Ohio to Hopkins Air Force Base, Cleveland. Around 12 miles (19 km) from Mansfield, Healey noticed a single red light to the left. He paid little attention to it. just a few minutes later Yanacsek saw a red light to the right and he believed it was pacing the helicopter. Coyne told him to keep monitoring it and was shortly told that it seemed to be closing in on them. The witnesses were now paying some attention to the object as it approached. The object was so accurately following a collision course that Coyne was forced to descend at increasing speed. The light apparently stopped and hovered over the helicopter. Three of the witnesses who had a clear view of the object, Coyne, Healey and Yanacsek, stated that a cigar shaped metallic grey object filled the front of the windshield of the helicopter. The nose of the object contained the red light, a white light at the tail and from its underside shone a sweeping green pyramid shaped searchlight which at one point flooded the helicopter before the object accelerated away. The remainder of the flight was uneventful. The following day Coyne wanted to report the incident and impressed the flight controller at Cleveland Hopkins Air Force Base with the degree to which he was obviously

OAT ABASE 1 970s

disturbed by his sighting. Coyne

hill towards the place where the

eventually filed an operational

troubled by their sighting, but can only have been more so when they

hazard form confirming a military

heard the next day that another

was hovering; now it was apparently

person exposed to danger during

witness, Gary Flatter, had also seen

approaching them and it was bright

flight. Subsequent investigation

the creatures some three hours

and illuminating the whole area and

showed that the rna.1.,'11etic compass

earlier on the same stretch of road.

disturbing dogs in the house.

of t he helicopter had been rendered

I lis sighting had been more

Apparently it was making a sound

useless and it had to be replaced.

dramatic. It confirmed the general

like 'a lawn mower'.

When the story was published by a news journal five witnesses on the

descriptions .1.,riven by Donathan but Flatter, who watched the pair for

object had either been parked or

While they were observing the object one of the boys saw two bear

.I.,'TOund reported seeing the steady

some five minutes and turned his

like fi.I.,JUres walking along the side of

bright light above them and

spotlight on them, indicated that

a fence. Both the entities were tall,

witnessed the encounter bet ween

they kicked their feet which were covered in a box-like arrangement

over 7 ft (2 1 3 em), covered in dark

the light and the helicopter. Their observations confirmed the

and just drifted away into the air at

They were making baby like whining

statements made by the crew. The National Enquirer awarded the men a substantial prize of $5, 000

approximately 20-25 miles

sounds and emitting the smell of

(:32--1 0 km) per hour. Whether this sighting truly belongs in a category of U FO sightings or whether other witnesses would more easily have referred to it as a ghost sighting or some other paranormal event is unclear. Certainly there arc enough parallels to make it a valid inclusion in any UFO catalo.1.,JUe and it shows very clearly that at least some aspects of UFO encounters interface with other paranormal activity more closely than is often appreciated.

burning rubber. Stephen instantly

for 'the most scientifically valuable report of 1 97:3. '

NAME FLATIER!DONATHAN DATE

22 OCTOBER 1973

PLACE BLACKFORD COUNTY, INDIANA MAP REF: L16 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD KIND

DeWayne Donathan and his wife were travelling home around 10

NAM E POLASKI ENCOUNTER

appeared to be two fi,1,JUres dancing

DATE

unable to leave the road. Donathan believed that they looked as if they were skipping but could not quite

25 OCTOBER 1 973

PLACE GREENSBURG. PENNSYLVANIA MAP REF: N 1 6

the trio and finally Stephen fired three bullets directly into the largest of them. One of the boys ran back to the house very scared, the entity that was shot apparently reacted mildly to the incident and the UFO's lights disappeared. The creatures walked back towards the woods. The area of the ground where the object had been was glowing white and for some time afterwards

the beginning of the incident State Trooper Byrne a ssisted Stephen in an investigation of the site and as they were examining the glowing ring they heard the sound of

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

something large walking towards them through the woods; they could

KIND

determine how they were holding their feet or arms. The Donathans passed the couple and looking back

Undeterred by the shot the entities continued walking towards

Three-quarters of an hour after

encountered on the road what

they continued dancing, apparently

opened fire above their heads.

animals would not go near the place.

o'clock in the evening when they

to music. As the car approached

hair and had green-yellow eyes.

hear the destruction of trees and At 9 o'clock in the evening farmer Stephen Polaski and fifteen other

foliage. As they moved so the sound followed them. When they stopped,

De Wayne saw they were just

witnesses saw a bright red U FO

uncannily the sound would stop. In a

standing along the side of the road.

hovering high over a field. Stephen

small field nearby they could see an

They turned the car round and

together with two ten-year-old boys

illuminated area.

returned to the spot but the silver suited entities were gone. In the sky two separate bright lights were waving up and down in an extremely odd motion.

decided to go towards the field to

The Donathans may have been

investigate.

Although somewhat scared the trooper was all for inn路stigating the

As they approached, the car headlights dimmed and they

incident but Stephen commented 'I don't get paid for being brave. I 'm

watched the object descending.

not going any further. ' The trooper

They left the car and walked up the

commenced on his own but called off

N O RTH A M E R ICA

the investigation, ostensibly because he was afraid that Stephen in his excited state might mistake him for one of the entities and shoot at him. Although perfectly feasible it might be fair to say that the trooper had decided on discretion being the better part of valour and few people in that situation could blame him. However, prudent this action the behaviour that followed was less than cool and calculating: when Stephen noticed a brown object

entity coming towards them they both jumped in the car and drove some 50 yds (46 m) out of the field before they realized that they were probably safe inside the vehicle. Investigation of the event was followed up within about four hours,

He then appears to have attacked his own father and the investigator and chased his dog. Finally he collapsed onto the ground growling

by a local UFO study group. Ground traces and radiation were not evident and the only suggestion of

difficulty, Stephen then became convinced that something was in the field and said he saw 'A man in a black hat and cloak carrying a sickle'.

something abnormal was a bull in a nearby field acting as if it were scared of something during the time

coming towards them he requested

they were watching.

of the trooper that he use his last bullet to shoot at it and the trooper agreed to this. Undoubtedly the two of them were both panicking to

apparently began to shake and looked as if he was going to faint. He

some degree by this time. With the

During questioning Stephen

was rubbing his face, breathing heavily and growling like an animal.

before coming back to his senses. However, whether in a state of shock or suffering some other

Stephen also became obsessed that he was receiving contactee messages warning us of terrible catastrophe on Earth. The interpretation of the meaning of this encounter has been the subject of speculation ever since; whether or not the effect on Stephen was an external event or something internally generated cannot easily be determined. The

PROFESSO R ALVI N LAWSON

fact that there appears to have been Professor Alvin Lawson made a valuable

wanted to d iscover the deg ree to which

corroborative evidence of the UFO sighting and even of some ground traces does not itself give evidence to Stephen's state being caused

contribulion to the understanding of UFO

deli berately false stories mi ght vary from

abductions when he and his colleagues set

real reports. I n fact, there was very l i ttle

up the i magi nary abd uctee experiments in

variati on, except i n terms of emotional

Cal ifornia during the 1 970s. He took a

i nvolvement. Perhaps the test subjects

group of lest subjects who had not

had read some background UFO

reported UFO cl ose encounters and asked

stories, but the same would be true of

them each to create a false story . He

those filing reports.

directly by the UFO but rather possibly merely triggered by it. Stephen himself has a history of violence; subjected to bullying by his father, beating up a boy at his school so badly he was off school for three weeks, stopping a car and joining in a fight between two people he had no connection with and breaking into a neighbour's house, doing $ 1 , 700 worth of damage and then making elaborate plans to kill the person. Whatever the truth his state of mind was a reaction to a UFO event, and possibly one of quite high strangeness. For this reason alone it would be reasonable to expect the authorities to take the UFO phenomenon seriously, either by providing citizens with an appropriate defence or response or at least by ensuring that people's most fearful expectations are not heightened by unnecessary mystery.

: . : 1 1111111

DATABASE 1 9 70s

NAME TSUTOMU NAKAYAMA DATE

25 APRIL 1 974

PLACE HAWAII MAP REF: A 1 7

dancers . That fact, and the fact that

NAME CARL HIGDON ABDUCTION

the UFO did not appear in other

DATE

shots on the film, suggest that the UFO is a photographic flaw, perhaps

EVENT SURPRISE PHOTOGRAPH

a lens flare. It is interesting to compare Nakayama's photograph

When japanese news photographer

j uly 1952 (see page 27). PhotoJ.,rraphic

Tsutomu Nakayama shot the picture

surprises continue to occur.

with the one taken at Salem on 1 6

below he had not noticed the UFO in the sky above the heads of t he

Tsutomu Nakayama's Hawaiian surpnse .

25 OCTOBER 1 974

PLACE MEDICINE BOW NATIONAL FOREST . WYOMING MAP REF: H 1 6 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER/ABDUCTION

When out on a day's hun ting trip,

Carl l l igdon, an oil driller for A. l\1 . Well Service o f Riverton, Wyoming parked his company pick-up truck. I t was

4 o'clock i n the aftemoon; Higdon

took time to drink some coffee from

a flask he was carrying. At this point he met a friend, Gary Eaton, and they discussed hunting elk. The two separated and Higdon found a suitable target elk in a nearby clearing. Higdon took aim and fired. In the next second he could not believe his eyes ! The bullet silently and slowly floated out of the end of his gun and fell gently to t he ground some 50 ft ( 15 m) away. Higdon became aware of 'a cone of silence' surrounding t he fores t and a tingling feeling crawling up his spine. To his left a man approached who Higdon first thought was a hunter like himself. He was wrong. Although humanoid, t he man did not appear human. He had no chin or jaw and his face simply extended down to his throat. He was wearing a one piece suit with a metal belt. He

had a yellow skin, a mouth but no

lips and very large teeth, his eyes \vere small with no eyebrows and Higdon could not see any siJ-,'11 of ears. Almost unbelievably, the entity also had two antennae protruding ou t of his forehead. Behind the entity was a cube-like

object some 6 ft ( 1 8] em) along each edge. I n some strange way Higdon believes he was 'tcleportcd' into the object and he belie\'cs his natural fears were being suppressed by pills the entity had gi\'en him to take. On

board, Higdon may haH' been

(� n

[[fr l lll��

•·

N O RTH A M E R I CA

somewhat alarmed to have seen that the five elk he had been previously attempting to shoot were now also in a compartment alongside him. Higdon makes no particular attempt to explain the obvious dimensional problems, accepting the quite extraordinary strangeness of the event. Instantly, an entity appeared in the room beside him and wired Higdon up to machinery via a helmet placed over his head. Somehow he believes he was either transported to, or made to feel as though he was transported to, the home planet of the aliens where he saw tall platforms and bright lights before being returned to Earth. When Higdon was found by a search party he was resting in his truck, exhausted, the vehicle axle was stuck deep in the middle of a ravine and it took a tow truck to pull it out. During regression hypnosis sessions following the event one particular detail gives some cause for alarm; Higdon apparently saw on the aliens' home planet - ordinary adult and child humans possibly prisoners of the aliens or possibly bred on their home world. Higdon reported that he was unable to talk with them. Higdon has speculated that he was in effect rejected by the aliens as unsuitable for their purpose because he had had a vasectomy. This would seem to give support to the now current theory that the aliens arc visiting the Earth on a prohrrammc of genetic breeding experimentation. There appears to be some corroboration of the event; members of the search party looking for Higdon saw strange glowing lights in the trees around the area. There were also other reports of UFO lights around Wyoming at the same time.

NAME TRAVIS WALTON ABDUCTION DATE 5 NOVEMBER 1 975 PLACE SNOWFLAKE, ARIZONA

MAP REF: G18 EVENT ABDUCTION

When the American government issued a contract to clear trees in the Sitgraves National Park in Arizona they could have had no idea of the extraordinary story they were about to unleash. The contract was awarded to a seven-man woodcutting team which included the case's principal witness Travis Walton and his brother Duane. Mter the day's work was over they were driving back to their base when all the witnesses saw a large golden UFO hovering over the trees. It seemed to be solid, with windows and a fairly classical flying saucer shape complete with cupola on top. Travis Walton jumped from the truck and ran towards the object while the other six shouted for him to come back. Little could they know that it would be some days before he would heed their cries! A blue ray shot from the object, hitting Walton and knocking him back into the trees. Perhaps understandably the remaining members of the gang fled the area in the truck and drove straight to the local police who instigated a search. Walton was nowhere to be found. It is significant that three of the gang refused to join the search party or to go back into the woods at night and according to Sheriff Ellison who headed the search party 'One of the men was weeping. If they were lying,· they were damned good actors. ' The search went on for five days at the end of which the witnesses took poly!,rraph tests at the Arizona State Office of Public Safety. They were apparently concerned that it was rumoured that they had

The cover of T ravis Walto n ' s book which relates h i s incred ible five-day a bducti o n .

murdered Walton and they sought to clear their name. One of the six was apparently too agitated to take the test but the other five did and the administrator of the test, Cy Gilson, stated ' I gotta say they passed the test. ' Fortunately for them, and indeed for Walton, the missing man turned up late that night. His story was that he had been abducted by the UFO and found himself in a room being examined by aliens very familiar on the North American continent, i . e. pale hairless skin, large domed heads, large eyes and reduced physical features. Walton also recalls seeing a very human like person on board the saucer and recalls the image of what appeared to be either a space flight or the holo!,rraphic projection of one. Walton also took a polygraph test under Dr Gene Rosenbaum of Durango, Colorado who stated 'This young man is not lying . . . he really believes these things. '

' 1 1111111 DATABASE 1 980s

1 980s

The Walton case was one that became a 'boxing ring' for various American U FO J..,'Toups. One J..,JToup claimed that he had failed polygraph tests, that his previous criminal record and interest in the subject of

NAME

DATE 29 DECEMBER

explain why he was late in delivering

1980

PLACE

DAYTON, TEXAS MAP REF: K19

EVENT

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND KIND

UFOs was against him and that the whole story had been fabricated to

CASH/LANDRUM ENCOUNTER

It appears certain that the three witnesses were subjected to some form of radiation and, even more alarming, the presence of the military helicopters suggests that the UFO - on this occasion at least 足 was terrestrial: some form of unshielded nuclear source was being transported across the Texas skies. Even if the object were a crash足

on the contract which would have Vickie Landrum, her grandson

retrieved extraterrestrial craft then

fact that the gang also received a

Colby Landrum and their friend

at the time of the encounter it was in

$5, 000 prize for their story has been

terrestrial hands.

regarded as a motive for the claims.

Betty Cash were driving in the late evening/early night towards Dayton

Other J..,'Toups have 'adopted' him

in Texas when they witnessed a

American in design the two adult

believing him to be sincere.

huge glowing object descend to

witnesses sued the United States

While the passing of time makes it unlikely that any conclusion will

treetop height above the road in

government for $20 million but the

front of them.

case was dismissed on the grounds

incurred him financial penalty. The

ever be drawn about this case the

The witnesses were frightened

Believing the object to have been

that the Americans did not have such an object in their possession.

fact that none of the many witnesses

by the encounter but left the car to

has ever come forward to denounce

see what was happening although

Senior officials of the Air Force, the

the story, although any one of them

young Colby Landrum begged them

Army, the Navy and the civilian

could probably make substantial

to get back inside which they

space agency all tes tified

sums of money by doing so, speaks

eventually did. I t was Betty Cash

categorically that the object was not

b'Teatly in its favour.

who remained outside the car for the

of their making.

longest period of time. The UFO NAM E DATE PLACE

cannot yet have been written

FALCONBRIDGE

generally diamond shaped with long

because the American government

1 1 NOVEMBER 1 975

flames bursting down from below.

now appears to have a serious

Of most interest is that the

alternative to face; if the object

FALCONBRIDGE, ONTARIO MAP REF: N14

EVENT

The final stories on this case

appeared to be indistinct though

RADAR/VISUAL ENCOUNTER

Following

period of UFO sightings

was

witnesses also identified some

American then the law suit should

twenty-four Chinook twin blade

succeed and a few prominent heads

helicopters escorting the U FO at a

may well have to roll. It appears that

distance. They followed it in their

those heads are resisting that

car for a period of time before

alternative. However, the only

reaching home less than an hour

other option is that the object was

near the USNCanadian border in autumn 1975, the 1 1 November

after the encounter. The after足

brought a radar tracked UFO,

not American. Be it terrestrial or

effects of the sighting have been

extraterrestrial this means that

confirmed by visual sighting, at the

horrific!

someone other than Americans

radar sites at Falconbridge, Ontario. Radar detected a U FO some

Vickie Landrum suffered a temporary loss of hair and inflamed

were toting an unshielded nuclear

30 miles (48 km) south of the site at a height somewhere between

eyes for a time, Colby appears to have suffered similar effects.

since it clearly has not yet been identified then it must rate as a

25, 000 and 70, 000 ft (7, 6202 1 , 336 m). The U FO appeared as a

majority of the time outside the car,

large globe with porthole or crater like formations around the outside. Two F - 1 06 fighters from the Air National Guard's squadron at Selfridge Air Force Base in Michigan were sent aloft to intercept the UFO, but no contact was made.

Betty Cash, who spent the

source over Texas that night and

UFO. If tllis is the course they continue to take, the American

suffered vomiting and diarrhoea,

government can therefore never

impaired vision, various aches and pains across her body and blistering

again state - as they ha\揃e done so

to the scalp. She suffered temporary

often in the past - that LJFOs have

hair loss and developed breast cancer which required a

no national security implications. \Vllich course the American government \\ill choose to take only

mastectomy.

tin1e will tell.

N O RTH A M E R ICA

NAME

'KATHIE DAVIS' ABDUCTIONS

DATE

30 JUNE 1 983

total of nine babies, the implication being that they arc hers. The case continues and Hopkins,

PLACE 'COPLEY WOODS', INDIANA

who carried out the regression

MAP REF: L1 6 EVENT

hypnosis sessions in the presence of a doctor, believes that the aliens are undergoing a series of examinations and that her son Robbie is now the subject of abductions.

MULTIPLE LIFETIME ABDUCTIONS

The Kathie Davis case, investigated by top American abduction researcher Budd Hopkins, can probably be regarded as the current

The case is heavily dependent on regression hypnosis with very little of the detail being remembered consciously. H opkins has also stated that there are many facts he has not yet made public hoping they will be

'state of the art' in abduction lore. On :ďż˝O june 1 983 Kathie Davis (a pseudonym used to protect the identity of the witness) saw lights

corroborated in other cases.

apparently searching the garden of her house and she went out to see

The face of an alien abd ucto r , d rawn by

them. It appears that because she drew attention to herself she received a blast of radiation, was abducted, and then possibly had a device implanted into her by means

' Kath ie Davi s ' .

of a probe. However, the j une 1983 encounter appears to be one of many throughout her life. There are vague suggestions of abductions in her very early years; Kathie has a dream of her mother protecting her from a threat in the sky by hiding her in a wardrobe. On another occasion she recalls going to a strange house and meeting a 'little boy'. Hopkins believes this is a false memory implanted by an alien to disguise her abduction. They took a sample of her skin; Kathie has a scar on her leg which is regarded as evidence of this event. In I >ccember 1 977, Kathie was abducted from a car, the other occupants were apparently 'switched off to isolate them from the incident. She was taken aboard a flying saucer and given the first of many gynaccoloďż˝1]cal operations. Hopkins believes that time she was artificially inscmin;J ted by the aliens. A further abduct ion occurred in March 1978 and Hopkins believes

body. In 1979 Kathie was abducted again and a probe inserted into her nose possibly implanting some sort of monitoring device. 1983 bq.,1]ns with the incident of the lights in her garden which inspired her to contact Budd Hopkins. Some months later it would appear that she was abducted again and subjected to a gruelling medical examination, which left her

NAME

JAPAN AIR LINES

DATE

17 NOVEMBER 1 986

PLACE ANCHORAGE AIRPORT, ALASKA

MAP REF: C8

EVENT

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST KIND

Notable mainly for the sheer size of the UFO involved, the encounter of the crew ofjapan Air Lines cargo

bleeding and when she reawakened

flight No. JAL 1628 on 1 7 November 1 986 attracted considerable interest.

she was in her own backyard in her nightgown. Most incredibly of all she

The plane was flying from France to j apan and was making a stopover

believes that during this abduction she met a child which was her hybrid alien daughter.

at Anchorage airport. At :39, 000 ft ( 1 1 , 887 m) and preparing for

In a further abduction in November 198:3, it appears that Kathie was subjected to medical examination and her ova contents were removed by aliens. There is some suggestion that her son Tommy was also abducted at this time. I t appears that Tommy was abducted again in February 1986 and Kathie accidentally witnessed the alien emerging from his bedroom. A further abduction takes place from Kathie's home in April 1 986.

that during this event t he unborn

She is shown two babies and allowed to name them and 'bond' with them

foetus was removed from Kathie's

though she is told that there is a

descent, Captain Kenju Terauchi and his crew noticed lights near the jumbo jet. They were flying parallel and pacing the aircraft and Terauchi briefly saw the object carrying the lights, which he described as 'walnut shaped' and twice the size of an aircraft carrier. The UFO apparently paced the plane for over half an hour and was radar-tracked by air traffic control. Captain Terauchi had his own rather unique interpretation of the interest of the aliens, if that is what they were. 'We were carrying Beaujolais from France to japan. Maybe they wanted to drink it. '

OAT ABASE 1 980s

NAME

GULF BREEZE CASE

Mr Ed experienced a considerable number of sightings, each one

depositing aliens ont o t he road

which then a ppea red t o come aftvr

DATE

1 1 NOVEMBER 1987 (TO THE PRESENT DAY)

preceded by a peculiar buzzing

PLACE

GULF BREEZE, FLORIDA MAP REF: M19

believe this may have been the

EVENT

MULTIPLE PHOTOGRAPHIC CASE

head at t he time of an abduction

detector test and the examiner was

early in his life and designed to $-.ri ve

firmly persuaded that l\lr Ed 't ruly

sound in his head. The investigators product of an implant placed in his

hirn. Apparently he wa s able t o gd

in t o his truck and dri \'e off t o escape

c a p t u re .

In Felmtary 1 9HH M r Ed had ;1 1iv

I n 1 �87, Gulf Breeze, the offshore

him warning of t he impending arrival

believes that the photographs and

area of Pensacola, Florida became

of the saucers.

personal sightings are true and

the site of the most extraordinary

O ver the five to six month period

fact ual to the best of his ability. ' The 1 May 1 988 date is import;m t

photographic case and one which has

Mr Ed took dozens of photographs,

caused considerable controversy in

to some extent under controlled

the United States ever since.

conditions. Optical physicist Bruce

encounter which he believes may

Maccabee, the chainnan of the Fund

have bee n an abduction during which

This is the first case in which a

as it was then that M r Ed had an

the implant which forewarned him of

large number of photographs were

for U FO Resea rch, set up a system

used to support an abduction. At the

of stereo photography, to give an

his sightings was removed. I t is

same time that the events were

almost three-dimensional effect, by

further speculated t hat the reason

occun·ing, the case was being

<1tlaching t wo Polaroid cameras to

t hat this was removed W<ls because

studied by an investigation team. It

each side of a wooden pole and with

UFO investigators were 'closing the

is also alleged that there were

a further pole extending between

net ' and had suggested that he ha\·e

multiple witnesses. The

them as a reference point. Later,

a CAT scan to iden tify the object

photographs taken have been

controlled experiments included

implanted in his brain.

subjected to a thorough

!-,ri ving Mr Ed a scaled N imslo three

investigation using modem

dimensional camera which also

photo$-,rraphic techniques.

produced pictures of the craft, which

that they believed the case to be

was also picked up on video.

genuine. More recently the

On 1 1 November 1 987 the witness (known generally a s 'Mr

Mr Ed also claims that on

A provisional summary of the case issued by M UFON suggested

invest igating t eam have made a

Ed') took five Polaroid photographs

� December, having been roused

public statement that they believe

of a U FO seen in the sky beyond his

out of bed by noises in his garden,

t hat it was indeed a genuine case and

home at G ulf Breeze in Florida.

he pulled back the curtains of his

not the fraud or hoax which many

While taking the last picture Mr Ed

French doors and was 'eyeball to

other investigators had suggested.

was apparently 'attacked' by t he

eyeball' with an alien entity who,

flying saucer which paralyzed him

extraordinarily, he chased

less generous and belic\'e that their

with a blue beam of light and lifted

although it apparently got away.

own ;malysis of the photographs

him into the air, nearly choking him.

Unfortunately M r Ed was not

Other investigators have been

indicates that the object is a small

During this incident M r Ed reported

able to take photographs of t he

a very bizarre image which appeared

humanoid but his description of it

therefore the whole case is a

in his mind and seemed similar to

gives some indication that it matches

complete fabrication. Such is the

flicking through pages of pictures of

the claims of many American

controversy in t he United States

dogs in a book. M r Ed sent his

witnesses. His drawing of the

model supported by stru t s and that

t hat im·estigators who ha\'e

pictures to t he local Florida Sentinel

creature indicates that it had the

successfully worked toge ther for

newspaper and by coincidence the

same eyes as t hose recently made

many years are now at loggerheads

mother of the editor and her

famous by the front cover of Whitley

with each other. Some appear to be

husband, a fom1er editor, also

Stricber's book

disseminat ing \·i11ually slanderous

spotted a similar UFO in the sky at

Communion.

On 12 January M r Ed was driving

comments about each other's

the same time that M r Ed had been

from his home when he encountered

capabilities or personal

taking his photographs. In response

the same U FO ho\'ering over the

characteristics in order to promote

to the article a further witness M rs

road ahead of him and he was

or discredit t he case.

Zammit also reported seeing the

paralyzed by the blast of a white

same blue beam.

beam from it. As he hid under his

and indeed has t old it i n his own

t ruck he witnessed the UFO

bestselling book.

From then until l May 1 988

l\lr Ed has his own story to t e ll,

daylight. Until 1 952 these reports seemed to satisfy the American need. In that year, however, the subject underwent its first major change which viewed with hindsight was inevitable. George Adamski (see page 28), reported not only seeing flying saucers at close quarters, but also claimed to meet with the extra足

orth America, and particularly the United States, is - as the scope and size of the database suggests - the home of the UFO phenomenon. It was born on that continent, on 24 June 1 947, when pilot Kenneth Arnold reported that he had witnessed nine objects in flight while flying in the Cascade mountains of Washington State (see page 1 5). Although by today's standards, it was a very unimpressive sighting - of short duration by a single witness, of indistinct objects, and seen at some considerable distance - it had enormous social signifi足 cance. When Arnold told reporters afterwards that the objects had moved 'like a saucer would if you skipped it across the water', one reporter coined the phrase 'flying saucer'. It was the perfect term for the mood of the times, a name that the public was instantly drawn to. It was also the most powerful advertising slogan ever coined. The UFO hCls continued to live in the US ever since. Certainly the phenomenon has siblings and cousins in every country in the world; as this book shows it is far from a solely North American experience. However, the public acceptance of UFOs is far higher there, particularly in the United States, than anywhere else in the world. The uncritical acceptance of the more extraordinary theories regard足 ing UFOs is also wider there. The media in the US have helped to make the subject there respectable, though also one of raJ..,ring controversy. Only Britain comes close to the American response to UFOs, and this is largely America-driven. The UFO has matured in North America, indeed there more than anywhere else it has evolved, and mutated. Some aspects of the subject have undergone a complete metamorphosis. In the early days UFO (or 'flying saucer') reports consisted of night-time lights in the sky, or discs and egg shaped objects seen in the

terrestrial pilots, in the desert in California. In subsequent adventures Adamski claimed he was taken on tours of the planets of the solar system. It is a claim that has not stood the test of time; the planets Adamski apparently visited have been shown in recent years to be quite incapable of supporting anything like humanoid life. Adamski's books sold well though, a fact which may have encouraged others to follow him in the next few years. In 1 96 1 , less than a decade later, the phenomenon changed again. While driving from Canada to their home in New Hampshire state, a married couple, Betty and Barney Hill (see page 42), claimed that they were 'abducted' by the alien pilots of a flying saucer. These were not the graceful, gentle aliens Adamski had met who had shown such concern for the well-being of human kind; these were dwarf, alien fom1s, and their interest seems to have been virtually clinical. During their two-hour captivity the Hills were subjected to a medical examination of the most frightening nature. Such abductions have continued to be reported up to the present day, but the sequels have been increasingly frightening. Probably the 'state of the art' abduction at the present time is the 'Kathie Davis' case (see page 66) where the witness is claimed to have undergone a series of abductions throughout her life. It appears that she was artificially inseminated during one abduction, in a later abduction the foetus was stolen from her womb and - in a still further event - she was allowed to meet with her hybrid alien offspring.

•llllllll i l llll ll • · FROM SAUCERS TO CONSPIRACIES

LEFT Major Donald E Keyhoe was a p romi nent and vociferous opponet to UFO cover-up by the mil itary, and took every opportunity to challenge the official line. He put a g reat deal of pressure on the establishment with such books as The Flying Saucers Are Real (RIGHT) .

There are other mutations of the phenomenon that seem uniquely American; perhaps the most obvious is the appearance of the 'men in black'. It has never been very clear precisely who these characters were supposed to be; they were repressive indi viduals who rode around in squeaky-clean Cadillacs and threatened UFO witnesses with Mafia style 'hints', suggesting strongly that they keep silent about their sightings. Obvious candidates would seem to be agents of the CIA or the FBI either on a very strange and non-productive mission, or just having a laugh at the expense of a 'fringe' subject. Other suggestions are that they were born in the i\laury Island case (see page 14), and were agents of the Atomic Energy Commission. Eventually, the claims were made inevitably - that the 'men in black' had a vested interest in silencing witnesses - they were them selves the aliens! One report suggested that they were trying to blend in with the human community by, for example, using heavy make-up and lip-stick. Unfortunately they got it all wrong - the men wore the make up, proving [ ! ] their extraterrestrial lack of earthly knowledge . . No-one has ever successfully explained these very marked differences between America and the

The UFO phenomenon had changed from being fascinating, to being fascinating and disturbing. It was like science fiction, but a science fiction that could happen to you, or you. It does not matter if you think the whole phenomenon to be one of wish-fulfilment or fantasy; whereas before it might have been a pleasure to be so affected, now it would be immensely frightening. Both the Arnold case and the Hill case raise an interesting point about North American ufology. In neither case were the claims the first to be made in the world, but they were the first to gain media recognition. Prior to both these cases Europe had undergone the 'Foo Fighters' (see page 79) of the World War Two aerial combat arena, Scandinavia had experienced the Ghost Rocket sightings (see page 80) and South America had seen the first abduction claim in the case of Antonio Villas Boas (see page 1 8 1 ) . However, these new and - for the times - innovative claims seemed unable to gain an acceptance outside America until they had first become acknowledged there. It is as if the world prefers either for America to sanction extraordinary claims before it will consider them, or to avoid being the first to look foolish, even if America is prepared to jump in with both feet.

N O RTH A M E R ICA

rest of the world, though Dennis Stacy's opening comments are enlightening coming as they do direct from within the USA. One fact that might have coloured the develop ment of the subject is the 'prize' offered by the National Enquirrr - a tabloid publication - of $5, 000 per year for the best UFO story. Certainly some of the most extraordinary claims have been awarded the sum - many are included in the database in this book the Travis Walton case (see page 64), the Delphos ring (see page 58) , the Coyne encounter (see page 60), and so on. But if this led witnesses to make false claims, and if some of those claims were regarded as 'real', then surely that alone would not account for the subject, after all the Enquirer was not paying for claims from South America and Africa, and so on, yet they came in too. It must be said though that a $5, 000 reward for extraordinary stories would be totally irresponsible if ufology had offered it; we cannot blame the Enquirer for 'doing what comes naturally' but perhaps must take account of the effect it had. One other suggestion made is that the US is both a more 'open' society able to accept new concepts and at the same time a xenophobic one, fearing outside invasion. It is a country that has never had its mainland borders attacked and the two famous situations where it appeared that this might be happening provoked remarkable responses. In 1 9:�8 Orson Welles broad cast a radio version of The War of the Worlds as if it were genuinely happening; there was extraordinary panic in the population including evacuation of homes. In 1 94 1 it was feared that the coast of Los Angeles was being invaded by japanese fighter planes, which was quite unfounded, but the resulting chaos caused several deaths and destruction of property. The average American's relationship with his or her government has also affected the direction of ufology in recent years, and again in a way that seems to

human counterparts inside the Pentagon. Others still fear a worse scenario: that the government knows something so horrific that the public must not be told. I n fact, the cover up is most likely to be a cover up of ignorance rather than knowledge. The United States does not appear to be a country that maintains 'major' cover ups successfully in the long term, and the holding of crashed flying saucers and dead aliens is 'major' by any standards. Such a cover up is alleged to have gone on for over forty years and would have involved hundreds if not thousands of people; yet the American President could not cover up his own actions and the actions of his aides for the two more years needed to see out his last term of office in the 1 970s. Such crash retrieval stories are also uniquely American; although other countries, such as Australia, have the wide open spaces and military installations that seem to be favoured by the more clumsy of the extraterrestrial spaceships.. No other country has produced this rash of such stories. A recent claim that a similar event had happened in Africa has proved to be a ludicrous fraud. We must assume that the Russians, for example, also benefit from these downed saucers, or that they are being very generous in allowing America the advantage of learning from this incredibly advanced technology. In any other cir cumstance we might have expected Russian espion age, if not a full scale Russian attack, on Wright Patterson Air Base, where - it is speculated - all UFOs are sent and stored, to equalize the balance of power as with atomic secrets, space technology and so on. Yet the Russians seem happy to let the Americans get on with this one. Unfortunately America must also be said to be the home of the fraudulent claim. It is quite likely that some of the more extraordinary documents seeming to support crash retrievals were created by ufologists in support of their beliefs (and their lecture circuit income! ). Since, in the past few years, ufology has become 'big bucks', fraudulent claims are increasing. These negative considerations apart, America is responsible for much of the very significant effort that has gone into UFO research in the past four decades and more. The private research organizations there are more active than similar groups anywhere else in the world. Notable amongst them is MUFON - the Mutual UFO Network in Texas, and CUFOS - the J . Allen Hynek Center for UFO Studies. Of private individuals that country has produced more informed researchers than any other. jacques Vallee and john Keel have consistently shown the way to radical thinking into the phenomenon, and their

have been more extreme than that caused by similar situations in other countries. There has been great distrust of the government's honesty with regard to UFOs; claims abound that the government is covering up its knowledge of UFOs. Indeed, documents released under the Freedom Of Infonnation Act have revealed that there has been some cover up. Claims by the FBI and the CIA that they had no interest in lJFOs and were not investigating them have also been shown to be quite false. Unfortunately, this cover up has helped colour in a conspiratorial picture. As a result many in America believe that the government has retrieved crashed flying saucers, and dead alien bodies. ( Hhcrs believe that aliens work alongside

I' ! �

' J l. : 1 I;

:Ii

FROM SAUC E R S TO CONSPI RAC I E S

always exhibi ting the very best effort s ; :1 1 1 emphasis on the scient ific st yle of study ;mel a determina t ion to be ra tional in his thinking and leadership. It w ; 1 s he who talked of the 'escalation of h y pothese s ' , w;1rning that it was improper to assume the e x t ra ord inary

books have had a great eifect well beyond the American borders. I n the early years there was much high level involvement in U FO s tudy; Major Donald Keyhoe became a most vociferous exponent of the ex tra terrestrial t heory, and wrote many books trying to highlight his own governmen t's apparent lack of proper comm i tment to the subject. l ie also suggested the idea of a 'lure' designed to a t tract and capture

before the ordinary had first been succe ssfully e l i m i n a ted. l l ynek's dea th has left a void in ufology that has not yet been filled. and it is a void that reaches acro s s t h e world. I f o ther countries took their lead from America in the early years, it was at least a strong, if sometimes a headstrong lead. Today, it is both confused and leaderless. l l ynek 's death and the a ttempts to replace him have left a very violen t po\\·er struggle in America which is damaging ufology the world over. Those who 'would-be-l l ynek' are insub s tantial shadows of the real man. That leaderless lead has produced one \'ery damahTj_ng effect, to which I )ennis Stacy refers in his commentary; that of litigat ion by Americans. mostly in pursuit of their more absurd theories. As one of the nat ion s affected by this new trend , B ritain now looks wit h more suspicion a t the American continent, and it must be admitted - with more su spicion at the very foundation of ufology. I las it always been just a game of extremists pursuing the great American dollar? Surely not. The sheer weight of substantial e\·idence in support of some extraordinary phenomenon is too h'Teat to be dismissed that simply. Nonetheless. we must trust that au thorita tive UFO groups strive to avoid a situation which could result in the USA losing its well-respected lead position in world ufology.

visi ting extraterrestrial s - the hunted turning hunter based on a Canadian idea of the 1 950s of offering U FO s a specified 'landing field' from which contact might be mutually arranged. One name tha t cannot go unmentioned in this introduction is that of I >r J. Allen l lynek, who gave his name to the Center for UFO Studies on his death in 1 986. A professional astronomer, he was engaged by the United States Air Force to investigate a nd debunk the flying saucer stories, to produce a final investiga tion of the subject that would rid the Air Force of what they perceived to be their problem. Far from succeed ing, Hynek became convinced that there was indeed something extraordinary that needed to be investi gated properly. When the Air Force's final official inves tigation, Project Blue Book , was closed down in 1969 Hynek fom1ed the Center for UFO Studies from the hard core of scientists he had worked with over t he years. The y had been known a s the ' I nvisible College', now they were becoming visible. Through out the remainder of his life I l ynek doggedly pursued the UFO phenomenon through its many evolutions,

Pro1ect Blue Book was the last UFO Air Force investigation . AsovE D r J Allen Hynek. who was engaged by Project Blue Book to debunk UFOs; he became convinced of their reality and went on to become the most famous ufolog1st of all tim e . R IGHT Seated is M ajor Hector Ouintinilla. head of Project Blue Book

PUBLIC AWARENESS OF FLYING SAUC ERS WAS THUS WIDE SPREAD IN EUROPE AT THE SAME TIME AS CHEWING-GUM, C O CA-COLA AND THE OTHER AME RICANA THAT THE 'MARSHALL' PLAN TOOK TO EUROPE AFTE R WORLD WAR I I .

KEY T O MAP O F EUROPE CD Historical Perspective, Sardinia , Roman Mediterranean 0 The I rish Airship, Cloera, I reland 0 The Birth of the 'Foo Fighters', Schweinfurt, Germany @ Swedish Ghost Rockets. Lake Ktilmjarv, North Sweden ® Greek Ghost Rockets, Salonika, Thessatia, Greece ® Oloron, Oloron-Ste Marie, Pays Basques, France 0 Wolin Island Sighting , Wolin Island, Szczecin, Poland ® The Stephen Darbishire Photographs, Coniston, Cumbria, England ® W�gierska Gorka Encounter, W�gierska Gorka , Poland @) The Dewilde Encounter, Quarouble, France @ Sinceny Misjudgement, Sinceny, Aisne, France ® Flight Lieutenant Salandin's Encounter. Thames Estuary, England @> The UFO Fleet, Rome, Italy @ Namur Photographic Case. Namur, Belgium @ Bentwaters/Lakenheath , Suffolk, England @ Angelu Encounter. Figueras. Catalonia , Spain ® Vaddo Retrieval , Vaddo. Roslagen , Sweden @ Gydnia Humanoid , Gydnia Harbour, Gdansk, Poland ® The Jelly Entities of Sweden, Domsten, Southern Sweden ® The Batman Encounter. Saltwood, Kent, England ® Kallavesi Lake, Kuopio, Finland ® Valensole Sighting, Valensole, Southern France @ Coquil Encounter, Bolazec, France @ The Hook Vehicle Interference, Hook, Hampshire, England @ The Moigne Downs Encounter. Moigne Downs, Dorset, England ® Serra de Almos Encounter, Serra de AI mos . Spain

® @ @ @ ® @ @ ® @ @ ® ® ® @

@ @

@ @ @ @ @ @ @> ®

Dr ·x· . Southern France Kathryn Howard, Southern Sweden The lmjarvi Encounter, lmjarvi, Southern Finland The Maarup Encounters, Hadersley, Jylland , Denmark The Peter Day Film, Long Crendon, Oxfordshire , England Langford Budville Encounter, Langford Budville, Somerset. England Torino Sighti n g , Caselle Airport, Torino, Italy The Vilvorde Humanoid, Vilvorde , Brussels, Belgium The Anders Encounter. Gustavslund, Sweden M rs Andersson's Encounter, Stiderby , Gustavslund. Sweden The Bellingeri Sighting , Piedmont, Alessandria, Italy The Aveley Abduction , Aveley, Essex, England The Trident Sighting, Portuguese Coast, 40 miles (64 km) south of Lisbon. Portugal The Aviano Blackout, Aviano NATO Base. North-east Italy The Sardinia Helicopter Encounter, Cagliari , Sardinia. Italy Medinaceli Abduction, Medinaceli, Soria, Spain The Mount Etna Encounter, Mount Etna, Sicily, Italy The Flying Elephant, Southampton, England Piastow Encounter, Piastow, Near Warsaw, Poland Czluchow Sighting, Czluchow, Poland The Livingston Encounter, Livingston, Lothian. Scotland Cergy-Pontoise Abduction, Cergy-Pontoise. France Godfrey Encounter, Todmorden, West Yorkshire. England Rendlesham Forest, RAF/USAF Woodbridge, Suffolk. England Hessdalen Lights . Hessdalen Valley, Norway

closely following news of sightings from the USA. Public awareness of flying saucers was thus wideÂ spread in Europe at the same time as chewing-gum, Coca-Cola and the other Americana that the 'Marshall' plan took to Europe after World War 1 1 . In the autumn of 1 954 a second widespread 'great wave' of flying saucer sightings and landings took place throughout all the countries of Europe, and as a consequence more and more people began to take an interest in the subject in the following years. It should be repeated that two different levels of national ufologies may be considered, according to the spoken l<mhTUage: as English and French are widely read and spoken, the early B ritish and French ufolo!-,ris ts were able to reach a wider audience within ufology, while those speaking other languages could not. Indeed just about every history of ufology (even the American-centered ones) mentions Frenchmen Aime Michel or J immy Guieu, whose books were also translated into English. This often resulted in more being known about some small, local English h'Toups than of important, say, Spanish or Swedish researchers. It is also important to remember that no European country ever had anything similar to the US Air Force involvement or equivalent to its Project Blue Book. This situation did not change very much even when the first organized national ufologies surfaced in most European coun tries, mainly in the 1 960s: the B ritish UFO Research Association ( B U FO RA) in the United Kingdom; the Centro de Estudios lnterplanetarios ( C E [ ) in Spain; the Centro Unico Nazionale (CUN) in I taly, and so on. The only journal of truly international stature in Europe has been the British Flying Saucer Review (FSR) published since 1 955. It has often been in its pages that UFO events and research from the

t will be no surprise that as Europe is only a geographical expression, a unified ' European ufology' does not exist. The language barrier has long been an obstacle in developing a common framework of any kind in Europe - let alone in the field of ufology. Indeed, even if we limit ourselves to the eighteen countries of Western Europe, as many as fourteen different lanhTUages are spoken, and local ufologists are often unable to understand any language other than their own. As a consequence, those countries with languages other than English and French have had fewer exchanges with other nations, both in tenns of input and output and it is possible that as many national ufologies as there are European languages have developed over the past forty-odd years.

European 'flying saucer' sightings were already taking place in 1 94 7 and even earlier than that: suffice it to mention the 'foo fighters' of World War I I , on the Gennan front in 1 941-1 5 (see page 79) and the Scandinavian 'ghost rockets' scare of 1 946 (see page ďż˝0). We should distinhTUish between the phenomenon ( UFO sightings and reports) and its study (ufology). While anomalous aerial phenomena reports in Europe were contemporary with (if not older than) the American ones, they were not always labelled as flying saucers in those early years. Since there were no ufologists at that time, we have to re ly on the press coverage of such events in order to learn of the social impressions UFOs made when it all began. It is easy to see that saucers were at first regarded as nothing more than 'another of those American follies', and e v e n those (few) local reports published in the media were not seriously considered. The year l I F( )s re;tlly arrived in Europe was 1 950: the spring of tha t year saw the first real waves of UFO reports in E ur o p e ( France, I t aly, Spain, the UK),

•II

1 1 1 111 11 111

A C O M M O N E U R OPEAN UFOLOGY?

non-English-speaking European countries could be found. Nonetheless, the very first attempt at a rationalistic approach to UFOs came from France as early as 1958, when Aime Michel published his book on 'orthoteny' (straight line theory), attempting to show that U FO sightings in the French wave of 1954 were aligned along straight lines. The birth of scientific ufology may also be traced back to Europe. It was a young French-born scientist, astronomer jacques Vallee (who later moved to the USA), who published the first scientific UFO books in the mid-sixties. We have to acknowledge that E uro pean ufologies as a whole retained only a minor role in

Silbury Hill in southern England . This huge man-made hill is the focus of much attention by those concerned w1th the powers of ancient man . and paranormal activity . It is also close to Warminster. the centre of much UFO activity i n Wiltshire .

the history of ufology through the 1960s and 1970s, mostly following the impulse from 0!orth America. It was during this period that the first real differences in interpretation between �orth America and Europe occurred. The schism was caused by the so-called 'new ufology', which was initiated by Amer ican researchers as early as 1969 but soon abandoned in the USA. It made a big impact in some European

EU R O PE

another of Jacques Vallee's books,

1990s. Once again, it all began in the USA, when two

The Invisible College ( 1 975). Several French UFO writers were

similar books were published by journalist John A.

heavily influenced by that,

Keel and scientist Jacques Vallee. They both consi足

ufology' prevailed in the French UFO journals be足

UFO circles, and the effect may still be seen in the

and 'parapsychological

dered a non-extra-terrestrial explanation for the origin

tween 1975 and 1 979. Among the most interesting

of UFOs which, they suggested, might instead be

authors are Jean Giraud, Jean-Jacques Jaillat and

derived from a form of intelligence in a 'parallel reality'

Pierre Vieroudy. Such a line of thought is no longer prevalent in

which had always existed beside our own reality. In

the

USA

these

ideas

never

found

France, because in turn it stimulated a totally different

great

favour, the majority of ufologists still preferring the simple

current,

Extra-terrestrial Theory (ETH), and by the second half

'nouveaux ufologues', or 'neo-skepticism'. It all began

called

'the

new

wave' ,

also known

of the 1970s these notions were virtually forgotten.

when Michel Monnerie, co-editor of the French UFO

However, they stimulated at least three different lines

journal Lumieres dans Ia nuit (LDLN) realized that the

of thought in Europe, mainly in Great Britain and

'psycho-ufology' was demonstrating that a genuine,

France.

concrete

The first was the literally

'paraphysical'

phenomenon was

no longer needed

current, hinting at 'parallel realities', mostly diffused in

account for the sightings: the witness was enough. He

the UK in the pages of Flying Saucer Review. It has

presented his thesis in a book, provocatively titled

gradually lost ground in favour of the next two lines of

What if UFOs did not exist? But if it were so, why call

thought. The second was the 'humanistic ufology'

for such exotic mechanisms as psychic powers?

heralded by the Magonia magazine's editorial team in

Monnerie's book had the same effect as a bomb:

the UK; greater emphasis is placed upon the 'human

fierce attacks on his own somewhat naive suggestion

factor' in the UFO experience, both at an individual

of an 'open-eye dream' as an explanation for the

(i. e.

psychological) level and at a collective (i. e.

strangeness of some UFO sightings forced him to a

sociological) level.

more and more inflexible attitude. He published a

The third concept was typical of French ufology in

second book on the Shipwreck of the Extra-terrestrials

the mid- 1 970s, where 'paranormal' aspects openly

( 1 979) where he tried to demolish the whole ufological

bordered with psychical (i. e. parapsychological) over足

building, openly becoming a true skeptic and finally

tones. It was stimulated by the French edition of yet

leaving ufology. This first generation of 'new skeptics'

For centuries man has pondered over the origins of the huge sto ne circle known as Stonehenge on the plains near Salisbury . I t i s built a t a point reputed t o be a centre of m ajor energy lines (leys ) , and is of great mystic i m portance . The area is also a focus of U FO activity. Why our ancestors went to the enormous trouble they did to create this monu m ent remains u nknown but U F O-related wo rship has often been sug gested , perhaps because of the circular shape of the monu ment. The coincidence of m odern UFO activity near this ancient site has suggested to m any researchers that the U FO phenomenon may only be a m odern version of someth ing very ancient , someth ing that has perhaps been a part of the Earth for longer than Man .

·l ll l ll ll llllln • · A C O M M O N E U ROPEAN U FO LOGY?

ufolohrists (l�enzo Cabassi, l�oberto l'arahone, Fran cesco lzzo): UFO fJhenomena - International A nnual Neview ( UP/AN). It was a refereed journal whose editorial board looked like the \Vho's who of the world's scientific ufology, and in 19H1 UI'IAI� was hrranted a Science Achievement A ward by the Fund for UFO Research, based in America. The second breakthrough was in France, where in 1 977 physicist Claude Poher succeeded in getting a UFO study group fonned within the Centre National d'Etudes Spatia/es (the French equivalent to NASA): Groupement

(including a re-wntmg and debunking of the great French U FO wave of 1 951 by G. Barthel and j. Brucker) virtually ended in 1 980, because these 'disillusioned ufologists' abandoned the U FO field. The lesson of doubt was taught and, after a severe crisis due also to the lack of U FO sightings in the early 1 980s, a new generation of French ufologists has emerged. They keep a skeptical but open mind, try to re-define the scope of ufology and consider psycho-sociolohrical hypotheses to be as valid as the ETI I , until data arises to prove or disprove either theory. Claude Mauge, Bertrand Meheust, jacques Scornaux and Thierry Pinvidic are the best known names. Interestingly, a somewhat similar position is now shared by most active European UFO resear chers, in countries other than France. In Great Britain jenny Randles's writings parallel the Monnerie/l lendry evolution of thought although they never negate the physical reality of U FOs. She has moved from paraphysical reasonings to Hendry like texts such as UFO Study ( 198 1 ) and UFO Reality (1 983), finally considering natural unexplained aerial phenomena as good candidates for some UFOs. In this context, we see Paul Devereux's Earthlights, Hilary Evans's Ball Of Light International Data Exchange (BOLIDE) or the very responsible position BUFORA has been holding vis-a-vis the corn circle phenomenon and the plasma vortex hypothesis. Europe has come of age: there is a collective movement towards a less critical attitude towards the ETH origin of UFOs, a greater attention not only to identifying IFOs but also to studying them, and a re-definition of the aims and scopes of ufology. In Spain the sound, scientific-oriented work of Vicente-juan Ballester Olmos has greatly contributed to the new breed of researchers presently collected around the journal Cuademos de Ufologia. In Italy 'revisionists' like Paolo Toselli and Maurizio Verga have become the core of a national ufology. German ufology is presently represented by either cultists or the skeptical C ENAP and mildly skeptical GEP groups. The same may be said - to a lesser degree of the Belbrian SOBEPS, the Swedish AFU or the Danish SUFOI. The so called 'revisionists' are all former 'classic' believers who gradually developed a ctitical attitude based on their on-field experience. They do not refuse 'exotic' hypotheses but minimize their importance. Europe has also had two major breakthroughs concerning science and UFO study. As early as 1 976, the very first scientific journal on UFOs \Vas launched as an international venture by a group of Italian

d'Etudes des Phenomhzes A erospatiaux Non - identzjes

(GEPAN).

Specific national areas of interest may be found for single nations and hriven periods of time. For example, sky-watching was popular in the UK in the 1 960s, in France and Italy in the 1 970s, and in Scandinavia in the 1 980s. The series of cosmic messages known collec tively as the 'UMMO' affair is virtually confmed to Spanish-speaking countries. The earthlights debate has barely passed the British boundaries. Even specific UFO/IFO types may be found: lighted toy balloons (miniature hot air balloons) cause as many as 30 per cent of sightings in Germany, where virtually no landing has been reported; Italy is plagued by 'laser beams' in concerts, circuses and the like; and the abduction scene occurs in a different way in each European country. A unifying pattern has begun to appear in the last few years. A common European framework is visible when considered against the background of American ufology - characterized, in particular, by the greater attention to uniformity of research, investigation methodology and definition of terms. The role of human sciences, in the case of both individual reports and of the development of a 'UFO myth' parallel to the UFO phenomenon, is a further characteristic of the cohesive European framework. We only need to overcome practical difficulties, such as the language barrier, in order to get better and more stable exchanges. International Congresses held in the last few years have increased cooperation. l\lay we hope that by 1 993 we will also have a European Community of ufology?

EooARDo Russo is a ' d i rector' of the Italian g ro u p the Centro Italiano Studi Ufologici (CIS U ) . This g ro u p has an i nteg rated Italian network and many i nternational

associations . I n 1 988 it formally joi ned the I nternational Comm ittee for U FO Research ( I C U R ) .

PRE 1 900 NAME

2 1 6 B.C.

PLACE

SARDINIA, ROMAN MEDITERRANEAN MAP REF: J 1 9

T H E IRISH AIRSHI P

DATE

121 1 A.D.

PLACE

CLOERA, IRELAND

HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE

DATE

EVENT

NAME

MAP REF: D 1 1 EVENT

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND KIND

Airship style encounters have been

Sardinia, a knight was making his rounds inspecting the posts !,'llarding the ramparts when a stick in his hand burst into flames. The same thing happened to .Roman soldiers in Sicily who saw their javelins start burning in their hands. . . . at Apri a round shield was seen in the sky. I t seemed a s i f the moon was fighting

attach itself to the arch above the church door. As they rushed out of the church the witnesses saw in the sky a ship with men on board. They watched as a man appeared to leap off the ship and 'swim' through the

EARLY 'UFO REPORT'

Things that looked like ships were seen in the sky over I taly . . . in

During a Sunday mass, witnesses saw an anchor drop from the sky and

common enough with the panics of 1 897 in America and 1 909 in Europe. Many of these sightings

air down towards the anchor to release it. The witnesses apparently attempted to capture the entity but the bishop forbade them to do so.

were of terrestrial prototypes; they were seen only a few years before they were openly admitted to, and

The man was allowed to return to the ship which then cut its anchor rope and sailed away. According to

some even had inventors' names attributed to them. Some of the accounts were very strange and deserved further investigation, but one particular airship account is

with the sun . . . at Capua, the sky was all on fire and people saw figures above them that looked like

remarkable if only because it certainly cannot have been an early prototype of a terrestrial airship .

ships. '

coming as it did in the year 1 2 1 1 .

BASE L T h i s i l l ustrat i o n is taken !rom the Base l Broadsheet of 1 566 and depicts ! l eets

o! huge g l obes seen over Basel on 7 Augusl in I hat yea r. Whether we can righlly regard the image as an early

UFO report or not i s su bject to quest ion, b u t the d rawi ng i s thought足 provoking and one o! many from ea r l i e r centuries t h a t suggest the U FO phenomenon is !ar o l der than its 'o!f icial' start date o! 1 94 7 .

the report the anchor was preserved in the church. Clearly, investigation of a case nearly 800 years old is out of the question but, if nothing else, it serves to emphasize that there were extraordinary events occurring in the sky long before the birth of the UFO phenomenon in 1 94 7.

· l i i l l i l l lll lll •• · DATABASE 1 940s

1 940s N A M E THE BIRTH O F THE ·FOQ FIGHTERS' DATE

14 OCTOBER 1�3

PlACE SCHWEINFURT. GERMANY

MAP REF· K 1 4

that the Axis powers had

Later foo figh ter reports told

themseln.·s encountered foo fighters

mainly of fireball like lights and

and belie\'ed that they might ha\'e

glowing spheres. Because t he l.' F( )

been Allied weapons. There were

phenomenon h a d not y e t been

also sightings reported from the

officially born ( see Kenneth :\mold

japanese aircraft in the Pacific. The foo fighters made their first

in the �orth American section. page 1 5) and because these reports

EVENT FOO FIGHTERS

appearance, at least officially, on 14

came in soon after the first foo

Foo fighters were part of the UFO

Group was making its final run over

understood at t he time to be further

phenomenon t hat occurred during

the industrial complex at

examples of the same phenomenon

World War

Schweinfurt in Germany, coded

- in retrospect this seems less likely

in both t he European

October 1 9 13 when the :iS-1 Bomb

fighter report s, they were

and Pacific bat tle arenas . For t he most part they consisted of bright

�tission 1 1 5. The German fighter

to have been the case than was

planes disappeared from the air and

thought initially.

lights which paced aircraft,

the bomb group's pilot s confirmed

The foo fighter mystery was

occasionally e\'en mming inside

never soh·ed. They are much less

them, but t hey were also sometimes

that ' there were no enemy aircraft a bon.·. · Ahead of t hem a cluster of

ident ified as small discs just a few

tiny discs some 3 in (8 em) across

though of course many current ball

inches across, some of which were

were reported and discus sed by the

of-light and night-light phenomena

felt clattering across the \\ings of

crews of the aircraft over the radio.

the planes. 'Foo' incidentally is thought to deri\·e either from the

french word for fire - feu - or from a cartoon character. popular in

B- 1 7 bomber number 026

frequently reported nowadays.

may well ha\'e been called foo fighters had they been seen in those

attempted to e\'ade the objects but

early years when the phenomenon

was unsuccessful and reported that

was common over Germany.

one wing cut directly through the

England at the time, who went by

clu ster but did not damage the

the name of Foo.

plane. It is possible that this ca se

mysterious · too fighters' that buued

represented an early experiment

aircraft during World War I I . I t was taken

might be an :\.x is power's secret

\\ith 'window' (a de\·ice which

over Germany in 1 944 . No definitive

weapon. Howe\·er. following the

attempted to confuse radar return

explanation tor these b right light sources

end of the war documents re\·ealed

si!-,1flals).

has been fou nd .

The British belie\'ed t hat they

The picture is alleged to show the

•11 111 11 111 �II •· 1

EU ROPE

ABovE An early photograph of a Swed ish

g h ost rocket taken i n 1 94 6 . R IGHT Karl G o sta Bartoli examining Lake Kolmjarv for deb ris fo llowing a crash on 1 9 July 1 94 6 . NAM E SWEDISH GHOST ROCKETS DATE

1 9 JULY 1 946

PLACE LAKE KO LMJA RV, NORTH SWEDEN

MAP REF: M3 EVENT GHOST ROCKET SIGHTING

Throughout the early 1930s and into the late 1 940s Scandinavia, and particularly Sweden, was the setting for a particular fonn of UFO sighting known as the 'ghost rockets'. They first occurred around the Arctic Circle near the Swedish!Norwe!,rian border at Vasterbotten in the last months of 1 933 when distant lights in the valleys were sighted by local people. The assumption made was that the lights were made by smugglers but customs action found no support for this claim. Perhaps the most substantial of the ghost rocket claims was that of 19 July 1916 when two witnesses observed a small object crash into Lake K<ilrnjarv. just before noon, fanner Knut Lindb;ick and his maid Beda Persson were working at the lake shore when they heard a sound above them. The y looked up and saw what

they first thought was an aeroplane but then realized was a rocket like device crashing towards the lake surface. As it hit the water an enormous column of water cascaded out proving beyond doubt that the object was physical. They described it as approximately 6 ft (183 em) long with small wings on either side. On another shore of the lake a further witness, Frideborg Tagebo, heard the crash and described it as being like a bomb detonating. The following morning a company of soldiers blockaded the area and searched the lake for the next two weeks. No debris was apparently recovered, although even with an explosion of this intensity there should have been some material left. The ghost rocket saga continued and eventually became the subject of an official 'ghost rocket' investigation committee. Erik Malmberg of the committee summed up: 'If the observations are correct, many details suggest that it was some kind of a cruise missile that was fired on Sweden. But nobody had that kind of sophisticated technology in 1 94 6. '

NAM E GREEK GHOST ROCKETS DATE

1 SEPTEMBER 1946

PLACE SALONIKA, THESSALiA, GREECE

MAP REF: P1 9 EVENT GHOST ROCKETS

During the ghost rocket wave which occurred across Europe in the latter half of the 1940s, a number of such objects were seen over Macedonia and Salonika. One report of these came from the highest possible source - an interview on 5 September in London with the Greek Prime Minister, M. Tsaldaris. One of the principal scientists of the country, professor Paul Santorini, investigated the sightings and 'soon established that they were not missiles'. However, the investigation into the sightings was stopped by the Anny. The professor believed that a blanket of security had been placed over the question of the origin of UFOs because of the alarming defence significance of the subject. This is particularly plausible in view of Erik Malmberg's summing up of the subject (above).

· 1 1 11 l ll l lll 111• • · DATABASE 1 950s

1 950s

long t rails of angel hair (filaments

NAME

WOLIN ISLAND SIGHTING

reportedly dropped from lJFOs and

DATE

covered trees, houses and electric

PLACE

WOLIN ISLAND. SZCZECIN, POLAND

EVENT

CLOSE ENCOUNTER O F THE FIRST

simila r to spider's webs), which

JULY 1953

NAME

OLORON

DATE

17 OCTOBER 1 952

PLACE

OLORON-STE-MARIE, PAYS BASQUES, FRANCE

hair from this and other cases has

MAP REF: F1 7

suggested that it is a natural substance unnaturally affected by

One of the earliest 'modern ' U FO

certain properties of the UFO,

reports from Poland originates from

EVENT

ANGEL HAIR PRECIPITATION

lines in Lhc area. Analysis of angel

proved inconclusive. It has been

MAP REF: L 1 2 KIND

Wolin I sland. At 7 o'clock in the

Shortly after noon on 17 October

possibly super-ionization of the air.

1952, headmaster Monsieur Prigent

Any such speculation must remain

evening of :n july 1 95], five Polish

and his wife and children observed a strangely shaped cloud and behind il

only that as angel hair does not last

nationals together with two

long enough for in-depth analysis.

Germans witnessed a saucer shaped

An artist's impression of UFOs seen over Oloron-Ste-Marie , France in October 1 952. The Saturn-like UFOs were accompanying a huge cylindrical object. Thin fi laments of material known as 'angel hair' were reported dropping from the objects , one of several such cases.

appears t o have been some 60-70 ft

object landing next to a railroad. I t

a long, cylindrical, luminous object emitting puffs of smoke. Ahead of the object were some thirty UFOs shaped like the planet Saturn: red globes surrounded by a yellow ring which were travelling in a zigzagging motion across the sky. The sighting left physical traces:

( 1 8. :�-2 1 . ] m) wide with a series of what may have been portholes around its edge. The sighting lasted only a few minutes and the object took off at remarkable speed.

E U R O PE

NAME

THE STEPHEN DARBISHIRE PHOTOGRAPHS

DATE

15 FEBRUARY 1 954

PLACE

CONISTON, CUMBRIA, ENGLAND MAP REF: F1 1

EVENT

PHOTOGRAPHIC CASE

Just over a year after George Adamski's celebrated encounters in California (see page 28), in which he took several photographs of the aleged Venusian scout ship, 13year-old Stephen Darbishire photogaphed a very similar craft at C<miston in the Lake District. The main doubts about the authenticity of these photographs mirror the suspicions which surround the Adamski case itself, but no definite conclusion has been reached with regard to the veracity of the case despite considerable publicity and circulation at the time.

AsovE At the age of t h i rtee n , Stephen

BELow The photograph Stephen

had seen and photog raphed just half an

Darbishi re took at Coniston on 1 5 February 1 954, shortly before h e d rew

hour earlier.

the above sketches.

D a rb i s h i re d rew these pictures of a UFO he

' ' ' l l i l l ll lll w · DATABASE 1 950s

NAME

W�GIERSKA GO RKA ENCOUNTER

DATE

JULY 1954

PLACE

W�GIERSKA GO RKA. POLAND MAP REF: L12

EVENT

ABDUCTION

In l YHG a conversation took place involving the witness (name with held) in this case, which suddenly awoke in her memories of a strange event that had taken plllce when she was a child of eleven, in july 1 Y51 . She had been on holiday a t WGgicrska G6rka when s h e a n d her friends had gone to the woods to pick mushrooms. While walking alone ncar a cliff, she saw a glowing, oval-shaped light near the ground. She walked to it. A figure approached her from a door in the object, then seemed to draw her into the object in a way she cannot recall: she just walked up a small flight of s tairs and then stepped in through the door. Inside the object there were four other entities: they were of average height and with many human features such as skin colour and hand shape. However, they were wearing close fitting clothes, were surrounded by a mist and had on the back of their bodies something resembling a hump. It is interesting to compare this description 'Ait h the one in the Czluch(lw sighting (see page 1 1 0), a case which occurred after the Wt;gierska G6rka encounter but before the recall. Their eyes were small, there was no nose and the mou th was just like a crack. The girl was 'instructed' to lie down, and she fell asleep. Her next memory is of being found by her friends, sitting near the cliff. She had been missing for se\Tn hours. While they had full baskets of mushrooms, her's was empty. What had she been doing in all that time, they asked? All she could recall was a vague memory of flying . . .

Marius Dewilde and h1s fam1ly at the scene

NAME

THE DEWILDE ENCOUNTER

DATE

10 SEPTEMBER 1954

PLACE

OUAROUBLE, FRANCE MAP REF: H14

track over which the object landed can be

EVENT

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD KIND

encounte r , and pressed home a vigorous

When entities chose to visit Quarouhle in France they may have recognized that they had superior technology on their side. They were certainly going to need it because they came up against one of the most tenacious responses - from a single individual - on record. Alerted hy the sound of his dog howling outside, Marius I >cwilde. at ;1pproximatcly 10. ]0 in the e\Tning on 10 September 1 % 1 . opened his door and S;JW t \VO strange humanoids just a few feet away from him. They were wearing one piece diving style suits and their heads were enclosed in enormous globular glass helmets. They w�'re short and \'Cry stocky and t he witness docs not recall seeing any ;mns. Dewilde's reaction was immediate: he tried to grab the entities but \\'as blinded by a beam of light from an object resting on

of the U FO encounter of 10 September 1 954 , at Ouarou ble i n France. The railway see n . Dewilde was not intimidated by the assault, met by a paralyzmg beam

nearby rail t racks. As he t ried to move he discovered that he was paralyzed in his legs. That would be enough for many men but Dewilde was not finished ye t. Ha\'ing been shocked by the ;1ppearancc of the entities and pre\'cnted from grabbing them ;mel having been paralyzed by a beam from their craft . once he had regained the usc of his limbs he apparently ran towards the l 'FO in ;m attempt to catrh up with it. He failed t o do so and the object lifted off and tkw away. Dewilde alerted the police and the subsequent invest iga t ion in\'olH·d the F re nc h intl'lligcnrc sen·iccs and its scie n t i s t s . ( )nt· ol the scient ists indica ted. irom thl' ,l.'l'otllld t r;1ces left ;It the site oi thl' cncountt•r. that the objt·l·t res tin.t.: over the rail t racks l l l ll s t ha\ t' weighed at lea s t :t:, tons.

EUROPE

NAME SINCENY MISJUDGMENT DATE

OCTOBER 1 954

PLACE SINCENY, AISNE, FRANCE

MAP REF: G14 EVENT SLIGHT ERROR OF MISJUDGMENT

'Seeing a silhouette moving in the light of two lamps, I thought I was in the presence of a Martian in the process of repairing his flying saucer. I went to get my gun and I fired at him. ' A perfectly reasonable assumption you might think (and a charming gesture of greeting), but one which was unfortunately a bit wide of the mark. In this case the target turned out to be the witness's own neighbour repairing his motor car. Fortunately his aim was no better than his judgment and the shot only damaged the car, presumably leaving his neighbour somewhat startled. Our witness might have had even more trouble explaining himself if he had offered the explanation 'I'm sorry. I thought you were someone else . . ! ' .

approached Southend on the Thames estuary - he saw three objects heading towards him. As they approached one gold and one silver object flew to his left side and the third came directly at him almost filling his windscreen. He described it as saucer shaped with a bun shaped top and a bun underneath. Salandin was shaken at the tremendous speed at which it had been travelling. He reported the sighting to his base and after landing made a report both to Derek Dempster, an intelligence officer who was later to become the editor of Flying Saucer Review, and also the Air Ministry. Of the sightings Salandin said ' I haven't found a satisfactory explanation for what I saw but I know what I saw. ' Earlier he had already expressed one disappointment 'The thing was right in my sights, next time I will be on the ball. '

NAM E THE UFO FLEET DATE 6 NOVEMBER 1 954 PLACE ROME, ITALY

NAME FLIGHT LIEUTENANT SALANDIN'S

ENCOUNTER DATE

14 OCTOBER 1 954

PLACE THAMES ESTUARY, ENGLAND

MAP REF: G 1 3 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER O F THE FIRST

KIND

Flight Lieutenant ]ames l-t Salandin of the 601 th County of Middlesex Squadron, i{oyal Auxiliary Air Force, took off at 1. 1 5 in the afternoon from Iďż˝AF North Weald in Essex in a Meteor Mark 8 jet fighter. It was a cloudless deep blue sky and Salandin was able to see the vapour trails of two Meteors in fonnation high above him. At 1 6, 000 ft (1 , 877 m ) - as he

MAP REF: K 1 8 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER O F THE FIRST

KIND

The Italian politician Dr Alberto Perego was one of over a hundred people who, on several occasions during October and November of 1954, saw fleets of UFOs in the skies above Rome. Most noticeable of these sightings was on 6 November when dozens of white dots appeared, occasionally leaving short vapour trails. They were estimated as moving at approximately 800 miles ( 1 , 300 km) per hour and flying at a height of approximately 20, 000 ft (6, 096 m). Occasionally they grouped into forn1ations of diamond or V shapes.

During the encounter a considerable amount of angel hair (filaments reportedly dropped from UFOs and resembling spider's webs in texture) dropped towards the witnesses and evaporated in a few hours. Dr Perego had a similar sighting on 1 2 November, again with other witnesses, and was soon to become a devotee of the extraterrestrial hypothesis and supporter of flying saucer research.

NAME NAMUR PHOTOGRAPHIC CASE DATE

5 JUNE 1 955

PLACE NAMUR, BELGIUM

MAP REF: 1 1 4 EVENT PHOTOGRAPHIC CASE

At approximately 7. 30 in the evening, postman and amateur photographer, Monsieur Muyldermans was able to take three photographs of a disc shaped object flying low near his car near Namur in Belgium. Meteorological study of the photographs suggested that the altitude of the objects was some 4, 92 1 ft ( 1 , 500 m) and the size was approximately 39 ft (12 m) in diameter. Though unremarkable by the standards of what was to follow in subsequent years, these photographs became world famous. German investigator Gerald Mosbleck used them as the basis of his own deliberate fakes to prove the ease with which such photographs could be faked, and to demonstrate, correctly, that photographs alone do not prove much unless there is other substantial evidence (see photographic evidence page 27). T h e sequence of photographs taken by Monsieur M uyldermans in Namur on 5 June 1 955.

DATABASE 1 950s

'lllillil' I IIIII••· EUROPE

NAME BENlWATERS/LAKENHEATH DATE

1 3 AUGUST 1956

PLACE SUFFOLK, ENGLAND

MAP REF: G 1 2

night fighter was scrambled to intercept the object s. At midnight the pilot gained visual contact with the object and shortly afterwards also confirmed radar contact.

NAM E VADDO RETRIEVAL DATE

9 NOVEMBER 1 958

PLACE VADDO , ROSLAGEN, SWEDEN

MAP REF: M8

EVENT RADAR VISUAL ENCOUNTER

It is believed that gun camera film was taken. Indeed the former head

EVENT ALLEGED CRASH RETRIEVAL

Radar operators at USAF/RAF

of the Ministry of Defence

Bentwaters, at 9. 30 in the evening

department which studies U FOs,

Physical traces from UFOs are rare and usually confined to ambiguous

of l :j August 1 956, tracked a UFO return incoming from the North Sea some 25-30 miles (40-48 km) off the

Ralph Noyes (now an active UFO investigator) stated that at the time

ground marks, bum marks, etc. Occasionally, however, solid

he watched the film but admitted that 'the film clips were very brief,

artefacts alleged to be part of UFOs

coast. According to the radar it was travelling at approximately 5, 000 miles (8, 04 7 km) per hour, certainly far faster than any aircraft of the time. Radar also tracked another .L,rroup of targets moving towards Bent waters from approximately 8 miles ( l :j km) out at the more

reasonable speed of some 80- 1 25

rather fuzzy and not particularly spectacular. ' However, the independent radar corroboration and the visual sightings, despite unclear gun camera film, suggest very strongly that something physical was in the air over Suffolk on that night in 1 956.

miles o :m-200 km) per hour. Checks on the radar could not determine any malfunctions and

NAME ANGELU ENCOUNTER

therefore a T-:j;) interceptor from the 5 1 2 Fighter l nterceptor

DATE OCTOBER 1 958

Squadron. which was returning to Bent waters from a training flight, was diverted to search for visual confirmation of the radar targets. The plane could not verify the sightings but was searching blind

PLACE FIGUERAS, CATALONIA, SPAIN

MAP REF: G 1 8 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF T H E FIRST

KIND

At approximately 7 o'clock in the

having no airborne radar of its own. Approximately an hour later radar reported another target moving at between 2, 000-4 , 000 miles (;), 200-6, ,1()0 k m l per hour. This object was also seen by control tower personnel and described by them as a bright light passing over the airfield at terrific speed. At the

evening Senor Angelu, riding his motorcycle near Figueras in Spain,

s;m1c time the pilot of a C-47

It was approximately 25 ft (7. 62 m) wide. The witness saw two dwarf like

t ransport aircraft reported a bright

light streaking bctH.'ath h im. Bent w<tters sounded the alert! O t her ra da r s tations in the area were a lerte d ; t he 7th Air Division Command Post and t he :kd Air Force Con u m nd Post were conta c t ed and RAF coastal air defence also became involved. At Neatished a de H a villand Venom

saw what appeared to be an object crash in a nearby wood. Wanting to help, he went towards the site but saw that it was not a crashed plane but a landed UFO of traditional saucer shape, a transparent dome on top and standing on landing legs.

entities with large heads moving around the craft and collecting samples from nearby terrain. Aboard the saucer, in the dome, he could sec a third fi!-,'ll r c. The witness watched for some 15 minutes until the entities reboarded the ship which took off quickly.

are recovered though it has to be admitted that there has not yet been a recovery of anything made of a substance which has definitely been confirmed as extra-terrestrial in origin. On 9 November 1 958 two witnesses to the landing of a UFO near Vadd<> in Sweden investigated the area following its departure and recovered a small metallic artefact. Analysis indicated that it was made of tungsten carbide, cobalt and titanium. According to the witnesses, when recovered, shortly after the UFO had departed, the object was warm to the touch. Whether it was heated up by the action of the descent of the UFO or whether it truly dropped from it is not certain.

NAME GDYNIA HUMANOID DATE

21 JANUARY 1959

PLACE GDYNIA HARBOUR, GDA N SK, POLAND

MAP REF: M 1 1 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND/HUMANOID RETRIEVAL

An abnormal number of fingers, a one piece suit that required metal shears to remove it, a strange arrangement of internal organs and a circulatory system following a spiral path around the body. This was the remarkable conclusion of a post mortem examination which is alleged to have taken place in a

•

1 1 ill il l lllll n • · OAT ABASE 1 950s

BELI EVE IT .

OR NOT.

There arc very few photographs of UFO entities, and no rel iable

recovered cadavers were sen t to Wright Patlerson

ones. There have, however, been some very spectacular hoaxes,

T here have been several similar photographs from Germany

or suspected hoaxes. The photograph be l ow allegedly depicts

and i t has been suggested that at one time laking outrageous

Oh1o )

an al ien taken al ive from a UFO that crashed ncar Mexico City

UFO stories was a favourite pastime of the American troops

in the 1 950s. The al ien died shortly afterwards and was sent to

stati oned there. There is no support ive evidence lor this

Germany for analysis. (M ost modern day reports suggest that

photograph.

1 1 1111••· EU ROPE

hospital at Gdynia following the recovery of a humanoid from the seafront there. It must be said that this legendary tale is of doubtful authenticity; it appears without reference in Arthur Shuttlewood's book The Flying Sauccrers and also without reference in UFOs in the Soviet Union (although dated 2 1 February 1959 i n that article). None of our researchers in Poland were able to produce documentary evidence for the alleged event. As the legend has it . . . A UFO apparently crashed into Gdynia Harbour and shortly afterwards a small humanoid in a space suit was found wandering along the seafront in a confused state. He was taken to the local clinic for observation where

it was noted he had an abnormal number of fingers. The hospital staff attempted to remove the one piece suit that he was wearing but it was of an extremely hard material and it took metal shears to cut it from him. The staff also removed a bracelet from his wrist which may or may not have led to his dying immediately afterwards. A post mortem examination at Gdynia Hospital showed a strange arrangement of internal organs and a different form of circulatory system spiralling around the body. The hospital was apparently sealed off by bJUards and the body removed in a refrigerated container under heavy security. According to one report the lorry was destined for a research institute in Moscow.

TliE Mor,., PROPH EG1\iAN An lnvesti JES g a tt ni M ysterio u s A � n to th e .

th e In fa m m en ca n Visits o us Feath e G of By OH ry aru da J N A. kfEL

NAME T H E JELLY ENTITIES OF SWEDEN DATE 20 DECEMBER 1 959 PLACE DOMSTEN, SOUTHERN SWEDEN

MAP REF: L1 0 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

Returning from a dance two witnesses, Stig Rydberg and Hans Gustavsson, stopped to examine a light in a glade near to the road on which they were driving in their car. They saw a disc shaped object some 15 ft (4. 5 m) across standing on three landing legs. Incredibly, they were attacked by several tiny jelly like creatures that tried to drag them towards the saucer and a fight broke out. One of the two witnesses reached the car and sounded the horn, the second was then released and the entities scampered back to their craft which took off. Hypnotic regression undertaken by doctors seemed to indicate that the witnesses were telling the truth. However, the allegation was rejected by an Air Defence Department official investigation because of the unreliability of the witnesses.

1 960s NAME T H E BATMAN ENCOUNTER DATE

16 NOVEMBER 1 963

PLACE SALTWOOD, KENT, ENGLAND

MAP REF: G 1 3 EVENT ENTITY ENCOUNTER

In the 1 960s there were many reports in West Virginia, United States of America, of the so called 'Moth Men' which were red-eyed, moth- and bat-like creatures, I n The Mothmen Prophecies, Keel

d escribes bat-like entities reported i n West V i rg i n i a , USA d u ring the 1 96 0 s .

DATABASE 1 960s

occasionally the size of small light

clements present which arc not

aircraft, which terrorized local

generally found in such objects.

inhabitants. England was never plagued by

In the end, the findings were inconclusive with many suggestions

When Masse

wa s

around �0 yds

( 1 8. ] m) awa y from the entities one

of them spotted him, took the cylinder from his belt and fired a

the Moth Men to t his extent but

as to what it could not be, but none

beam at Masse who was paralyzed

there was one report from Kent in

as to what it might have been.

immediately. Despite the nature of

November of 1 963. Two courting

the encounter, however, Masse said

couples watched a star-like UFO

he never felt fear and believed that

hover near some trees as they

NAME

paused from their amorous

DATE 1

activities. Those amorous activities came to a startling end when the

No other coherent information is

towards him .

JULY 1 965

PLACE

VALENSOLE, SOUTHERN FRANCE MAP REF: 1 1 8

EVENT

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD KIND

witnesses suddenly saw, coming towards them, a grotesque, headless, black entity with webbed feet and wings like a bat.

the entities had no animosity

VALENSOLE SIGHTING

Farmer Maurice Masse !,TfCW

available as the couples,

lavender for use in the perfume

Approximately a minute passed and the entities boarded their craft which then took off at an incredible speed. I t took something like fifteen minutes for the paralysis to wear off and Masse returned to Valcnsole where he discussed the story with his friends. They were impressed by

understandably, beat a hasty retreat

industry and on 1 july 1965 he left

Masse's state of mind and did not

leaving researchers with only this

his house very early in the morning

doubt that he was telling the truth.

outline report.

to walk to the fields to bch7Jn work. He had stopped in the shade to

traces in the soil where the craft had

NAME

KALLAVESI LAKE

DATE

AUGUST 1 964

PLACE

KALLAVESI LAKE, KUOPIO, FINLAND

MAP REF: P6 EVENT

ALLEGED CRASH RETRIEVAL

smoke a cigarette before starting

landed; the soil wa s hard and

when he heard the sound of an

crumbly with a high calcium content.

object above him which he thought

Lavender on the site died and even

might be a military helicopter. He

future crops \vere affected until the

walked towards the field to sec it.

field had been thoroughly ploughed.

Some 1 00 yds (92 m) away he saw an object unlike anything he had seen before. It was oval shaped with

Raimo Blomqvist witnessed a UFO hovering near him above Kallavesi

a small dome on top and about t he size of a car. It stood on six legs

Lake, Finland in August 1 961. The

radiating out from a central spike.

case became more interesting

Subsequent investigation found

Slightly in front of the object

There is an as yet unknown detail to the story. Masse has admitted that there was something else of importance which he has kept to himself ever since. For ufoloh7Jsts the importance of the encounter is its similarity to

Masse saw two entities who \vcre examining the plants in the field. He

many cases that occurred earlier in

the UFO dropped a small chunk of material into the lake's edge.

thought at first they were young

entity reports. Masse himself was

when, shortly before speeding off,

France during the 195:1 wave of

Blomqvist retrieved it; analysis

boys and believed he had caught the

also impressed by the similarity

indicated that it was made out of iron

vandals who had been damaging his

bet ween the object he described and

oxide and trace elements. At Akadcmi University,

plantations in the weeks before the

the one seen by officer Lonnie

encounter. But as he put it 'From

Zamora in Socorro, �ew i\lexico in

Professor Edelman X-raycd the object and determined it was not a geological entity although it

the moment I started out . . . I knew that it wasn't with men that I

the United S tates only one yea r earlier ( sec page c16).

resembled materials that are found ncar t he site of active volcanoes in certain sections of the world. Turku

Of the mys teriou s truth yet to be

had to deal. · The two entities w�re dressed in h'Teen one piece suits; they had huge bald heads, large slanting eyes and

revealed we can only presume that it is some forn1 of contartee message or perception. ;\lasse has s tated the

University also examined the object

lipless mouths. Their skin was chalk

and their Professor J lapunen ruled

\vhite. On their belts they carried

immovability of his stance indic<Jting the seriousness of his reaction to the

out the possibility that it could be a meteor, at least of known

small cylinders which 1\ Ia sse would

experience: ' ] have not told

ha\·c been well advised

composition, because of trare

notice of!

anybody. not even my wiie. and nobody will make me tdl it. ·

take more

'II

IIi

11 1 1 111 11• · EU ROPE

Artist's i m p ression of the e ntities a n d

flying some 15 ft ( 1 . 5 m) above it.

produced by his engineering company. The prompt delivery of

o bj ect seen b y M au rice M asse; t h e y have

That was enough for him, he ran

been d rawn over a p h otograph of the site .

back to his car and got in but t he

the casings was crucial to an

object followed and hovered

important contract. Mainly for that

above him.

reason Collett was very concemed

NAME COOUIL ENCOUNTER DATE

1 6 JANUARY 1 966

PLACE BOLAZEC, FRANCE

MAP REF: E14 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND

At 1 o'clock in the morning of 1 6

He had difficulty starting the car

bus cut out, causing the lights, radio

panic or may have been a vehicle

and engine to go dead.

interlerence by the U FO (this is

he saw lights in the middle of a field. He stopped his car, believing there

may have been an accident, and walked across the field towards the

Collett got out of the vehicle,

commonly reported). E ventually it

opened the bonnet and examined the

started and he drove off, leaving the

engine but found nothing amiss. He retumed to t he vehicle and while

object behind.

doing so noticed a dark. unlit forn1

J;muary 1 966 carpenter Eugene Coquil was driving in Bri ttany when

when the electrical s ystem of t he

which may have been due to his own

hovering motionless over the road NAME THE HOOK VEHICLE INTERFERENCE DATE 26 OCTOBER 1967 PLACE HOOK, HAMPSHIRE, ENGLAND

MAP REF: F1 3

ahead of him. After a short pause the engine fired, t he lights and radio came alive and Collett drove off only to have the same breakdown occur just a few hundred yards down

EVENT VEHICLE INTERFERENCE

the road.

was moving silently t owards him!

Mr W. Collett was driving his Ford

vehicle; this time he felt an extreme

approximately :w ft (9. 11 m) of it did

Only when he got to wit hin

Transit bus along t he A32 towards

pressure change which caused pain

l{eading in the early hours of

in his ear drums, similar to that

along the ground but was in fact

Thursday, 26 October 1967. H e was

which can be experienced in an

transporting machine casings

aircraft. He also noticed the smell of

light . As he did so he noticed that

Again the witness got out of his

the lights were on an object . And it

he realize that it was not moving

i l l lllll llll t n• · DATABASE 1 960s

burning elcctrics hut this was

could have had

obviously not coming from his

on his nervous system.

vehicle as it was still in good order

more serious effect

No at tempts to analyze the

dogs, was lying on his hack in a

shallow trough in the hill s to shdk r from a force H wi nd. I Ie placed his

although not functioning . Once again

pote ntial time lapses during this

hands behind his head to res t himself

he saw the object in the sky just a

incident have been made, and indeed

and saw what he at first helie\'ed

hundred yards away and perhaps 50

none are probably appropriate.

was a fine vapour t rail o\'er t he town

However, it is interesting to note

of Portland coming from a high flying

(15

m) high - dark and suspended

the aspects of t his case which arc

aircraft. Very quickly 1\lr Brooks

similar to other reported abductions.

the object for a few m inutes until it

Of further interest is the idea that

realized that it was no such tlung; Jt

moved away at reasonable speed

the interference with the nervous

disintegrating. Indeed, it had all the

above t he road. Collett believes that he wa tched

was not growing in k·nJ.,rt h or

over the trees. When he returned to

system could in some circumstances

appearance of a craft rushing

the driving seal the cn)..,rinc

also create hallucinations.

headlong towards him !

restarted, the vehicle was back to nonnal and he again drove off. There were certain other effects

Cases such as this may hold some

brakes on' with remarkable tenacity

elaborate claims.

and at a height of some 200-300 ft

(61 -9·1

noted by Mr Colle t t which are reminiscent of many cases of vehicles stopping, including abductions. H e apparently completed his journey without reference to his road map although it

m) hovered motionless some

,100 yds (366 m) away from where NAME THE MOIGNE DOWNS ENCOUNTER DATE 26 OCTOBER 1967 PLACE MOIGNE DOWNS, DORSET, ENGLAND

MAP REF: F13

was a new route for him (he had, however, studied the planned route

It descended rapidly, 'put the

of the answers to much more

nor since. It was a circular disc shape with a long J.,ri rder-likc fuselage reaching forward and three

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

before setting out ). He described a

Mr Hrooks was watching it. I t was a

unique UFO, never reported before

!-,rirder-like fuselages reaching backwards. Howe\'er. as it went

KIND

certain lack of co-ordination when

into hover mode the fuselages

driving off almost as if he had to

One of the most credible UFO

spread ou t in to the shape of a cross.

re-learn how to use the controls of

reports and certainly one of the best

The craft while hovering rotated slowly but remained in a stationary

the bus. On returning home he

documented by the witness himself.

noticed a throbbing in his fingers.

comes from the wave of Brit ish

posit ion, apparently unaffected by

Perhaps connected to the encounter

sightings in

the extremely strong wind blowing.

he also found that he now

Mr ] . B. W. (Angus) Brooks , a

remembered his dreams, which he

fonner Comet flight administration

seemed to be made of some

was not able to do before.

officer for the British Overseas

translucent material. was

Dr Bernard Finch, a London doctor, examined Mr Collet t for

1 967.

The witness was

l\lr Hrooks noted that the object

1 75 ft (53 m) in

Aircraft Corporation (now part of

approximately

British Airways) and a former RAF

diameter and he could see no

physiological effects and suggested

intelligence officer. Every analysis

portholes or windows. The sighting

that there was a possibility that the

of the case by U FO invest igators

lasted 22 minutes, then the object resumed its original shape -

U FO had emitted a force field which

has concluded that l\lr Brooks was a

had interfered with the witness's

very reliable witness who exhibited

realigning its fuselages - and shot

nerves and spinal cord, damaging his

considerable common sense in

away towards \Vinfrith.

nonnal reflexes. I t appears from the

coming to tenns \\ilh his sighting.

doctor's report that he believes Mr

Of )...Jfeat use was the fact that l\lr

at ease \\ith him on the downs. was

Collett was only mildly 'washed' by

Brooks prepared his own report

agitated and pawed him as if urging

the force field, if that is what it was ,

which reflected his detailed grasp of

him to leave the area. His other dog

because t h e craft w a s emi t t ing only

administration and intelligence

had gone off hunting. l\lr Brooks's

low power. Had it been emitting a

work. I ndeed the opening lines even

own analysis of the event is

more radiant energy. if perhaps it

indicated the ordnance survey grid

clear: ' Before the �l oigne Downs

had been preparing to perfonn a

reference of the encounter and an

sighting I was only mildly interested

rapid manoeuvre, then l\lr Col lell

estimate of \\ind force and direction.

in unidentified tl�ing objects but now

might well have been h i t by a much more powerful backwash which

1 1 . 25 in t he morning l\lr

Brooks, who had been walking his

One of l\lr Brooks's dogs , usually

I am convinced t here is something to

be investigated and the sooner we

EUROPE

find out what is going on the better it will be. ' Mr Brooks circulated his report to many flying saucer research organizations across the world and has expressed no doubt that what he saw was an alien spacecraft. He commented 'To begin with I was apprehensive, wondering if I had been spotted. It even crossed my mind that I might be captured and I planned, if there seemed any danger of that, to leave my walking stick in the ground as a clue to where I had been. But after a bit I felt easier, even content, and it has since occurred to me that the green anorak I was wearing may have camouflaged me. ' The sighting came at a time when the 'flying star' or 'flying cross' was the much reported UFO of the period. Indeed only days apart from the Moignc Downs sighting, two police constables in a police car had chased a flying cross along the edge of Dartmoor. Other police officers were reporting such sightings in other parts of the country. Obviously it was speculated that what Mr Brooks had seen was the flying cross. The case was investigated by a Ministry of Defence team: Dr john Dickison from the Royal Aircraft Establishment at Farnborough; Alec Cassie, a psycholohY]st with the RAF and Leslie Akhurst from S4 at the Ministry of Defence (S4 is the section of the Ministry of Defence which investigates UFO reports). They came up with an explanation which was imaginative, and indeed plausible and not unreasonable, but it was not one which was ever going to satisfy Mr Brooks. They suggest ed that Mr Brooks had lain down to rest from the wind and had fallen a sleep or entered a near sleep state. This was the reason why his dog was agitated and trying to wake him. I >uring the near

sleep state he had seen a vitreous floater in his eyeball (a loose piece of dead cell matter frequently seen when looking at a clear background such as the sky). Mr Brooks had had an eye injury some years previously which was repaired by corneal transplant and this may have led to him seeing larger floaters than usual. This explanation is believed to account for the fact that the object would have remained motionless despite the wind and why it moved very rapidly and decelerated quickly to a standstill; it is a characteristic of 'floaters' as the eyeball moves and then stops. The Ministry of Defence further concluded that Mr Brooks had attributed an extraordinary nature to the incident because of publicity relating to the flying cross sightings in the national newspapers at the time. With perhaps only the slightest irony Mr Akhurst's letter to Mr Brooks setting out their conclusions stated 'I recognise that you may find our conclusions unsatisfactory. ' They also pointed out that 'Our radar cover is such that we are also quite satisfied there is no clandestine aerial activity over the United Kingdom under terrestrial control. ' It must be said that Mr Brooks replied with equal precision to the Ministry, critical of their conclusion: 'The fact that the gale was howling and my Alsatian was painfully clawing me to leave the spot was hardly conducive to "dropping off'. ' The fact that Mr Brooks's sighting has remained unique and that no similar object has been seen since need not weigh heavily against the report since most UFO sightings are unique in some detail or the other. We arc left only to decide whether the craft was an external event or indeed in the eye of the beholder.

NAME SERRA DE ALMOS ENCOUNTER DATE

16 AUGUST 1 968

PLACE SERRA DE ALMOS, SPAIN

MAP REF: F1 9 EVENT UNUSUAL ENTITY ENCOUNTER

One of the main aspects of UFO entity claims is that the vast majority - by far - are of humanoid entities, i.e. aliens which resemble human form in having two legs, two arms and a head canying the sensory organs at the highest position. However, not all cases are of this nature, for example the brain-like entities in the Dapple Grey Lane encounter in the United States (see page 56). In August 1968 at Serra de Almos, Spain, a chicken farmer was to report one such rather frightening variation. It was approximately 6 o'clock in the morning when he saw a dome shaped object hovering a few feet above the ground. As he approached, two entities ran back to and into the object which then took off. The entities he reported were octopus like, approximately 3 ft (91 em) tall and had several legs each. He also described them as being light in colour and disgusting in appearance. For me, there was an amusing side to this story. Although it had happened in 1 968 it was not a widely reported case and I was unaware of it when I was editing a book, Phenomenon, for the British UFO Research Association (B UFORA). As an experiment for the book I asked top British special effects modelmaker to the film industry, Martin Bower, to fake a UFO encounter solely for the purposes of proving how easily it could be done. In the book the whole story is clearly described so that there is no doubt that the resulting photograph is a deliberate fake. In order to further emphasize that fact I asked

.,,, l l lll lllll n â&#x20AC;˘Âˇ DATABASE 1 960s

Martin to produce an octopoidal typc alien which I believed had never been reported and would therefore not confuse the issue by looking as if it could be real. (The last thing I wanted was to produce a picture that would one day turn up in the literature as 'real' and unnecessarily

add to the mythology that surrounds the UFO phenomenon. ) The resulting picture proved the point and was suitably amusing, but the book had only been out a few months when the Serra de Almos case was drawn to my attention. Far from creating a fake U FO encounter

FAKE PHOTOG RAPHS RIGHT I n 1 962 Alex Bi rch claimed to have photographed five U FOs over Sheffield, England. Having impressed the Air Min istry and an i naugural meeting of BUFORA, he went on to confess that he had stuck the images on a pane of glass through which he look lhe photograph.

BELOW This fake UFO photograph, with the author as victim, would not pass many modern analysis tests but it shows clearly how easy it is is to set up fake al ien encounters. This whole image took less than thi rty minutes to make, set up and photograph.

so extraordinarily unbelie vable that no-one could believe it to be re(ll, I had hit on one that had bee n 'seen' already! It was around about this time that I discovered the true meaning of the expression 'The best -laid schemes o'Mice an' Men gang aft a'glcy'.

•ll lli ll[ lll lll �•· E U R O PE

NAME DR 'X' DATE

1 NOVEMBER 1 968

PLACE SOUTHERN FRANCE

MAP REF: H 1 7 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF T H E SECOND

KIND

Around 4 o'clock in the morning Dr X (his name and the precise location of the event are withheld to avoid unwanted publicity) was awoken by the cries of his toddler. When he reached the child, the boy was indicating that something was outside the window with great excitement. The doctor saw lights which he believed to be lightning and calmed his son. Following this he then opened a window to look over the open landscape outside the house and observed two saucer shaped U FOs, white above and red beneath. He also noticed antennae on top and a beam of light reaching down from beneath the objects. The UFOs were moving towards the doctor and he saw with astonishment that, as they approached him, they appeared to merge into each other leaving just one single UFO. The beam of light from underneath the UFO suddenly rotated round and illuminated the house, shining directly on the doctor. There was a loud bang and the UFO disappeared leaving behind just a glowing 'presence' which dispersed. But it seemed that the lJFOs had taken something with them! They had taken the doctor's pain and disabilities. Three days before the encounter the doctor had injured his leg while chopping wood and had a very painful bruise which still showed. Several years before he had also received wounds during the Algerian war. Astonishingly, both of these unpleasant injuries instantly disappeared.

However, the effect on the witness was not totally beneficial; he experienced cramps and stomach pains, he lost weight and there was a peculiar triangular shaped coloration around his navel. Even more extraordinary, the same triangle appeared on the baby's stomach a day or so later and the doctor dreamed that it was in some way connected to his sighting. The triangle would appear and disappear on both the father and the son for days on end for some considerable time after the event and indeed was recorded on film in 1986, 18 years after the first sighting! The story continues. For years since the event the family has been the subject of paranormal phenomena; telepathy frequently reported between members of the family, levitation, unusual effects on electrical instrumentation. Indeed the family seems to have undergone something of a change in mental attitude leaving them sensitive to all kinds of phenomena.

NAM E KATHRYN HOWARD DATE 6 APRIL 1 969 PLACE SOUTHERN SWEDEN

MAP REF: L1 0 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE TH IRD

KIND

The Kathryn Howard case is one which clearly demonstrates the interface between the U FO phenomenon and other paranormal experiences. Because of the nature of her encounter Kathryn believes that she will not fully recall the events, nor feel able to openly relate to all of what she has recalled, until she has been able to emotionally feel as she did at the time. For that reason what follows is of necessity incomplete and no doubt the case

will reveal more as time passes. It was an early spring in southern Sweden, in 1969, when Kathryn and two companions, Harvey and Martin (pseudonyms used), were sitting in a meadow relaxing and discussing the events of the time that were so important to the young; mainly the Vietnamese war and the Biafran famine. Kathryn felt emotionally upset by the violence and lack of compassion that seemed to be embracing the world; indeed she began to cry. Suddenly above them an object appeared in the sky, oval shaped with what appeared to be legs protruding from it. Martin and Kathryn saw it. but they heard nothing. Without warning their very perception of normality turned inside out: the sky no longer seemed to exist and in front of them, both Martin and Kathryn saw the moon looking as it did in the photographs that were beamed back to the Earth by the Apollo astronauts. They saw space as an almost fluid-like grey endlessness. Strangely, although Martin and Kathryn appear to have shared the same experience, Harvey saw nothing, either he was unable to face the sensory input or he was cut off from it. None of the trio could explain why that should be, nor indeed how it should have come about. Kathryn felt compelled to talk about what she was seeing or lose the image forever. 'I must talk. I will forget if I don't talk. Look at the sky. There is no sky. We arc sitting in the Universe. This is the Universe. ' Her perceptions were still changing! The Earth itself seemed to be expanding around them and Kathryn said 'I feel like a puppet on strings. ' She felt as if she were looking at the Earth from way above while at the same time standing on it. Both Martin and Kathryn were crying and they felt they could hear the slow

1 1 1 1 1 l l l ll l11n •· DATABASE 1 960s

Kathryn mto the objec t . Looking down between her feet �he could

sec the treetops and t he Eart h all() at one time even the i mpress i o n of her own bodj'. Inside the object she felt as if she were free floating but

nonetheless restrained at the wrists and ankles. Apparently she became fearful that the abduction was to be pcm1ancnt, t hat she would be removed from the Earth forever, and she screamed 'Please take me back. I am not ready to leave yet. ' The only time she felt real fear was under the regression hypnosis, but whether this i s a product of the technique or of her memory is debatable. Under hypnosis Kathryn saw that everyone wants to express

herself wearing a kind of crystal

where this photograph was taken in 1 990 ,

their hidden desires and secrets

head-dress and since that time

but she had her abduction experience in

with me, and on and on I could write

clairvoyants and others ha\·e seen a

Sweden over twenty years earl ier. She

about these things. ' Neither Mart in

similar mass around her head . The

believes that she will not fu l ly understand

nor Harvey have felt able to follow

entities she encountered were

her experiences until she is able to return

up the experiences; Kathryn

transparent, not a particularly

to the surroundings of her earl ier l ife .

believes this is due to their submergence into a fundamentally materialistic world.

interestingly, one that has arisen in

Kathryn Howard now lives 1n America ,

deep beat that was the rhythm of the Universe itself. The emotions overwhelmed

Of all the impressions she received the last was of great

frequently given description but. other cases from around the same area and the period of time ( see the Anders case, page 103).

them. A feeling of love and

compassion and she said as she

compassion b1fipped them and

began to come around from the

she must return from the United

In the fu ture, Kathryn feels that

Kathryn said she felt the greatest

experience ' I f Hitler was here now, I

States, where she presently li\-es .

joy she had ever known. But there

would put my arms around him and

to Sweden a n d t o taste the

were also less joyful impressions:

tell him that I loved him. l ie didn't

sensations of her earlier life before

images of !-,Jfeat destruction,

know what he was doing. I Ie was

she will be able to fully understand

possibly the end of t he human race and the end of time itself; there

not alive yet. I Ie was just a shell. ·

the true meaning of the experiences

were many other images which

period of missing time. Although this

UFO researchers she is working

Kathryn feels unable to talk about

event had happened during a bright

There then appears to be a

she has had. Both I and the other

even now. Of the three, only Ka thryn has

day their next memory was of 1 1 o'clock in the evening .1t the house of

with must lea\'e her to rediscm-cr these e\'ents in her own way rat her than usc t he high pressure. almost

felt compelled to follow up the

one of them only an hour away from

intenogative, techniques so

experience having been conscious

the meadow where they had been.

common in America. Kathryn's

even from an early age that her life

There has been one attempt using

had special meaning. She states 'Ever since that day, I have felt

will then almost certainly he a most valuable piece in the enom10us

missing time period; the recall of

strongly that there is a message I have to get out, that [ know how to

get people to open their eyes in a way they have never done before.

regression hypnosis to fill in this this mostly concerns the UFO itself. The legs that had been sticking

rase

global jigsaw that is t he l lF O phenomenon. Only time will tell: and wit h

out underneath the UFO turned out

Kathryn's spirit iree, it will n o doubt

to be cylinders, one of which pulled

tell the truth.

•I

ill!

i i 1111 111 •·

EUROPE

1 970s NAM E THE IMJARVI ENCOUNTER DATE

7 JANUARY 1 970

PLACE IMJARVI , SOUTHERN FINLAND

MAP REF: 07 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

'I felt ill. My back was aching and all my joints were painful. My head ached and after a while I had to vomit. When I went to pee the urine was nearly black, it was like pouring black coffee onto the snow. This continued for a couple of months. ' These were the after effects reported by one of two witnesses involved in an incredible encounter in the snow-covered forests of southern Finland in 1 970. It was late afternoon on Wednesday, 7 january 1 970 when countrymen Aarno Heinonen and Esko Viljo were out skiing. They paused in a small clearing to enjoy the few stars in the cold sunset. After a short time they heard a buzzing noise and saw a bright light moving through the sky towards them. As it neared them above treetop height, they saw a red-grey mist swirling around it and puffs of smoke emanating from it. Inside the cloud was a circular, saucer shaped object, metallic in appearance and some 9 ft (274 em) wide. It had a dome above, and beneath were three spheres around the rim, reminiscent of the Adamski photographs of nearly twenty years earlier (page 28). From the base of the object a tube suddenly fired a sharp beam of light down towards the hJfound. By this time the object had lowered itself to around 10 ft (] m) from the ground, almost wit hin touching distance of the men. I; t he witnesses were astonished now l : w next instant was to take what v. :L-i left of their breath away.

As Heinonen related 'I was standing completely still. Suddenly I felt as if somebody has seized my waist from behind and pulled me backwards. I think I took a step backwards, and in the same second I caught sight of the creature. It was standing in the middle of the light beam with a black box in its hands. From around the opening in the box there came a yellow light, pulsating. The creature was about 35 in (90 em) tall, with very thin arms and legs. Its face was pale like wax. I didn't notice the eyes, but the nose was very strange. It was a hook rather than a nose. The ears were very small and narrow towards the head. The creature wore some kind of overall in a light green material. On its feet were boots of a darker green colour, which stretched above the knee. There were also white gauntlets going up to the elbows, and the fingers were bent like claws around the black box. ' Viljo also described the creature as 'luminous like phosphorus' and wearing a conical, metallic like helmet. The creature was less then 3 ft (91 em) tall. Suddenly Heinonen was hit by the light from the box in the creature's hands. The forest became suddenly quiet, the red grey mist drew down from the object and sparks could be seen flying into the snow. The mist hid the creature and surrounded both the witnesses. Suddenly the light beam disappeared and was sucked up into the craft apparently taking the entity with it. Then even the craft itself was gone! Heinonen was paralyzed on his right side and Viljo had to almost carry his friend the 2 miles (3 km) to their home. Later, at the Heinola clinic they were examined and the doctor prescribed sleeping pills and sedatives. He believed that the symptoms of aching joints and

headache would disappear within ten days but for Heinonen they continued for some time. Some five months later he was still suffering from the same pains and although the paralysis of his right leg disappeared he could still not balance properly. Heinonen's memory was also severely affected and it got so bad that whenever he left home he had to tell his family where he was going so that they could search for him and collect him if he didn't return! Viljo himself was not unaffected by the event; he had a red and swollen face and had become incoherent and absent -minded. Dr Pauli Kajanoja stated 'The symptoms he described are like those after being exposed to radioactivity. ' He added 'Both men seem sincere, I don't think they had made the thing up. I am sure they were in a state of shock when they came to me; something must have frightened them. ' The experience was corroborated by two other people who reported UFOs in the sky at the same time and in the same area as the Jmjarvi encounter. For Heinonen it was not at an end; between the time of the encounter and August 1 972 he reported twenty-three other UFO contacts. Occasionally, he reported meeting with an extremely beautiful space woman and one entity very reminiscent of the Adamski Venusian who had progressed considerably beyond the mere telepathy of the Adamski encounter and was able to speak fluent Finnish. These later claims have tended to create an atmosphere of disbelief even amongst hardened UFO researchers, but this is probably the failure of UFO researchers to understand the phenomenon for what it really is. (An understanding that I feel is still a long way off for us

·i lli llll l lll l n• · OAT ABASE 1 970s

all. ) Of those who knew the witnesses one farmer, Matti Haapaniemi, a neighbour, stated 'Many people in this neighbourhood have laughed at this story. But I don't think it's anything to joke about. I have known both Aamo and Esko since they were little boys. Both arc quiet, rational fe llows and moreover they arc abstainers. I am sure their story is true! ' There were many other sightings of 'distant lights in the sky' in the area around the same time a s this event, which also added to the credibility of the case.

NAME THE MAARUP ENCOUNTERS DATE

13 AUGUST 1 970/1 4 AUGUST 1 973

PLACE HADERSLEY, JYLLAND, DENMARK

MAP REF: J 1 1 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTERS O F THE FIRST

KIND

At almost 1 1 o'clock on Thursday, 13 August 1 970 police officer Evald Maarup was driving home in his police car along a minor road when he suddenly encountered a bright white light. His car engine cut out immediately, and all its lights went out. Maarup was almost blinded by the power of the light and found difficulty even in finding the microphone of his radio to call his base; a fruitless search because when he did find it it was also dead. The car heated up to the equivalent of a warm summer's day and Maarup watched as the light rose above him. Beyond it he could see that it emanated from a large grey object which made no sound whatsoever. To officer Maarup's astonishment he watched as over a five minute period the light seemed to be drawn up inside the object and as this was completed Maarup stepped out of the car and watched the thing move on swiftly and

silent ly. As the object left, the car systems returned to normal and Maarup reported the encounter to his base. Maarup was particularly concerned over the strangeness of the light; it had not faded but had actually drawn upwards, as if it were solid. He had a Fujaxa camera in the car and took three phot0$..,1faphs of the object as it departed, also taking three more photographs once the object was gone. Unfortunately they show very little, and nothing distinctly. While still outside the car Maarup investigated the area discovering that the metalwork of the car was warm, but he could find no other traces. Of the object itself Maarup described it as being some 30 ft (9. 1 4 m) in diameter with an opening in the base approximately 3 ft (!:) 1 em) wide from which the light emanated. There were two domes on the underside (possibly reminiscent of the three seen in the Adamski craft, see page 28, and the Imjarvi encounter, see page 98). On reporting the incident to his base he received the reply, almost tongue-in-check, that he should consider being committed to a mental hospital. However, following more serious questioning afterwards, all of his colleagues stated that they believed he was telling the truth. One of his colleagues informed the press and within a twenty-four hour period officer Maarup was being besieged by journalists not just from Dcrm1ark but from many other countries. The official explanation given by the Air Force through l\lajor Hellden of Air Tactical Command was that Maarup had seen the landing lights of a jet trainer (T-33) but Maarup replied to this that he had indeed seen the aircraft some ten minutes after the sighting and was quite adamant that the two were unalike.

It must he said that the Air Force were reasonably open and commented 'We have the grea test confidence in the police ofti n·r. I l e 1 s a trained observer, and we do not seek in any way to dismiss this kind of observation. ' Subsequent investigation showed that the pilots of the T-:n training jets had not seen anything unusual below them and other explanations were offered such as shooting stars and <.:omets. None of the explanations appeared to J.,rive credence to officer Maarup's statement that he had watched the object stationary for some five minutes and seem to dismiss rather than explain the event. Perhaps the encounter was not that extraordinary by UFO standards, but unlike many this one had a sequel! Officer Maarup commented that the sighting had taught him one thing and that was to keep his mouth shut. However, he did admit to a second encounter on 14 Au$-,JU St 1 973 in almost exactly the same conditions and almost exactly the same time of evening and again he had taken some photographs. On this occasion the light apparently came across fields, disturbing ca ttle and horses before bringing his car to a halt and extinguishing its lights. On this occasion he saw three domes protruding from the underside of the craft, exactly as in the Adamski claims of two decades earlier. As the object left it apparently scanned the road with its bea m and also tilted towards him to show the solid superstructure and portholed ''indows. Officer �laarup was left with the same questions we all are left \\ith.

Why? As he stated ' I haH' no doubt what I have seen. but why at Cllmost exactly the same time? \\'hy on no other day in the year? \\'by in almost exactly the same place? '

· I I I li I ll l ll lln •· EU ROPE

NAME THE PETER DAY FILM DATE

1 1 JANUARY 1973

PLACE LONG CRENDON , OXFORDSHIRE,

ENGLAND MAP REF: F1 3 EVENT DAYLIGHT SIGHTING/FILM

l )riving through Oxfordshire towards Aylesbury, surveyor Peter Day watched an orange ball of light (possibly of the kind which in the early days of flying saucers used to be affectionately known by the nickname 'amber rambler') travelling at approximately treetop height less than a mile away from him and pulsating. Day was able to record

1 00

• i l l i i l l l lll llll • · DATABASE 1 970s

OPPOSITE AnovE A sti l l from Peter Day's

the en)...TJne she felt a touch and

cine film on 1 1 January 1 973 . OPPOSITE !lELOW Artist ' s im pression Of ball

turned to sec a robot like figure some G ft ( l X:J em) tall standing

lightning , which may well be the

behind her. She fainted.

phenomenon fil med by Peter Day Ball

When she came around she found that she and the robot were standing next to a domed object some lH ft (S. !1 m) wide and :{6 ft (1 0. Y m) high. She fainted again! When she next became conscious she found herself naked and tied on to a metallic table in a room where the walls were glowing in an eerie fashion. Three human like ligures conducted a physical examination and when two of them left the third sexually assaulted her. Not surprisingly, Mrs A. fainted yet again. When she came

l ightning often g ives rise to UFO reports .

the sighting on cine film which has been highly publicized since and indeed analyzed extensively by Kodak who have confirmed that it is genuine. The sighting was also corroborated by children and teachers at the Long Crendon School nearby. I nvestigation suggested at first that the sighting could have been of a crashing jet aircraft and indeed one did crash on the day in question but without doubt not at the same time. The teacher and the school children were quite precise about when they had seen the object and it correlated exactly with Peter Day's own claims, thus ruling out the aircraft

to she was inside her own car and discovered that three hours had passed. C3-PO from Star Wars - the classic science fiction idea of an alien robot.

theory. Frame by frame analysis of the film shows that in the closing frame, at the point when the object disappears, all of the trees appear to bend fiercely away as if in response to an airborne explosion. No confirmed identification has ever been made of the object but it has been speculated that Day may have captured elusive ball lightning phenomena on film for the first and possibly only time to date.

NAME LANGFORD BUDVILLE ENCOUNTER DATE

16 OCTOBER 1 973

PLACE LANGFORD BUDVILLE, SOMERSET,

ENGLAND MAP REF: F1 3 EVENT ABDUCTION

Mrs A. (identity withheld) was driving along a country road near Langford Budville in Somerset when her engine and lights cut out. When she got out of the vehicle to examine

101

J J e r subsequent report to her husband and the police sugge sted no question about her own belief Ill L l w event. I t was impossible to determine whether or not this was an internally generated image or an external reality. There were of course many similarities to earlier cases which had by then become well known.

NAME TORINO SIGHTING DATE

30 NOVEMBER 1 973

PLACE CASELLE AIRPORT, TORINO, ITALY

MAP REF: J 1 7 EVENT RADAR VISUAL ENCOUNTER

It was approximately 7 o'clock in the evening when Riccardo Marano approached Caselle Airport in his Piper Navajo. As he was about to land the control tower radioed

EUROPE

information of an unidentified flying object some 1, 200 ft (365 m) over the runway. Marano aborted the landing and flew towards the object but it zigzagged away in a non ballistic motion quite beyond the capabilities of any aircraft. Given the distance it covered Marano estimated it to be moving at approximately 3, 1 00 miles

(5, 000 km) per hour. There was no lack of corroboration for the sighting; it was detected on the airport radar, on military radar, and visually sighted by two other pilots and several civilians at the airport. There has been some thought that the radar picked up the echo of a weather balloon, and that the visual sighting was of the planet Venus. However, the high number of corroborative witnesses suggests that there is more to the case than mere collective suggestion.

NAME THE VILVORDE HUMANOID DATE

1 9 DECEMBER 1 973

PLACE VILVORDE, BRUSSELS, BELGIUM

MAP REF: 1 1 3 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

through the kitchen curtain and saw a brreenish light emanating from his garden. When he parted the curtain to get a better view he saw an astonishing sight in his small walled garden. At the end of the garden was a small humanoid just over 3 ft. tall wearing a shiny one piece suit, and glowing brreen. On his head the humanoid had a transparent globular helmet with a tube running backwards to a backpack. On his stomach there was a bright red box which was luminous and sparkling. Even more remarkably, in his hands he was holding what appeared to be a vacuum cleaner or metal detector, which he was passing across the ground in front of him. Mr V. flashed his torch at the humanoid who tumed round. When he tumed he had to rotate his whole body, apparently unable simply to tum his head, indeed all of his movements as observed by M r V. were jerky and uncomfortable

oval and yellow, very large and very bright. As Mr V. flashed his torch at the humanoid the entity raised his hand and stuck his fingers up in a V-sign (which perhaps doesn't have the same meaning wherever the entity came from as it might in Europe. ) The entity then tumed away and walked off towards the tall back garden wall. If the sight of the creature or his gestures were a less than pleasant awakening for Mr V. , what followed was even more astonishing. The creature scaled the wall walking up and over it as if it were a continuation of a flat surface, and always remaining perpendicular to the surface he was walking on. When he reached the top he simply flipped over the top and presumably walked down the other side of the wall in the same way. Shortly afterwards a small round object making a muffled noise appeared beyond the wall, rising away from the scene of the event.

looking. As the humanoid tumed to face him Mr V. can hardly have been any more comfortable at the sight. The ears were pointed, no nose or mouth was visible and the eyes were

KIND

The Vilvorde humanoid of 197�3 displayed some unusual characteristics which have made this case quite famous across Europe. The witness, Mr V. (name withheld) and his wife were in bed asleep in their house at Vilvorde, some 71/2 miles ( 1 2 km) to the north of Brussels, in Belgium, on the night in question. At approximately 2 o'clock

in the moming Mr Y. left his bed to go to the toilet which was in a small outside yard next to the kitchen.

As he reached the kitchen he heard a sound from outside as if someone was striking the !-,TfOund with a metallic object and he looked

1 02

A d rawing of the Vi lvorde encounter shows the entity and the walled garden in which it was seen . I t scaled the walls of

the garden by walking u p them at a goo angle to the surface of the wal l .

DATABASE 1 970s

No ground traces were found of the event, and no other witnesses came forward. Our witness seems unaffected by the encounter himself, he continued the evening by making himself a light snack in the kitchen! I t is worthy of note that Mr V. had had a previous UFO sighting and went on to have yet another one in july 1974 though no humanoids were involved in either of these.

NAME THE ANDERS ENCOUNTER DATE 23 MARCH 1974 PLACE S O DERBY, GUSTAVSLUND, SWEDEN

MAP REF: MB EVENT ABDUCTION

At around midnight on Saturday, 2:ďż˝ March 1 974 Anders (pseudonym) left a party in a school hall near Hagalund near Malmhagen. Although he had been drinking alcohol he was not drunk and only stepped outside for a breath of fresh air. For some reason he then decided to walk home some 2 lf2<3 miles (4-5 km) to Lindholmen. It has been a subject of debate, never reconciled, as to whether or not he was at this stage simply making a spontaneous decision or whether he was actually in the control of 'other' entities. He took a 'backwoods' route towards his home avoiding a more major road in order to take a shortcut. It was a cold bright night with a full moon and the area was luminescent with a layer of snow across the ground. In this

his right and threw himself to the ground. f t c missed ! Instead of hitting the ground he felt himself drawn upwards into what seemed to be a cone of light coming from an object above. His next conscious memory was of desperately ringing his doorbell to be confronted by his wife concerned about a bleeding wound on his forehead and an unpleasant burn on his check. Anders contacted the division of the national defence known a s 'The Cavalry' who put him on to the local Home Guard chief, Hardy Brostrom. The press interviewed Brostrbm and were quick to catch on to the story, publicizing it locally and on radio. Alerted by the publicity Anders was contacted by local UFO investigator Sten Lindgren who set up regression hypnosis sessions at Danderyds Sjukhus (hospital) with Dr Ture Arvidsson. These took place on 1 April and 20 May 197 4 and during these sessions Anders recalled some of the details of his abduction aboard the vehicle. Having been sucked aboard, he was confronted by four semiÂ transparent beings. They were tall

brightened darkness Anders passed a small coltage and a circle of runic stones, as he walked towards a bend in the road. Ahead of him on the side of a hillock Anders saw a bright light getting stronger and gained the impression that it might be a car approaching from behind. He left the road and walked onto the grass to

1 03

ABovE The Anders abd uction took place at the centre of a concentration of energy lines. mapped out using the dowsing tech nique undertaken by investigator Arne G roth . This sketch was made by the author from G roth ' s o riginal . BELow Looki ng towards the site of the

Anders Encounter. this photograph was taken at the position from which an independent witness reported seeing the cone of light that allegedly abducted the witness .

I .I I I

I I

· 1 "'''1 , n ul��·· EUROPE

and apparently wearing hoods, appeared to be slightly glowing and

watch' i n t h e local area fielding fifty of their own personnel as well as the

communicated by a series of musical tones. It appears that during the abduction the entities pierced his forehead with a probe like

fifteen ufologists already present. During the course of that 'stake out' these groups also reported some unexplained night lights. One of the

instrument which resulted in the

reports received also corroborated

bleeding wound his wife later saw. In a dream one year after the event Anders received a message 'You

the Anders encounter, coming as it did from a witness who had seen the cone of light in exactly the same

have had my sword within you for a year, but you don't know for what to

place at exactly the same time of the abduction from a site some 550 yds

use it. ' There are two major aspects to the case. First, Anders sought an alternative type of investigation to the usual regression hypnosis,

(500 m) away. Unfortunately, her precise location made it impossible to see Anders himself as he would have been behind a copse of trees

Lindholmen. She thought at first that she was seeing a helicopter descending into the valley near Soderby, north of Granby and very close to the Anders abduction site. Mrs Andersson drove to the crossroads at Haga but could not sec the object and she drove on to collect her parents at Malmhagen. During her stay with her parents there was interference on the television and the telephone was out of order. They observed a large, bright UFO moving through the forest east of Malmhagen towards a nearby gravel pit. This was

from her point of vision. The Anders abduction was not

corroborated by a further independent report from a local

the only close encounter of the Vallentuna wave and one of the other important cases is that of Mrs

90-year-old retired blacksmith and also by a woman who watched the object travel between Skrattbacken

Anders using the cncr!,ry of

H. Andersson the following evening

and Malmhagen.

crystallography and by studying Anders's biorhythms. Groth also

(see below).

Mrs Andersson drove on to her brother's at Skrattbacken where

NAME MRS ANDERSSON'S ENCOUNTER

the evening she left her brother's

which he found an unsuitable and unsatisfying technique. He approached investigator Arne Groth who searched for answers with

used a divining rod to dowse the area of the site in a search for energy lines and studied Anders's enhanced 'aura'. According to Groth's analysis, the site of the abduction is the precise location of a

they saw the object again. Later in DATE

24 MARCH 1 974

PLACE Sti DERBY, GUSTAVSLUND, SWEDEN

MAP REF: M8

'crossroads' of major eneq.,ry lines and the event happened at a

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

particular peak in Anders's biorhythms which occurs only once every forty-six years. These two facts suggest that the encounter was pre-ordained and that Anders's

Less than 24 hours after the abduction of Anders (see page 1 03)

decision to take a particular road or leave at a particular time could not have affected the outcome. It leads the inves tigators to believe that both of these decisions were involuntary on Anders's part. Secondly, t he event happened during a wave of encounters in the Vallentuna area with over thirty reports coming in within an approximately two-hour period of the Anders abduction and over a hundred within a l wo-month period. The wave caused significant concern and the Home Guard set up a 'sky

KIND

and coming at the same time as some thirty independent close encounter reports in the same area, Mrs H. Andersson sighted an object in a small valley towards Soderby (which was also reported by an

house to travel home with her brother and his daughter in the car behind. As they were driving along her brother noticed an object pass over the road shortly after his sister's car had cleared the spot, and he sounded his hom to attract her attention. He accelerated to catch her up and they watched the object disappear towards a nearby farm. However, Mrs Andersson and

when she was driving towards

her children left the area and found that they were paced by orange coloured objects high above them, one of which was apparently sweeping a torch like beam across them. There was an aftermath; the children suffered headaches and stomach aches and Mrs Andersson had severe pain in her kidneys for some days. She summed up the event 'It was so horrible I wish it had never happened. I got the impression that we were checked out by someone - like a big torch

Vasaskolan, a school north of

that swept the area. '

independent witness at Granby nearby). Mrs Andersson is a local UFO 'fi.bru rc' and acts as the lynchpin of an informal support group for UFO witnesses where they can exchange their experiences without fear of ridicule. Her first sighting of the object took place at 7. 25 in the evening

1 04

. l l i l l llllu�t·

DATABASE 1 970s

MARS - TH E C LASS I C H O M E O F A L I E N S Rt(itiT Close- u p ol one ol Ma rs's lwo moons, Phobos. Phobos has i n lr tqued astronomers lor years, because ils orbita l rnovernenls seem lo vi olale natural laws. There have been suggestions !hal Phobos cou l d be an arlilicial, hol low, spacesh i p in o rb i l

around Mars. 01 even more i nleresl, Jonalhan Swill i n the e i g h teent h century gave accurale dela i l s ol both Phobos and !he olher Martian moon, Diemos. I t took years l o r modern aslronomers

to catch up wi t h h i m . BELOW The Red Planet. Ever si nce Sch iaparel l i wrole of 'canali' on !he surface, Mars has been considered as a possible horne lor inlell igent l ile.

1 05

EUROPE

NAM E THE BELLINGER! SIGHTING DATE

1 6 APRIL 1 974

PLACE PIEDMONT, ALESSANDRIA, ITALY

MAP REF: L1 9 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

A young married couple, Carla and Mauro Bellingeri were driving home from a festival in the early hours of 16 April 1974 when suddenly Mauro spotted a bright object flying to their left and he pointed it out to his wife. They saw the object dive to within 50 ft ( 1 5 m) of their own house. As they drove up to their house, Mauro opened the garage door and then returned to the car where they stood together watching the object. It hovered soundlessly above the house and consisted of a dark ring surmounted by a transparent cockpit. The ring had a row of various lights around its edge. Inside the cockpit they believed they could see three humanoid shapes and at one point one of the humanoids appeared to look at them before the UFO turned, fired its jets and began to rotate fast before disappearing in a north-easterly direction. Mauro's sister-in-law who lives in the same house heard the noise but did not see the object. There were many reports from the area over the next few days.

NAM E THE AVELEY ABDUCTION DATE 27 OCTOBER 1 974 PLACE AVELEY, ESSEX, ENGLAND

MAP REF: G 1 2 EVENT ABDUCTION

The A veley event was the first British abduction to involve rq.,'Tession hypnosis. (The real names of the witnesses have been made public in many books and articles about this event, but Mr

A vis made clear at a public meeting of BUFORA that he had not found all of the attention caused by the event to have been very pleasant. For that reason I am reverting to the original pseudonyms that were used for the couple by the original investigators. ) john and Elaine A vis together with their three young children were driving home to the village of A veley in Essex after 10 o'clock in the evening of 27 October 1 974. Shortly after seeing a blue light in the sky, described as oval shaped and pale in colour which they occasionally glimpsed as they were driving, they rounded a bend in the road and encountered a green fog, which seemed to move across the road, obscuring it just outside their home village. They also appeared to enter a 'cone of silence', a commonly reported feature of UFO abductions where an unnatural stillness and quiet surrounds the witnesses. They were unable to stop driving into the fog. When they did so the car radio crackled and smoked, the engine went dead and the car jerked violently. Suddenly they were back driving towards their home! On arriving home the couple switched on the television set keen to watch a programme for which they had raced back from Elaine's parents but they were disappointed to see a blank screen. In fact the television had shut down its broadcasts for the evening and on checking the time they were amazed to discover it was now one o'clock in the morning. They had lost two and a half hours! Some three years after the encounter, when it was brought to the attention of the UFO investigators, regression hypnosis was carried out. From this came the suggestion that the couple were subjected to medical examination by tall silver suited figures and small bat like creatures.

1 06

Elaine related something similar to an out-of-body experience describing floating sensations and even looking back and seeing herself inside the car while being inside the UFO. John was apparently shown the power unit of the UFO and saw videos of the aliens' home planet. The aliens told them that genetic experimentation was part of their reason for being there, an element which features strongly in North American cases. There has been some speculation about the direction of the Avis's life since the encounter, in particular John has undergone changes which have led him to be more ecologically concerned and more artistically inclined. He himself at a public meeting of UFO researchers denied that any change had been dramatic stating that he believed he had always been interested in these subjects anyway, and the interests would have surlaced at some stage. Interestingly, many encounter cases in Sweden have left the witnesses with profound feelings of concern for the environment and it is speculated that this aspect was part of the meaning of these experiences.

NAME THE TRIDENT SIGHTING DATE

3D JULY 1976

PLACE PORTUGUESE COAST, 40 MILES

(64 KM) SOUTH OF LISBON, PORTUGAL MAP REF: B20 EVENT DISTANT ENCOUNTER

One of the most impressive UFO sightings, which has been corroborated, comes from a trio of planes that witnessed a UFO over the Portuguese coast in 1976. The primary report was made by the crew of a British Airways Trident I I. The captain, and the first and second

'iII

I I !I I III IUI I路

OAT ABASE 1 970s

THE B I LLY M E I E R P HOTOG RAP H S Swiss farmer Eduard 'Bil ly' Meier took wel l over a hund red clear photographs of U FOs including the one here. Controversy has raged over Meier's claims, with many bel ieving him a true contactee and others claiming his story - and the photographs - are a fraud. Sceptics have pointed out that the photographs are usually taken with the camera facing into the sun. which wou ld obscure such details as supporting wi res. Further controversy raged when smal l models of the saucers were found in Meier's possession; he stated he had made them based on the objects he had seen. His case was investigated by writer Gary Ki nder who has released the story to the world in the book Light Years.

officers were all interviewed and confirn1ed the story which was subsequently also confirmed by the crews of the other planes. The Trident was about 40 miles (64 km) south of Lisbon when the captain heard Lisbon air traffic control radio to a Tristar, which was flying above them, saying 'We have reports of the UFO. Could you confirm the sighting? ' The Tristar was already confirn1ing to Lisbon air traffic control 'Yes we have this UFO in sight', when the crew of the Trident II also spotted the object. I t was a very bright light, later described by one of the passengers of the plane, who had binoculars, as a bright light surrounding something like crumpled silver paper. As they were looking at it a long brown cigar shape appeared slightly below and to its right. The captain of the Trident also confirmed to Lisbon air traffic control that they had seen the UFO and stated 'There is no way that this

is a star o r planet. ' The captain also took the unusual step of radioing to the passenger cabin and telling the passengers 'If you look on the starboard side, you will sec what we believe to be a UFO. ' The third corroboration came from a PortubJUese State Airlines 727 whom they also heard radioing Lisbon air traffic control confirn1ing the sighting. However, the story was not yet over. After landing at Faro airport the aircraft 1 turned around' and took off for the return flight to London. The captain decided to use the radar to scan the area where the sighting had been. As the plane was climbing towards 3 1 , 000 ft (9, 4 SO m) with the radar tilted upwards he got an astonishing return. He stated afterwards it was 'much bigger than any ship I have ever seen. ' The captain was specifically questioned about this reference to a ship in case he meant aircraft but he did indeed

1 07

mean a ship. It was customary to track ships on the English Cha!Ulel which gave much more significant returns than the smaller aircraft. This return on the radar suggested something three times bigger than a 200,000 ton (203,200 tonne) tanker! Although they turned down the cabin lights they could see nothing in the direction of the radar return which may mean only that it was not illuminated. No conclusion has been reached concerning this case though for a time the hoary old weather balloon explanation was trotted out but to nobody's satisfaction. just O\'er two months later on 1 9 September 1 976 a Portuguese State Airlines Boeing 707 taking off from Lisbon had a near mid-air collision with a UFO described as bright and glo\\ing and with a row of red and white lights around it. This object was also seen by the air traffic controller.

â&#x20AC;˘ I l l [ 1 11

11111111â&#x20AC;˘

E U RO P E

NAM E THE AVIANO BLACKOUT DATE

1 JULY 1 977

PLACE AVIANO NATO BASE, NORTH-EAST

ITALY MAP REF: L 1 6 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF T H E SECOND

KIND

In the early hours of 1 J uly 1977, US soldier james Blake at the NATO base at A viano saw a very bright light hovering over the location of two military aircraft; this was corroborated by other personnel on the base. It was described as being some 1 50 ft (46 m) in diameter, spinning with a dome on top and varying in colours from green through to red. During the one hour which the object remained at the base there was a total power blackout. This was corroborated by an independent witness living nearby who noticed that the base was in darkness which was something he had 'never seen before. ' He also noticed a 'mass of light' low over the base. just a few seconds after the object flew away beyond the mountains the base lights came back on in a mysterious fashion. The official explanation of the encounter was that it was no more than the reflection of the moon on low cloud.

NAME THE SARDINIA HELICOPTER

ENCOUNTER DATE 27 OCTOBER 1 977 PLACE CAGLIARI , SARDINIA, ITALY

MAP REF: J20 EVENT DISTANT ENCOUNTER

Major Francesco Zoppi of the 2 1 st Helicopter Group of the Italian Air Corps and his co-pilot Lieutenant Riccardelli released a statement regarding a sighting confirmed by

other witnesses including control tower personnel. During a normal training flight they had encountered a bright, circular, orange-coloured object pacing the helicopters. The circle disappeared at an amazing speed quite beyond the capabilities of aircraft of the day. Other helicopters in flight confirmed the sighting and on the ground several people had been watching it through binoculars. Radar had detected nothing and the official explanation was that the helicopters had encountered 'an aircraft operating out of Sardinia in the course of an ordinary flight mission. '

NAM E MEDINACELI ABDUCTION DATE 5 FEBRUARY 1978 PLACE MEDINACELI, SORIA, SPAIN

MAP REF: E 1 8 EVENT ABDUCTION

The witness, known only as julio, was walking his dog in the early hours of 5 February 1 978 when he realized he had experienced a time loss. In regression hypnosis sessions with psychologists, julio recalled being blinded by a light, taken into a room and being confronted by tall, Nordic type aliens who were more concerned to examine his dog than himself. In fact, a full medical examination was undertaken of both and after a period of blackout he found himself returned to Earth with painful eyes. Apparently during his encounter he discovered that our planet is regarded as a beautiful oasis in the Universe which attracts many visitors, suggesting an explanation for the astonishing variety of entities reported. Even more amazingly, and assuming that the case is not a prefabrication, the witness

1 08

explained that there were two basic races visiting the Earth: the tall blond graceful people concerned for us and the short dwarf aliens interested in genetic engineering. This latter claim, of course, mirrors the findings of many ufologists over the past thirty years and has been highly publicized since the Betty and Barney Hill encounter (see page 42). M ount Etn a , Sicily. The scene o f an extraordinary encounter in July 1 978 .

. , , , l ll l l lllll n â&#x20AC;˘ Âˇ DATABASE 1 970s

NAME

THE MOUNT ETNA ENCOUNTER

DATE 4 JULY 1978 PLACE

MOUNT ETNA, SICILY, ITALY MAP REF: L21

EVENT

CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD KIND

A group of four witnesses, two Italia n Air Force personnel (F. Padellero and A. Di Salvatore), an I talian Navy officer (M. Esposito) and Sih111 ora Antonia Di Pietro saw a UFO consisting of a triangular

pat tern of three bright red lights pulsating in the sky while they were together on Mount Etna in Sicily. One of the lights headed down towards the group and disappeared some 1 , 000 ft <:m.-t m) away behind the brow of a hill. When the group drove towards the site they saw that resting on a rock was a saucer shaped U FO some -1 0 ft ( 1 2 m) across with a brilliantly li t plexigla ss type canopy on top. Six tall entities were standing next to the object. They

1 09

were described by the wllnesses a s beautiful. As two of the entities walked towards them, the group was paralyzed by some power. The entities. however. did nothing but returned to their saucer which took off. Shortly after the wit nesses had recovered the usc of their l i mbs They noticed one very interesting point; as another car had passed by the site, the UFO had dimmed and t hen brightened again when it was beyo nd them, apparently concealing itself. .

l l ll li l ll ll u . .. E U ROPE

NAM E THE FLYING ELEPHANT DATE

APRIL 1 979

PLACE 36,000 FT OVER SOUTHAMPTON

ENGLAND MAP REF: F1 3 EVENT DUMBO RETURNS!

Occasionally a UFO mystery is solved, as in the case of this report. When the passengers of an airliner flying at 36,000 ft. ( 10, 972 m) reported seeing an orange, flying elephant outside the aircraft every UFO researcher and every psychologist must have considered that here was proof of mass hallucination if ever there was. However, some extraordinary claims turn out to have not so extraordinary explanations; in this case a huge advertizing balloon for a circus had broken free of its moorings and had risen to terrorize the airlanes!

10 ft (3 m) of the object and watched as geometric fib'llres began to form on its surface; triangles, squares, trapezoids, circles, etc. He noticed that other lights were apparently flashing on other parts of the disc. At one point the whole upper surface of the disc illuminated a large H-shape. In this respect it sounds somewhat reminiscent of the U FO once seen over San jose de Valderas in Spain. Suddenly the object emitted a bright blue light and the witness felt burning before he turned and ran away. The following morning he had a form of oppressive headache, burns and sore abcesses on his face.

NAME CZLUCH OW SIGHTING DATE AUGUST 1 979 PLACE CZLUCHOW, POLAND

MAP REF: M 1 2 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND NAME PIASTOW ENCOUNTER DATE

22 MAY 1 979

PLACE PIASTOW, NEAR WARSAW, POLAND

MAP REF: 0 1 2 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER O F T H E SECOND

KIND

An event occurred near Warsaw in May of 1 979 which was reminiscent of the film Close Encounters of the Third Kind, and could well have been an imaginative attempt at communication. The witness, W. R. , was walking in the local park at approximately 1 0 o'clock i n the evening, when h e saw three bright lights on the path ahead of him. He realized that the lights were beaming down from a dark disc shaped object hovering above the path. The object was apparently some 10 ft (] rn) wide and shaped like an icc-hockey puck. The witness walked to within

Mr Z. (name withheld) was rowing on a lake at Czluch6w in Poland in August 1979 when he saw a dark egg shaped object moving on the surface. It was apparently making no sound and causing no commotion in the water and shortly after it was first sighted, it moved behind a peninsula and out of sight. A second witness, Mr Y. , verified this sighting but also lost sight of the object from his position. As Mr Y. approached the site he saw two humanoids in dark clothing moving into the nearby forest. Two dogs owned by Mr Y. ran towards the entities who faced them and apparently forced them to run back to their owner. The witness noticed that the entities were approximately 4-4 ft 6 in ( 1 22- 137 em) tall wearing something resembling a diving suit with shields across their eyes. The

1 10

entities appeared to have had hunchbacks or at least some forn1 of enlarged growth between the back of the neck and the shoulders, a rarely reported observation. This is a feature that occurred in the 1954 case in W�gierska Gorka (see page 83), which was not recalled by the witness until 1 986 by which time the details of the Czluch6w sighting were generally known. Even more extraordinarily, the entities glided over the ground rather than obviously walking on it, aided, possibly, by the fact that their legs apparently ended at the knees with only an invisible gap between the knees and the ground itself! The witness shouted at them but they glided away even faster and vanished. He never saw them again but he did see a brilliantly lit UFO fly over the treetops approximately 1 00 yds (91 m) away from him. The only physical trace that appears to have been left of the event was that the dogs' fore-paws were paralyzed for six months following the incident.

NAME THE LIVINGSTON ENCOUNTER DATE

9 NOVEMBER 1979

PLACE LIVINGSTON, LOTHIAN, SCOTLAND

MAP REF: F10 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND

KIND

At approximately 10. 1 5 in the morning on Friday, 9 November 1 979 forester Robert Taylor, a 6 1 year-old local inhabitant of Livingston, Scotland, encountered a UFO and entities of the most extraordinary nature. With his dog, Taylor drove in his pick-up truck to inspect young forest trees in an area just off the M8 motorway which connects Edinburgh to Glasgow. He stopped the pick-up and walked to the site he

'1 il lil ll lll ll n •· DATABASE 1 970s

may have been trying to camouflage itself hy hazing in and out of solidity. The witness was uncertain whether the object itself was transparent or reflective but got the impression that its normal colour was of a dull !-,'fey and had a texture of a rough sandpaper. The real shocks were yet to come ! just seconds after first seeing the object, two small, spiked spheres either dropped down from it or mshed from behind it, rolling across the ground on extended spikes towards Taylor. They were approximately 3 ft (9 1 em) wide and also a dull grey, similar to the main craft. As they reached him, the spheres, one on each side, attached themselves to his legs and he felt himself being dragged towards the object. He was overwhelmed by an

Forester Robert Taylor witnessed a close encou nter at Livingston in Scotland in November 1 979. He was attacked by two mi ne-l i ke objects.

wanted to inspect; as he rounded a comer he was astonished to sec what was hovering in the clearing ahead of him. The object was approximately 20 ft (6 m) wide and 1 2 ft (3. 65 m) high, globular for the most part but surrounded by a flange similar to the brim of a hal. Protmding upward from the 'hat' were what appeared to be motionless propellers placed around the rim. Behind them and on the main body of the object appeared to be the outline of portholes or at least somewhat different coloured patches. Beneath the rim the object was slightly darker and the witness got the impression that the object

t rousers for any further forensic examination that can be undertaken. Of the witness himself, Taylor is described as honest and resp<msJble and not the sort of person to play jokes. With perhaps some difficulty he now believes he saw an extraterrestrial craft and robots. For a while he carried a camera in case he should encounter them again. Investigation into his personal circumstances revealed a man who drank very little alcohol, was of generally good health and with no significant history of head injury or suffering from headaches or blackouts. According to the investigator his hearing is good and he wears glasses only for reading. Whether the experience was an objectively real one or something created by Taylor is, as in many

acrid smell and lost consciousness. When he came to, the objects were gone and his dog was racing around him in an agitated state. Taylor himself had apparently lost his voice and was unable to stand comfortably. He was forced to crawl some 90 yds (82 m) back to his pick-up tmck but shortly ran it into soft mud in his desperation to leave the area and consequently had to walk home. For hours afterwards he had a headache and a thirst which

cases, always open to question. However, the very thorough investigation by Steuart Campbell suggests that the ground traces and physical evidence which was found gave little support to the contention that t here were no physical objects present at all.

lasted for two days. Subsequent investigation of the site showed ground markings which correlated to the spikes on the small spherical objects where they had apparently churned up the grass. Of particular importance was the damage to his trousers; they were of a heavy blue serge but were tom on each leg where, apparently, the spherical objects had attached themselves. The tears were upwards, suggesting that they had been fonned by dragging him forwards and were investigated by the B 1 itish U FO Research Association who currently hold the

proximity. In any case, flying such an object to the clearing would almost certainly have come to the attention of somebody on the 1\18 motorway which is a most frequently used one in Scotland. Although very close to the motorway the encounter itself could not have been seen since the trees

111

On the other hand, the investigation also suggested that it was unlikely that the object was man-made since there appeared to be no likely manufacturer in the

would have obscured the ,·iew of the site. However, any flight path into the clearing would ha\'e been seen. yet there are no corroboratin: reports. Did the object emerge in the dearing in some other way or was it a natural phenomenon misperceived by Taylor?

, t l ll i ll l l l l n •· EUROPE

NAME CERGY-PONTOISE ABDUCTION DATE 26 NOVEMBER 1 979 PLACE CERGY-PONTOISE, FRANCE

MAP REF: G 1 5 EVENT ABDUCTION

Some UFO cases arc important for their mystery while others are important for their eventual solution. The abduction of Franck Fontaine belongs with the latter. On 26 November 1979 Franck Fontaine, with two companions, was outside an apartment block in the suburbs of Paris early in the morning when they saw a UFO above them.

Fontaine g o t into h i s car to get a better look at it but when his

Fra n k Fontaine leaving pol ice headq u arters

companions found the car he had vanished. A week later he returned, apparently unaware of having been

French ufology was divided by the case;

away. He gradually told his story of

ufologists into those who supported the claims and those who believed

having been abducted aboard a UFO and taken to an alien planet. Franck said that the aliens were interested in one of his companions, Jean

at Cergy-Pontoise after his abduction. Fontaine later confessed it was a hoax.

they were prefabricated. According to a report on the case sent to me by

Pierre Prevost, who they were

respected French researcher Claude Mauge, prominent ufologists

selecting as one of their missionaries on Earth. The three men apparently enjoyed the public appearances and notoriety which followed the encounter and the case split French

such as Michel Piccin and investigators from the French government -associated research group (GEPAN) concluded that the affair was a hoax. Fontaine later admitted that it was indeed a hoax.

1 14

·l l i l l i ll l lll l n • · DATABASE 1 980s

1 980s

EVENT ABDUCTION

alarmed to discover that the bus seemed in fact to he an object s ome 20 ft (() m) wi de , ltl ft (tl . 2 m) high and hovering above the road. It was dome sha ped a nd s p in ni ng. C odfrey could see what a ppe a red to be win do ws around the top. When he tried to radio his base he found neither his car radio nor pe rsonal

apparently caused C od frc y , under h ypn o si s to cry out 'Tht·y <1rc horrible, horrible. ' l ie t'\'t:n s a w wha t appeared to be a large dog (a feature u n i q ue to t hi s experience). The tall huma n oid en t i t y was apparently called joseph, and he encouraged Godfrey to lie down on a bed where some fonn of

transmitter would work. While watching the object he sketched it. G odfre y was hesitant about making his report but did so when he heard that other police had been reporting UFOs around the same time. Re,h'Tession hypnosis sessions were undertaken and revealed that the constable appeared to experience fear and heightened emotion at his apparent experiences. He believed he was in a room faced by a man about 6 ft ( 183 em) tall wearing a robe and skull cap. There were other creatures in the room, non humanoid dwarf like objects, which

examination took place.

UFOs frequently fall foul of the law and there is an impressive list of police officers across the world, and particularly in the United States, who report encounter experiences. England, too, has its share as in the case of police constable Alan Godfrey of Todmorden, West Yorkshire, who was interrupted towards the end of his night shift on 28 November 1 980. Driving onto a main road, heading towards a local estate to investigate reports of loose cattle, Godfrey saw what he thought to be a bus ahead of him. As he approached he was

N A M E GODFREY ENCOUNTER DATE 28 NOVEMBER 1980 PLACE TODMORDEN, WEST YORKSHIRE,

ENGLAND MAP REF: F1 1

1 15

Constable Godfrey (now no longer with t he force) has always maintained a very level headed and

sensible attitude towards the experience. He a c knowl e dge s t hat he docs not know what the o bj ec t was nor what the degree of reality was in relation to the regression hypnosis sessions but of course maintains his desire to find out. PC Alan Godfrey displayi ng a sketch of the object that may have abducted h i m , together with one of t h e entities t h a t he encountered . Godfrey maintains level headedness in his search for answers .

E U R O PE

NAME RENDLESHAM FOREST

------

DATE 29 DECEMBER 1 980 PlACE RAF/USAF WOODBRIDGE, SUFFOLK,

ENGLAND MAP REF: G 1 2 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF T H E SECOND

KIND

formed indentations were believed to be landing traces. There were more extraordinary, and more dubious, claims of silver suited aliens, of communication between the base commander and the extraterrestrials, and of films and photographs of the contact being taken which were then confiscated. There is little corroborative

The tranquil darkness of Rendlesham forest was shattered in the early hours of a late December

evidence for these later claims.

morning when a triangular shaped UFO landed, or possibly crash

including RAF/USAF Bentwaters (itself the subject of an earlier radar

landed, amid trees to the rear of the joint United States and United

visual encounter in the late 1950s, see page 86) tracked an unidentified

Kingdom airbase at Woodbridge in Suffolk. According to a report by

object on radar at the time.

Lieutenant Colonel Charles Halt, the deputy base commander at the time, two United States Air Force

possible crash landing in the forest near Woodbridge.

security officers saw unusual lights in the forest to the rear of the base. They requested permission to investigate on the basis that an aircraft may have crashed into the trees. It was to be the beginning of an extraordinary night.

Radar stations in the area,

According to USAF intelligence officers, the radar indicated a

According to the book Skye rash, by j enny Randles, Brenda Butler and Dot Street, the two security officers, one given the pseudonym james Archer and the other airman john Burroughs, gave reports which confirmed the report given by Lieutenant Colonel Halt. They made no comment about alien occupants

Three patrolmen tramped through the forest towards the glowing object and approached to

though did state that they believed there were shapes inside the object.

wit hi n a few feet of it. It was

'I don't know what, but the shapes did not look human. Maybe they were like robots. '

clcscribcd as triangular in sh a p e approxima t e ly H ft

;mel h ft O HJ

em)

(211 em) wide

high and emitting a

bright white light. There were r e port s of a red light on t op and a bank of blue ligh t s beneat h which seemed to indicate that the obj e c t wa s sitting on short legs. Possibly wishing to avoid direct contact as the officers approached, the object manoeuvred through the trees away

The mystery deepened further when a tape recording alleged to have been made by Lieutenant Colonel Halt and others was released, apparently describing, as it happened, the search through the woods and encounter with the object. I have heard portions of the tape and had the impression that it

from them towards a nearby farm,

was stage managed but whether it is

driving ca t t le there into an agitated s t a l e before taking off at

a total fabrication or whether the tape is edited badly, falsely creating

l'X t ra < mlinary s peed.

l m'L' s t igal ion I he following day siH lWL路d t hr e e sm;11l depressions in t he ground vvlwrc I he

object

had

been sighte d . These str;mgdy

wrong impression , is difficult to

say. If it was fabricated then the

question remains as to who fa b ric a te d it. Presumably it was eit her a military or defence

1 16

establishment intent on disinforn1ation (feeding ludicrous inforn1ation to people with a view to discrediting it) or by unprofessional ufologists who by chance found themselves involved in a major case. If the tape is faked then the precise identity of the person who did it may never be known. Perhaps the most telling part of the encounter came in 1985 when forn1Cr Chief of Defence Staff,

:'i

l i l l llllln•·

DATABASE 1 980s

Admiral of the Fleet Lord H ill

intrusion into British airspace

' I d o n ' t know what [they were ] . b u t t h e

Norton, wrote to Michael H eseltine.

around a United States / B ritish

s h a p e s d 1 d not l o o k h u man M aybe they

t he then Secretary of State for Defence, requesting details of the

airbase from a foreign or alien pm,·e r

were l i k e robots . · So sa1d o n e of t h e

t h e n clearly there w a s a defence

security officers of USAF RAF Wood b r i d g e

case. On behalf of Heseltinc a reply

sihTJ1ificancc. The altcmati\'e was

a ft e r s e e 1 n g t h 1 s ob)ect i n t h e f o rest beh 1 n d

t h e A i r Fo rce b as e . I t m a n o e uvred t h r o u g h

was received from Lord Trefgame stating that 'The events to which

that the report by deputy base commander Lieutenant Colonel H alt

the t rees . a n d t o o k o ff m s pectacu l a r

you refer were of no defence

was a hoax. a joke. or a symptom of

fash 1 o n . D e s p 1 t e a l l th 1 s . a n d a w ntte n

him being 'out of his mind ' . One

rep o rt by t h e d e p u ty base c o m m a n d e r

sih1flificance. ' Lord Hill-Norton pointed out that this was an extraordinary claim by

any st and ar ds

If there had been an

could arhJUe that any one of these surely also has defence

sihTJiificance �

(see database e n t ry f o r deta 1 1 s l. the

official British lme was that t h e re w a s 1 0 defence s 1 g n 1 f 1 cance

117

·t lll ill lll ll n •· EU ROPE

NAME HESSDALEN LIGHTS DATE 1 981 - 1 985 PLACE HESSDALEN VALLEY, NORWAY

MAP REF: J7

egg shaped, with porthole like features, but there were also spherical objects, cigar shaped

analyser, geiger counters, cameras and infrared analysis.

objects and less distinct forms.

Hessdalen claims would attribute

Over a four-year period many

Few people studying the the events which occurred to extraterrestrials or their craft. It is

EVENT LIGHT PHENOMENA

ufologists camped in semi permanent bases in the Hessdalen

The problem for most ufologists studying reports of UFO activity is

valley and employed a variety of equipment to study the lights.

that they are invariably studying a historical claim, sometimes years

Officers of one of the Norwegian defence divisions joined them for a

old, and studying an event which seems never to repeat itself.

period and Project Hessdalen received at least the approval if not

Hessdalen provided one of very few opportunities for ufologists to

the support of the authorities.

undertake a long-tem1 controlled

included UFO Norway, U FO Sweden and the Society for Psychobiophysics, as well as

represent some form of hitherto unknown intelligence on the Earth.

independent ufologists from Finland.

seems to come from the fact that

The project was able to obtain technical equipment from

study of repeating phenomena between 1 9Hl and 1 985. In November 1 9Hl local people in the area of the Hessdalen valley reported strange lights sweeping

Project Hessdalen was set up which

far more likely that the lights are part of a natural phenomenon but not one which is fully understood by science. In one sighting it appeared that the lights were interactive with the witnesses; as they flashed torches at the lights so the lights flashed back. Some investigators have speculated that these

Support for a natural explanation

universities, and employed an Atlas

extraordinary manoeuvres. Many

:woo radar, a seismograph, a

after 1 985 the sightings died away. The earth lights theories proposed by Devereux and others (Paul

witnesses described the objects as

magnetometer, a spectrum

Earth Lights Revelations) indicate

bet ween the mountains and making

118

Devereux's books Earth Lights and

i ! l lfiUnr

DA TABASE 1 980s

that t here must be some possibility that t he sightings were the result of some underground seismic activity which then subsided. Certainly the whole of Scandin;Jvia is subject t o considerable seismic activity as a result of t he isostatic readjustment (which is a movement of the earth's crust) caused by the last retreat of t he ice age. As with most U FO events. some of the explanations offered were most extraordinary. One suggestion was that too much inbreeding in the area had produced an entire local population of physically and mentally defective people whose problems included hallucination. There is more photographic evidence for this investigation than any other UFO event in history. I t suggests t ha t t h i s explanation, to put it in t he nicest possible way, is supported by everything except the factsďż˝

OPPOSITE Professor J Allen Hynek (right)

ABOVE AND BELow Two of many

visits ProJect Hessdalen which gave

photographs of lights i n the Hessdalen

ufologists a rare opportun ity to study

valleys, seen over a four- to five-year

anomalous lig hts over an extended period

period . A w1de range of mstrumentat1on

of time between 1 98 1 and 1 985.

was used i n the course of the study .

1 19

urope is a ufologically rich continent, as the database demonstrates. In fact, in terms of ufological activity it is second only in the world to North America, and specifically the United States. The way in which UFOs are perceived and re足 ported in these two continents, however, is very difficult. Firstly, there is no United States of Europe; the different nations of Europe have distinctly individual characteristics. I ndeed, ufology seems to be following the business world where the intensified pressure towards turning all nations into one European 'nation' are actually increasing nationalistic tendencies. In the field of UFO study these national characteristics have surfaced not in the nature of the UFO reports, which have a global uniformity within very wide parameters, but in the intnpretatirm of those reports. Within Europe, there are si!-,mificant national differ足 ences in approach. B ritain, Scandinavia (particularly Sweden) and France lead the field in the comparative study of modern day U FO claims with the folklore claims of earlier centuries and particularly the stories of the faerie folk and other Celtic legends. Germany, Sweden, Belgium and Spain have been strongly receptive to contactee claims (the claims of those who believe they are in contact with benevolent aliens seeking to guide and protect the Earth). Sweden and Britain are very strong in studying the connection between UFOs and the Earth mysteries and particu足 larly the belief that the UFO phenomenon may represent something natural, but non-human, about the planet. Seen against the background of North American ufology, the common ground which exists between European countries begins to emerge. Whereas in America there is a general, national acceptance of the extraterrestrial hypothesis (ETI 1 ) , i. e. that UFOs represen t a visitation to this Earth of alien spaceships,

this theory is not as strongly held in most European countries. In America, the study of the psychological aspects of the UFO phenomena are broadly confined to treating them as a by-product of a physical event. In Europe, the study of psychological aspects has tended to concentrate on examining whether or not UFO events could themselves be the manifestations of psychological processes. Sociological study of the UFO phenomenon is strong in Europe, with a great deal of emphasis placed on understanding the human background to witnesses and events. Again this is regarded as only incidental to the American study of ufology; and, broadly speaking, amounts to a study of the extent to which physical UFO events may affect sociological processes. Mythological comparisons are heavily studied in Europe whereas they are totally rejected in America. It is recognized in Europe that the UFO phenomenon, whatever else it may be, is a modern mythology. This is not to say that it is totally mythological, but that a mythology has built up around real events to such a degree that it is probably masking the truth - which remains yet to be understood. Another major difference between America and Europe is that the story of American ufology is told

1 20

•

1 1 i l ll i i i i i 1 U • •·

B E Y O N D EXT RA-TE R R ESTR IALS

circles i s h y amateuri sh, cultist devotees who ha ve already decided what results they want from their examinations. Indeed cornfield circles have become a modern 'ink-blot' test for anyone to see almost anything they want to in them. I t is also very obvious that many of the people involved in cornfield research are there because of the publishing prospects offered. In other words cornfield circles are the modern equivalent of the more extreme contactee claims of the 1 9SOs in America. Individual European countries have experienced waves of particular types of sighting, or at least interpretation of sighting: in 1 9S4 France was subject to an extraordinary wave of U FO reports almost all of which involved entities and most of which were varied in description; in 1 967 Britain was subject to a considerable wave but mostly of aerial sightings and for one period - particularly of flying crosses. It seems that sightings, or at least interpretation of sightings, were governed by national rather than European characteristics at this time. Britain was home to one of the world's great UFO concentrations at Wanninster in Wiltshire. Warmins ter was far more than a series of U FO reports and cases, it was a sociological event. It really kicked off in 1 965 when Gordon Fau lkner photo.l,Tf aphed something resembling a child's spinning top which was highly publicized in the Daily Mirror, a tabloid newspaper. and gained the nickname of ' the thing'. Suddenly 'the

through its cases each characterized by a firm acceptance of the ETI I. whereas in Europe the story of ufology is told through its theories. One example of this is the famous cornfield circle phenomenon, which occurs mainly in southern Eng land. These formations appear in the late spring and summer, generally in crop fields. They arc usually remarkably symmetrical in shape ;md represent swirl ing patterns of flattened crops. It is held that these represent a part of the UFO phenomenon arising oris.,r inally from the theory that they were the landing nests of alien spacecraft. This was a theory that never held water since, for a start, it required space craft with specially rotating landing legs to form the patterns that emerged. In fact no such object had ever been reported and indeed very few UFOs were ever reported in the vicinity of cornfield circles. The British UFO Research Association (B UFORA) made a con siderable study of the cornfield circles along with bodies such as the National Farmers Union and the Tornado and Storm Research Organisation. They were able to conclude that t he cornfield circles were a fonn of hurricane vortex pattern caused by the touchdown of wind and pressure vortices. In short they were an extraordinary but nonetheless natural phenomenon. Although com circles are interesting in themselves, they should not be linked to UFOs. Unfortunately a .l,Tfeat deal of the study that is being applied to cornfield RIGHT The cornfield circles have been forced upon ufologists by a puzzled p u b l ic hungry for answers. Apart from the glowing red ball which appears over their formation and is probably due to the ionization of air, their relevance to the su bject of U nidentified Flyi ng Objects is minimal. They are almost certainly a purely natural formation , though they are extraordi nary enough to suggest that an understanding of their characteristics will add to an understanding of similar mysterious phenomena.

LEFT For those who thought co rnfield ci rcles were a new phenomenon this 1 678 woodcut suggests otherwise; here 'the devil' mows ci rcles i n Hertfordsh ire .

121

•

111II

[ I II U i n•· EUROPE

Europe, with far more critical and broad-minded analysis than in those early years. Spain had its extraordinary UMMO affair which comprised a bizarre series of messages coming from 'The Cosmic Federation of Planets'. The messages gave full details of the origin and home of the visiting aliens which came from the planet UMMO, rotating around the star I UMMA, which we apparently call Wolf 424. There were extraordinary photographs of walnut shaped spacecraft with strange hieroglyphs on the underside. In Wales there was the extraordinary Dyfed enigma: hundreds of UFO sightings which attracted remarkable local publicity and which became sociolo gical events similar to Warminster. Undoubtedly they were some form of concentrated light phenomena perhaps similar to the phenomena at Hessdalen (see page l l 8), but other claims built on these - almost certainly mythologically - were incredible. One ex ample was the claim that a U FO had an underground base in a rocky island off the coast despite the fact that every investigation indicated no secret UFO base whatsoever. Europe, of course, has had its share of hoaxes. Six bleeping saucer shaped UFOs were found across the southern counties of England. They turned out to be part of an elaborate prank organized by students from Farnborough Technical College. There were also the very dubious assertions of one Cedric Allingham who claimed to have met a Martian in Scotland and photographed his craft, which was remarkably similar to the Adamski saucer photographed in America the year before (see page 28). Allingham seemed to have been overly protected from enquiries by his publishers and suddenly died making further analysis impossible. It was almost certainly someone playing a joke on ufoloJ.,rists though his identity has never been proven. j enny Randles points out that one of the candidates for the role was none other than astronomer Patrick Moore, who has never shown any serious tolerance for UFOs. lJ FOs became so popular that they could be used to explain almost anything. In 1 96:� farmer Roy Blan chard found a crater 8 ft (244 em) wide in his potato field and apparently was in no doubt that the crater had been formed by a spaceship landing in the field. As he told reporters 'I didn't actually see it but what else could it have been? Obviously some craft from outer space since it sucked up my barley and potatoes when it took off. ' The Charlton crater (the field was at Charlton in Wiltshire) became world famous. One Australian 'expert' calculated that the saucer that had

thing' was being photographed and spotted all around the Warminster area. Sky-watches of devoted ufolog ists took place on Cradle Hill and Starr Hill which often had the appearance of being something like a UFO specialist's scout camp. Large groups of UFO de votees would flock to the area from all over the country to spend the night watching the skyline and the stars in the hopes of seeing one of Warminster's famous 'things'. There was a great camaraderie - a camp fire atmosphere without the camp fire - and it has to be admitted not all of the nocturnal activity was devoted exclusively to UFO-watching. For the most part the sky-watches consisted of swapping U FO stories, of occasional dubious sightings that caused some excitement at the time and of the odd extraordinarily humorous episode. I recall being at one sky watch (not a t Warminster, in fact, but at l lorsenden II ills just outside London) where it became apparent to me that the leader of the sky-watch was a little over-enthusiastic about ETH to say the least. While the rest of us took only scant notice of the flickering lights coming from underground trains crossing the points as they entered s tations next to the hills this particular individual logged each and every one as an incoming UFO. He did the same for every moving light in the sky despite the fact that we were on the main flight path into the world's busiest airport at Heathrow. I finally gave up in desperation when he ran off across the hills shouting that he had seen an entity which he was chasing, leaving the rest of us shouting ' Do you mean that rabbit? ' More seriously, the sky watches were a very useful source of UFO-related data, not about the UFOs but about the people involved in researching them. In the decades that have passed since, UFO research has much more come of age, at least in

1 22

·i l l l l lllll llln • · BEYONO EXTRA· TERRESTR IALS

RIGHT A photograph taken by ' Cedric Allingham ' at Lossiemouth , Scotland where he met a Martian in 1 954 . The simila rity between this saucer and the ones photographed by George Adamski a year earlier are unlikely to be coincidenta l . Allingham is almost certainly a hoaxer who was playing on the publicity of the earlier claims , probably as an attack agai nst g u l l i ble ufologists .

OPPOSITE 'The Thing' photographed by Gordon Faulkner in 1 965. This photograph was highly publicized in the tabloid p ress at the time and started a wave of interest in flying saucer sightings in the Warminster a rea of England . Flying saucer spotting in Warminster became a social event.

done the damage was 500 ft ( 1 52 m) wide and weighed 600 tons (6 10 tonnes), probably having a fifty man crew. According to the expert 'We think these craft are coming from somewhere in the region of Uranus. ' (And all on the testimony of a hole in the ground!) England is of course a country of eccentrics and it has produced an enom1ous amount in the UFO field which reflects this national characteristic more than anything ufological. To name them might be unfair but any reading of the UFO material from the 1 960s would paint a strange sociological picture. Less than eccentric, but far more dangerous, are some of the characters that have sought to attach themselves to the bandwagon. British ufoloh'Y has suffered in the past from researchers who claim to have undertaken regression hypnosis sessions on a hJfeat number of abduction witnesses and then believe that they 'own' the witnesses and will even threaten injunctions against anybody who even mentions 'their' cases. Indeed they seem to feel that a second line of income from UFOs can be obtained through com pensation from dubious court cases against a UFO community not easily able to defend itself in a legal system which, in Britain, is more designed to protect the rich crook than the poor honest man. Their first line of income comes, of course, from publication - but primarily only in sleazy tabloid newspapers. For the future, the signs are that this kind of profiteering is going to proliferate both in the United States and in Europe, probably changing the U FO phenomenon dramatically, and for th e worse.

In any case, the UFO phenomenon will undoubtedly mutate as it has always done and what the future for Europe will hold is uncertain. I think it likely that Europe will take centre stage over and above the United States eventually, as the United States is more and more seen to be not adhering to the ETI I so much as clinging to it by breaking fingernails. Although recently, many of the US scientific hJfoups are be ginning to develop a more European approach so that what might emerge is a transatlantic unification. Openness and analysis will slowly attract the respect of the scientific community from which ufology will then be able to hJfow and from which those scientific disciplines will also be able to expand. Apart from the core of t rue mystery which lies at the heart of ufology, sociologists could leam a lot from a study of the development of the phenomenon. Folklorists could also do so and the psycholo_bJ] sts will find an enonnous amount of material in among 'true' ufolohJ]cal material. But speculation is idle as it has always been in this subject. The next major e\·ent could well tum out to be on some other continent, which would then allow it to take centre stage. As Europe more than any other continent so adequately indicates. UFOs are a truly global phenomenon. The national bounclmies are important only in as much as they bring into focus the national characteristics of their people, which simply affect the perception of a phenomenon. But the phenomenon itself seems generally quite unifonn ;mel the key which unlocks the i-,Jfeat ufolohrical mysteries could lie in any part of t h e world at any time.

1 23

AS EARLY AS 1 946 - THAT IS, EVEN BEFORE THE 'OFFICIAL' C OMMENCEMENT OF THE 'AGE OF THE FLYING SAUCER' - PROFESSOR KAZANTSEV WAS SPECULATING PUBLICLY ABOUT THE POSSIBILITY OF EXTRA-TERRESTRIAL INTERVENTION IN THE HISTORY OF MANKIND .

KEY TO MAP OF THE EAST CD The Robozero Lake Sighting, Robozero Lake, USSR 0 The Tungus Event, Tungus, Siberia , USSR 0 Hill 60 , Suvla Bay, Gallipoli, Turkey CD Pushkino, USSR ® Sverdlovsk, USSR ® Rybinsk, USSR 0 Shanghai , China ® The Green Triangle , Ogre Observatory, Lativia. USSR ® Ukraine, USSR @J Gobi Desert, China @ Dingxian City, Hebei Province , China ® Zhang Po County, Fu Jian , China ® Petrozavodsk, USSR

@ ® @ ® ® @ ® ® @ @ @ @ @)

Shanxi Airport, China Amana Abduction, Sayama City, Japan Lintiao Airbase, Gansu , China Kuwait Close Encounter, Umm Alaish, Kuwait Hunan Province. China Lan Xi , China Tientsin Airport, China Spiral UFO, Guizhou, China Baikonur Attack, Baikonur Space Centre, USSR Heilong Jiang Province, China Aeroflot Flight 8352, Lake Chud, Near Minsk. USSR Gansu Province, Lanz Hau , Gansu , China The Russian Park Giants. Voronezh, USSR

Hobana and julien Weverbergh, UFOs from behind the Iron Curtain, chronicled sufficient cases to make it

f UFOs are extra-terrestrial spacecraft, we

would expect them to make their appearance more or less impartially throughout the globe.

clear that UFO activity was not entirely a cultural

If they are natural phenomena, though they

contrivance of capitalist propaganda. But the authors

might be affected by local variations of terrain and

were able to list only fifty-one sightings in the entire

climate, it is even less likely that they would be

Soviet Union.

selective with regard to the locations in which they

weren't seeing UFOs, or that they were not reporting

Did this mean the Russian people

appear. Consequently, researchers for many years

them, or that their reports were being ignored or

have been puzzled about what to make of the relative

quashed? The strict restraints on publication meant

rarity of UFO reports from the Soviet Union, China,

that it was impossible for outsiders to gauge the real

and the Eastern bloc generally.

situation underlying the apparent lack of activity. It was not long,

So far as underdeveloped countries were con cerned,

the

absence

of UFO

reports

could

however, before it became

evident that the lack of activity was more apparent

accounted for quite simply, on grounds of low level of

than real: a deliberately created illusion. What gave

education and the absence of appropriate channels of

the game away was the way in which fluctuations in

reporting. How would people know what to report,

the public reporting of UFO activity synchronized with

and where would they report it to?

fluctuations in official policy. Whenever, as happened

Ironically, among the earliest suggestions made

from time to time, the authorities temporarily sof

when flying saucers were first reported in the United

tened their hard line, private groups were formed,

States was that they might be secret military devices

articles would be published, only to vanish when the

of Soviet origin. In the Cold War era, the suggestion

authorities changed their mind again. From

was not so preposterous. However, it soon became

China,

too,

occasional

reports

would

evident that this idea was not viable, with the result

emerge which sugge� .ed that UFO activity was not

that most came to favour an extra-terrestrial origin.

unknown there, either. For example, in Chinese

Whether, left to themselves, the Soviet people

newspaper

1 980 the

Beijing Wanbao published a

would have come to the same conclusion, can only be

photograph showing a shapeless blob of light. This, it

a matter of speculation. The authorities imposed their

appeared, had been taken by Xin Seng and Bi Jiang.

all

While camping near the Great Wall on 23 August, they

alternative explanations. So, in 1953, listeners to

own

explanation

and,

with

it,

blanket

woke at 4 a. m. to see a luminous object in the sky

Moscow Radio were officially informed that 'Flying

over Beijing: it hovered silently for more than half an

saucers are a fantasy invented by Western militarists

hour. This enabled the campers to take the photo

to frighten

graph published in the newspaper, which was hailed as

their taxpayers into accepting higher

defence budgets'.

China's first UFO photograph.

True, there were occasional tantalizing indications

Moreover, though the sighting is unremarkable in

that despite official explanations, UFOs that did not

itself, it is significant that it is only one of many -

seem to be mere fantasy were appearing in Soviet

several of them multiple - to have been reported in

skies. In 1 97 2

China in the course of that month. If we suppose that

book by the Romanian/Dutch team Ion

1 26

UFOS AND F R E E D O M OF I N F O R MATION

actually landed at Voronezh in the So viet l i mon. Was this truly an expression of the new freedom in Soviet cultural life, or was Soviet propaganda striking again this lime with a deliberate attempt to defuse interest in the subject by ridiculing it ? Taken at face value, the reports could he seen as a sign that the same freedom which was manifesting itself throughout the Eastern bloc now included flying saucer reports. If this is so, they also showed that, !-,riven that freedom, the Soviet people and the Soviet media would, between them, generate the same kinds of sensational absurdity as the rest of the world. In his 1967 dossier 'UFO Sightings in the USS R' (never published) Felix Zigel rejects landings and encounters with UFO occupants as fiction or hallucina tion - as most serious ufologists in the West are inclined to do. But just as in the West there is a substantial body of opinion which believes that these events take place on a matter-of-fact level, so it is certain that there will spring up schools of thought, each favouring different viewpoints, in the Soviet Union, China and elsewhere in the Eastern world. Nor is that the only problem ufologists in the East will have to learn to deal with. It has been clearly established that the Soviet government, on several occasions in the 1970s, used the 'flying saucer myth' as a convenient camouflage for secret rocket laun ches. The Soviet authorities deliberately allowed their citizens to develop a panic situation, causing fears of American nuclear attack and all kinds of anxiety and hysteria as occurred at Petrozavodsk on 20 Septem ber 1 977, rather than reveal their space activities to the rest of the world. Such disinformation is some thing ufologists have to accept as just one of their problems, whether in the East or in the West. Paradoxically, the new freedom in the SO\iet Union may make it more rather than less difficult for effective UFO research to be conducted. From now on, serious UFO researchers in these countries, like their colleagues in Western Europe, Australia and the Americas, are going to fmd that their first and most difficult task is to separate the signal from the noise.

only a small fraction of those seen were reported, we may infer that a fairly massive UFO wave occurred at that time in that place. I lad it occurred in the United States, say, it would have been easy to put it into the perspective of UFO sightings as a whole. But because so little was known about the situation in China, it was not clear whether the August 1980 'tlap' was a one-of-a-kind event or a glimpse of on-going UFO activity in China comparable to that experienced in other parts of the world. The true state of affairs was revealed a year later when journalist Shi Bo and a colleague launched the journal Exploration UFO, and received more than :�. 000 reports in the course of a year. Though these included a small percentage of tricks and sensationalist claims, the great majority seemed to be honest reports by sincere witnesses. Clearly, the silence which had apparently prevailed hitherto was not an accurate reflection of what the Chinese man and woman in the street were actually experiencing. This was confirmed in 1982 when Shi Bo's book China and the Extra-terrestrials was published in France, documenting reports going back to the early nineteenth century as well as more recent activity which compared pretty well with experience else where in the world. The English-language compilation UFOs over modern China, independently published in the United States by Paul Dong and Wendelle Stevens, confirmed both the quantity and the diversity of sightings. Many of the cases in one book did not appear in the other, hinting that there was probably a vast reservoir of undisclosed material. A regrettable consequence of the political isolation between the Eastern and Western blocs has been that information flow has been very limited. In the cases of the UFO phenomenon, it is characteristic that such East-West exchange of data as has taken place has been for the most part of the poorest and most sensational material. Unless he/she is lucky enough not only to read English but also to have access to serious UFO publications, an Eastern ufoloblj_st would have no choice but to get his/her knowledge of Western UFO research from those books which happen to have been translated. These, with rare exceptions, are the silliest and most sensational items, books which any serious Western researcher would dismiss out of hand. By contrast, the work of serious investigators is almost wholly unknown. Of course the same thing is liable to happen in reverse. Typically, the one UFO event in the Soviet Union which made its impact on the entire world was the mid-1989 report that extra-terrestrial entities had

HILARY EvANS is the overseas liaison consultant and a special ist p u b l ications ed itor for the B ritish UFO Research Association . He is a researcher of many years stand ing , an author of many books and articles o n U FOs and paranormal experiences , and a reg ular contributor at UFO sym posia th ro u g hout the worl d . H ilary has been co-editor with John S pencer on two compilations i n the U FO stud ies field .

1 27

PRE 1 900 NAM E THE ROBOZERO LAKE SIGHTING DATE

1 900s NAM E T H E TUNGUS EVENT

PLACE ROBOZERO LAKE, USSR

PLACE TUNGUS , SIBERIA, USSR

MAP REF: J7

MAP REF: E5 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER O F THE FIRST

Vanovara, in the village of Kansk, the explosion was heard as a deafening noise and one train driver

EVENT PRE-ATOMIC AGE ATOMIC

EXPLOSION?

KIND

mushroom-shaped cloud. Even 500 miles (800 km) from

DATE 30 JUNE 1 908

1 5 AUGUST 1 663

horizon and following the explosion they reported a sinister-looking,

in that town even stopped his train thinking that one of his own freight cars had exploded.

Part four of the historical files

At approximately 7 o'clock on the

Above the Taiga (forests) an

compiled and issued by the

morning of 30 june 1908 a massive explosion was heard from the

enormous hurricane began to tear

Archaeolohrical Commission contains a report submitted by the St C yril monastery of a strange sighting over

forests of the Tungus region of Siberia. I t had been preceded by

Robozero Lake in the USSR in the year 1 663.

reports from many hundreds of farmers, hunters and fishermen of

inhabitants of the district of Belozero had gone to church in the

the remote region who had witnessed an object travelling at great speed through the sky

village of Robozero. While they were in the church there was a

emitting a light 'more dazzling than that of the sun'. Most of the

sudden crash from outside and many

inhabitants of the village of Vanovara saw the light travelling along the

On 15 August many of the

people left to see what had happened. One of the witnesses, Levka Pedorof, saw what happened and even had an explanation for it : it was a sign from God. At approximately midday a huge ball of fire had descended over Robozero from a cloudless sky; the fire was approximately 1 4� ft (45 m) wide and projecting in front of it were two beams. It disappeared (there is no description of how) but approximately an hour later it re appeared over t he lake, travelling towards the west where it vanished. Later it returned and hovered over the lake for an hour and a half. Fishermen on the lake were severely burned by the closeness of the object and the lake water was lit up to t he dept h of some �9 ft (9 rn) . According to t he report, even the fi sh fled to the hanks . . .

1 28

away from the Tungus region destroying roofs of houses and shattering windows. Huge waves flooded the banks of the Angara river. In London, shock waves were recorded on barographs . The Tungus explosion has become legendary and the precise Fo rest devastation following an airborne explosion i n the T u n g u s reg ion of Siberia i n 1 90 8 .

1 1 1 1 l l i l lll111•1 DATABASE 1 9 1 Os

1 9 1 0s

details of what is fact and what is fiction arc obscure but what is very clear is that a massive explosion took place in, or more probably over, the Tungus fore st s on that day. It was not until the 1 9�0s, following the l�ussian Re volution, that an expedition could be put

t roops fu r t hn forward . TI U ' I r I I la r c l l w a s witiH'SS(·d IJy t w( · n t y - l wo

nu·n

o f a � e w Zealand lidd compa n y .

NAM E HILL 60

They reached the cloud ami t h e y

DATE AUGUST 1 9 1 5 PLACE SUVLA BAY, GALLIPOLI, TURKEY

MAP REF: A8

marched i nt o i t , t a king a l m o s t a n

hour before a l l the m e n had

disappeared from the observe r s '

EVENT THE LOST REGIMENT

sight. The cloud unobtrusively lifted off the ground joining the smaller

together to visit the reJ.,ri on - on the basis that they were going to

Many respected UFO researchers

clouds above and then they all

recover a J.,riant meteorite that was

refer to the phenomenon of 'cloud

moved away towards the north. I n

believed to have caused the

lJFOs' and this is certainly the most

three quarters o f a n hour they had

explosion. What they discovered was not a

extraordinary example of the phenomenon on record.

all disappeared from view. Since the 1 st tl th Norfolk

meteorite crater, which was

At the break of day, unf' cr a clear

reJ.,ri ment did not return it was

disappointing to them because the

M edi terranean sky, the 1, 4th

reasonably assumed that the

Americans had just recently

Norfolk reJ.,ri ment was p<Jtsed to

Turkish annies had raptured them.

announced that they had proven a

march on ' H ill GO' near Suvla Hay,

With the Turkish surrender of l 9 1 H

meteorite origin for their huge

during the ( ;allipoli campaign. The

Britain demanded the return o f its

crater in the Arizona desert. The

reJ.,riment noticed six to eight

reJ.,r iment. Turkey had not captured

suggestion had to be, therefore, that

identically shaped clouds hovering

the rei.,ri ment, had not made any

it was not a meteorite which had

near the hill which in spite of a

contact with it, and was quite

caused the devastation.

breeze were not altering position or

unaware of it. Of the 1 , 000 men who

shape at all. Beneath them and on

marched into the cloud none have ever been seen since .

Of the devastation itself, the searchers found a forest of

the hill itself was a larger cloud some

destruction which basically

800 ft (241 m) long and 200 ft (61 m)

consisted of trees lying flat on the ground and strewn outwards from

wide looking almost solid.

Lacking the simster characteristics of the Hill 60 phenomenon . these class1c

one central point. In the very centre

The 1 st tl th Norfolk regiment, consisting of over 1, 000 men,

some material still standing

marched up the hill to reinforce

common and harmless .

suggested an explosion direclly overhead. Analysis of a tree trunk from the epicentre of the explosion also shows that the tree accelerated in growth after the catastrophe, which would imply a dosage of radiation. Comparisons between the devastation in the Tungus and the devastations at Hiroshima and Nagasaki arc very clear and there is every appearance in the Tungus of an airborne nuclear explosion. What exploded in the air above the forests may never be known but it has been speculated that rather than merely a meteorite it could have been the malfunctioning power source of a crashing space craft, which in 1 908 would point very much towards an extra-terrestrial oriJ.,ri n.

1 29

examples of lenticular clouds a re both

l ll li ll lll l u • • · T H E EAST

1 960s

1 940s NAM E PUSHKINO DATE

SEPTEMBER 1 943

PLACE PUSHKINO, USSR

MAP REF: D8 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

NAME SVERDLOVSK DATE

1 961

PLACE SVERDLOVSK, USSR

MAP REF: F7

EVENT PERMANENT ABDUCTION

KIND

Spanish volunteers fighting alongside the Gennans in Russia, in the Azul Division, were in a bunker during a battle between Gennan and Russian Air Forces. The witnesses were astonished to see a disc shaped UFO stationed above the planes in combat 'as if watching the battle' as one of the witnesses described it. After a time the UFO disappeared at speed without revealing its source.

A report said to arise from the Moscow Aviation Institute tells of a mail delivery plane, an Antonov AN-2P, with seven people aboard, which was flying between Sverdlovsk and Kurgan. Approximately 1 00 miles ( 1 6 1 km) out, the pilot radioed ground control and then the aircraft disappeared from radar screens. As ground control could not raise them again a search party was dispatched. Helicopter-borne troops went straight to the scene of the last

communication and recovered the plane immediately. The aircraft was in a small clearing in a densely wooded forest. It was undamaged and intact but its position made it impossible for it to have landed since there were no runway facilities or clear patches. The authorities' comment was that it could only have been lowered gently into the clearing. The mail cargo was present and on testing the engine it started without difficulty. But none of the seven on board were found either then or since. The report also states that a UFO was tracked on radar at the time of the disappearance and a 1 00 ft (30 m) wide circle of scorched grass was found some 300 ft (92m) from the aircraft suggesting the landing or near landing of a circular object.

D I SAPPEA R I NG P H E N O M ENA Ai rcraft d isappearances occur a l l over the world. Perhaps the

The i nci dent occurred i n the i nfamous Bermuda Triangle and

most famous is that of ' F l i ght 1 9' and its associated rescue flying boat (RIGHT). A f l i g ht of five TB Avenger ai rcraft

the l oss is general ly attributed to that phenomenon, although

(LEFT)

exactly what occu rs i n this extraord i na ry corner of the world has

took off from Flori da on a routine t rai n i n g fl ight never to return.

yet to be d i scovered.

1 30

• l ll ll lllllllllll · DATABASE 1 960s

NAME RYBINSK, USSR DATE

SUMMER 1961

PLACE RYBINSK, USSR

MAP REF: E6 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND

The appearance of a fleet of flying saucers hell-bent on breaching Moscow's air defences caused an unfortunate reaction from a battery commander and forced an interesting response from the UFOs. I n the summer of 1 96 1 missile emplacements were being set up ncar Rybinsk as part of the Moscow defences. Suddenly an enormous flying saucer appeared, flying at 60, 000 ft ( 1 8, 208 m) and surrounded by smaller attendant U FOs. Despite the height the battery commander authorized firing a salvo at the objects and all exploded before reaching the target. Before any harm could be done the smal1 attendant U FOs apparently stalled all the electrical apparatus of the base and then flew back to rejoin the larger craft; only then did the electrical apparatus start up again.

NAME SHANGHAI DATE

1 JANUARY 1964

PLACE SHANGHAI, CHINA

MAP REF: 012 EVENT DISTANT ENCOUNTER

Cigar-shaped UFOs such as the one in this

Observatory i n Lat\ia, USS R,

A large cigar shaped U FO was seen

illustration are one of the most commonly

\\itnessed what they at first thought

by many of the population of Shanghai in january 1 964 .

reported configurations in the world .

was a solid trian�rular object. Once they examined it through the

Apparently M I G fighters were

NAME THE GREEN TRIANGLE

scrambled to pursue it but were not

DATE

able to engage the object. Officially it was stated that the object was an American missile, proving yet again that UFOs in

26 JULY 1965

PLACE OGRE OBSERVATORY. LATVIA. USSR

MAP REF: DS

telescope they saw that it consis ted of a large object surrounded by three smaller green balls and they estimated the large central sphere to be some 300 ft (92 m) wide.

EVENT DISTANT LIGHT

Their best estimate of altitude

to end up being blamed on foreign

Astronomers Robert and Esmeralda

was that it was at approximately 60 miles (96 krn) high but they could

superpowers!

Vitolniek and Yan Melderis at Ogre

offer no identification of the sighting.

whatever country they appear tend

131

THE EAST

NAME UKRAINE DATE

29 SEPTEMBER 1967

PLACE UKRAINE, USSR

MAP REF: C8

EVENT VEHICLE INTERFERENCE

It is believed that the approach of the motorcycles was detected by the object as it took off immediately they closed in. It was heading towards

NAME ZHANG PO COUNTY DATE 7 JULY 1 977 PLACE ZHANG PO COUNTY, FU JIAN, CHINA

MAP REF: 014

the northern border of the USSR. As they were not well informed

EVENT MASS SIGHTING

about UFOs, the general feeling was An IL- 1 4 aircraft on the Zaporoje to Volgograd air route, flying over the

that this was a new form of reconnaissance craft from the Soviet

Ukraine, encountered a UFO at an altitude above its own flight level.

Union. Examination of the landing site showed burn marks on the ground, confirming the physical

Alarmingly, the plane's engines cut out and it glided down towards what

reality of the report.

would have been a major disaster. However, 2, 625 ft (800 m) from the

uneventfully. Of all the vehicle interference reports received from around the world full power failures on aircraft

activity is reported in the Americas and in Europe, it seems that every continent and indeed every country has its own spectacular and unique involvement in the UFO phenomenon. Such is the case in this

1 970s

ground the UFO disappeared and the aircraft's engines restarted, leaving a shaken crew to complete the remainder of the journey

Although the vast majority of UFO

NAME DINGXIAN CITY DATE SEPTEMBER 1 971 PLACE DINGXIAN CITY, HEBEl PROVINCE,

CHINA MAP REF: M1 1

event though regrettably the uniqueness amounted to mass panic and death. Early in the evening of 7 july 1977, at Zhang Po County, Fu jian, China an open air film was attended by some 3, 000 people. Suddenly two glowing orange UFOs

are rare and, curiously, seem to be most reported in Asia although many

EVENT DISTANT ENCOUNTER

descended towards the crowd so low and so close together that panic

'interierences' are reported in all forms of transportation.

Chen Chu was serving with the

ensued. The witnesses could feel the heat of the objects and hear a

People's Liberation Army during an

low humming sound and they

assignment north of the city of

claimed that the objects passed so low that they virtually landed.

NAME GOBI DESERT

Dingxian in September 1 97 1 when he witnessed a UFO event. It was

DATE APRIL 1 968

approximately 7. 30 in the evening

PLACE GOBI DESERT, CHINA

MAP REF: L1 1 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND KIND

and Chen Chu, and others, witnessed a globular object rising slowly and emitting a misty gas. After apparently hovering, it fired a strong jet and rose higher, then remained stationary for a time

While working on an irrigation project in the Gobi desert, Gu Ying and a companion witnessed the apparent landing of a UFO. They

saw a n illuminated disc-shaped objec t , red-orange in colour and

about 10 ft Urn) wide approximately

half a mile from where they were. When i t landed, the commander of the mili t a ry unit which was underta king the enhrineeiing project requested the regiment to send

investiga t ors. Motorcycle troops were dispatched on a fact-finding mlSSIOl1.

The sighting was of short duration and the objects ascended and disappeared very quickly; unfortunately in the ensuing panic 200 hundred people had been injured and two were killed. Examination of the film being broadcast showed that it was not the result of any optical

before descending again. Eventually it descended out of sight. The incident was reported immediately and the army unit sent a

illusion or light effect caused by the transmission.

car to investigate. On returning, the unit claimed to have chased the object around the mountain roads before losing it.

NAME PETROZAVODSK DATE

20 SEPTEMBER 1 977

PLACE PETROZAVODSK, USSR

MAP REF: ES

The witness's credibility is strengthened by his own attempts at down-to-earth explanation: he

EVENT DISTANT ENCOUNTER

confessed that having tried to explain it as a plane, a balloon or

Although a relatively undramatic case in terms of sighting, it had

some other 'normal' object he had always felt unable to do so.

interesting repercussions because of the government's attitude.

1 32

! I

I I I I I, lll lu ••

D A I ABASE 1 970s

AU R O RA B O R EA L I S I he Aurora Borea l i s .

Norltu:m

L i g hts, l i ke its counterpart i n lire soultlcrn ltcmrspllere, lhe Aurora Austra l is, or Soulhcm L i g hts. is a natural almospllCr ic cllecl wtucl r can tJe observed at near -polar lali lurJes. Althou g h usua l l y seen as bands ol l i g l1l shimmering over a lon g per iod, there arc si g hlin g s of smal ler, quicker 'f lashes' which can account for some ol lhc di stant si g htin g s !hal arc repor ted Auroras arc caused by char g ed

subatomic par l l cl c s from the sun

r ntcract rng with atoms and molecules in l11c Earth's upper atmosphere. They occur at hi g h lati tudes on account of the facl lhal lhe part icles from the sun are concentrated over the poles by Earth's magnetic field.

Of t he case itself t here were many reports by residents of Pctrozavodsk t hat a giant, glowing jellyfish shaped UFO was hovering over the city. It was never seen except from a distance and was seen for only a ten to t wenty minute period, during which t ime it amounted only to a light phenomenon. It appears to have manoeuvred over the city, apparently shining down tine rays that appeared to be like rain. The object t hen became a bright semi circle, red in t he centre with white around it until it iinally disappeared. The rase produced a sudden outburst of mass hysll'ria. There were many excilt'd responses from t he population, and legendary tales, unsupport ed, of holes being hoa·d into t he pa\-cments. of bizarre

elt.·ctromah'lletic effects driving vehicles off the roads and even one claim that it was the forerunner of a nuclear at tack on the city. The Russian p;overnment made no statement and this was taken to be an official acceptance of t he UF< ) phenomenon. It may be that the l{ussians decided to usc the UFO phenomenon to corer up a particular event of their own and, if so, must have felt somewhat embarrassed to be paid back in pounds for their pennies of outlay. \V estcm obscrn·rs bclien· that the Russian gon·mmL·nt did not want to admit to t he launch of a military satellite or any other fonn of send satellite from nearby l 'lesl' l sk; a subject which the Russian government typically never commented on.

1 33

NAME SHANXI AIRPORT DATE

26 JULY 1 978

PLACE SHANXI AIRPORT, CHINA

MAP REF: M 1 1 EVENT DISTANT ENCOUNTER

Fl�·ing instructor Sha Yon.l! kao w;ts hriYing tlying ins truction at 10, ()( )( ) It CUJ lS ml when both he ;mel h is puptl saw two .�.! lowing l fF( )s nrdmg t he aiqlort and then tlying a wa y . Yon.l!kao at temp t e d purs uit o l t hL· obJed s and was told by radiP t ha t there were no othe r aircraft 1 1 1 til( arc;1 and that t hL· y were 11! 1 [ ret urning ( 1 1 1 Ll(br. The same \\·itm·ss had a SL'C( )JlC� cn,·ounter le s s t h ; m ; 1 year b t L· r w hl'n h e w i t ill' S St · d ; 1 ! ; 1 s t !11t l \' ll1,lC: l 'F( l ; 1 t ;1 h e i g h t ( )f dppr' '-:ir�ld i d � : U H lO f t ( �l l l m i .

T H E EAST

NAM E AMANO ABDUCTION

NAME LINTIAO AIRBASE

DATE 3 OCTOBER 1978

DATE 23 OCTOBER 1978

PLACE SAYAMA CITY, JAPAN

PLACE LINTIAO AIRBASE, GANSU, CHINA

MAP REF: K1 2

MAP REF: 01 1 EVENT ABDUCTION

EVENT MULTIPLE WITNESS SIGHTING

Late in the evening on 3 October 1978 Hideicho Amano drove to the top of a mountain near his home to take advantage of the good reception on his CB radio. He was planning to use this to talk to his brother. His two-year-old daughter, juri, was also in the car. At the top of a mountain, with the radio on, the car was suddenly illuminated. Amano looked around but could see no obvious source. But the source had located juri! Suddenly Amano became aware that his daughter was lying across the rear seat of the car with an orange beam shining onto her stomach. Before he could react he felt a metal object press against his forehead and he looked up to see a strange, hideous entity: short and with no obvious nose. Although paralyzed there appears to have been some kind of communication attempted; he felt the presence of visual images being played into his mind and heard high pitched screaming noises. After an indeterminate period of time the entity disappeared and the electrical circuits of the car and radio which had died, suddenly came back to life. Amano was in a state of panic and drove down the mountain as rapidly as possible, not even looking back at his daughter. At the bottom, he turned to her, she appeared unharmed by the experience and requested only a drink of water. Amano retired to bed with a severe headache and then remembered that the entities had planted something into his brain to alert him to their presence, and they have promised to return.

Early in the evening on 23 October 1978 a large crowd of people including many military personnel were gathered in an open air theatre. Together they witnessed the approach of a UFO. It was a cloudless night and the stars were clear when from the east a huge object approached. It was apparently oblong, had two powerful searchlight beams in front and trailed a luminous wake from its rear. There seemed to be a fog surrounding the object. Fighter pilots had the object in sight for more than two minutes and were certain they were looking at a large object near the ground flying relatively slowly. Apparently nobody had a camera and was able to photograph it, which was a cause for some regret. They could be comforted by the fact that in the West a great many witnesses have made the same lament, while those who did have cameras lamented over the fact that their photographs proved very little!

NAM E KUWAIT CLOSE ENCOUNTER DATE

9 NOVEMBER 1 978

PLACE UMM ALAISH, KUWAIT

MAP REF: B12 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND

On the night of 9 November 1978 there were reports of flying saucers over the Kuwait oil centre near Umm Alaish to the north of Kuwait city. The reports claimed that once observed the flying saucer had dimmed its lights and disappeared.

1 34

On the following night employees of the centre witnessed a more extraordinary encounter: a huge cylindrical object larger than a jumbo jet approached the site. The seven witnesses described the dome and flashing red lights and watched the object for seven minutes before it disappeared. During the duration of the object's stay the pumping system automatically shut down which suggested there had been some kind of electrical failure. It restarted when the UFO left, which should be physically impossible since after any shut-down the system has to be manually reset. According to one report cameras were handed out to field workers near the site should the object return and on 21 November it did 足 several photographs were allegedly taken but never published.

NAME HUNAN PROVINCE DATE

1 2 SEPTEMBER 1 979

PLACE HUNAN PROVINCE, CHINA

MAP REF: M 1 4 EVENT THE GREAT CHINESE BLACKOUT

City blackouts associated with UFOs have frequently been reported in the West, and particular reference is made to the Great North-Eastern Blackout of the United States (see page 50). China too has been able to offer its own version from September 1979 when in the early hours of the evening there was a power failure in Xuginglong and Huaihua, cities of Hunan Province. A brilliant UFO was seen over the towns emitting white rays before vanishing without a sound. 1 t is believed that there have been other power failures associated with UFOs but that the government has felt the need to suppress information about these.

DATABASE 1 980s

NAM E LAN XI DATE

13 OCTOBER 1979

PlACE LAN XI, CHINA

MAP REF: 013 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

Witnesses to UFO events act quite differently to one another and one such example comes from Lan Xi in China's Shekiang province in October 1979. A truck driver, Wang jian Min, driving at 4 o'clock in the morning, encountered a parked car. Inside the car, the driver described a strange craft that he had seen landing ahead of him and told Wang jian Min that he was too scared to approach it. Wangjian Min was apparently not so afraid and led the way up the hill, with the other car following, to confront the object. The dome shaped UFO was sitting across the road emitting a blue glow and beside it were two short entities dressed in silver. The witness noticed they also had what appeared to be lamps beaming from their helmets. Still not discouraged, Wangjian Min picked up a crowbar from his truck and

an anomalous echo. During the

sallied forth.

approach to the airport the plane's

common types of 'sightings' , all the more

return on the screen lost contact for

authoritative when visually confirmed .

The UFO and its occupants had obviously heard of the expression

Radar-detected UFOs are among the most

several seconds. On contacting

'Discretion is the better part of

Flight 402 they discovered that what

valour'; both the entities and the

they were watching on the screen

indicated that in trying to lock on the

UFO disappeared.

did not correlate with the aircraft,

automatic direction finder the plane

1 980s NAME TIENTSIN AIRPORT DATE

16 OCTOBER 1980

PlACE TIENTSIN AIRPORT, CHINA

MAP REF: N 1 1 EVENT RADAR DETECTED ANOMALY

However, the captain of the flight

indeed it should not have been

had locked on to an unkno\'m

showing up on that particular radar

transmission source; later, the plane

at the time. Later during the

successfully locked on to the proper

approach the anomalous radar

transmission.

return came back again, and tllis time it was visible alongside the

The last anomaly in the case was

during the touchdown of Flight 404

return of the aircraft itself; the

when one of the control tower

image lasted a few seconds and

personnel heard interference on the

disappeared again. Most extraordinarily there was a

radio and believed someone was tuning in to the control tower. In

second flight in the air at the time,

addition to the tower, the aircraft

Radar control at Tientsin Civil

Flight 404 , which could not have

crew and radar personnel listened to

Aviation Bureau were plotting Flight

been the source of the UFO since it

the interference but no-one could

402 when the radar screen returned

was moving in a different direction.

identify the source.

1 35

THE EAST

NAME SPIRAL UFO DATE 24 JULY 1 981 PLACE GUIZHOU , CHINA

MAP REF: L14

Wang Aining in Henan described

An artist's i m p ression of an i n co m i n g

what he saw as a wash-basin some

meteor . The fiery glow is cau sed by

60 ft ( 1 8. 3 m) wide, spinning and dispersing flashes of blue light. He

frictio n which occurs as the meteor enters the Earth 's atmosphere .

also noticed it was surrounded by

EVENT SPIRAL UFO

white fog. Li Zhengai of the People's

would be many sighting reports, which indeed occurred. Zhang

Of one thing we can be certain about

Liberation Am1y believed he was looking at the moon until he

the spiral lJ FO seen in China in 1 ďż˝8 1 , it is that it was a real physical

object. It was reportedly seen by

many hundreds of people !-,ri ving independent reports from all over the province. Farmer Tian j in Fu, in the late evening, first saw the object when it

was about the size of the moon and later saw a tail appearing from it forming a concentric spiral around the original object . Across parts of the province people were frightened by the apparition, while others were excited: an understandable crossÂ section of reaction t o something so strange.

recognized it was in the wrong part of the sky. The local weather stations confirmed the sighting but were unable to confirm its identity.

Zhousheng also described the UFO that would be seen; he said it would be larger than the moon, would appear to be a disc shape and possibly spiral, would rotate

University professor Shi Zunsheng reported seeing a U FO

clockwise and be bright in the centre with a fog surrounding it. Zhang

with a row of portholes and drew a sketch of a classical saucer although

Zhousheng also commented that the

up until that date he had been severely critical of UFO claims. If all of this were not remarkable enough, ever more remarkable was the fact that the sighting had been predicted a month earlier! Astronomer Zhang Zhousheng of Yun'nan Observatory had announced that between 10 and 30 july UFO activity would intensify and there

1 36

sighting should last some ten minutes. Actually Zhang Zhousheng was using very simple scientific principles rather than any psychic powers. He had been tracking the path of a meteor shower due to pass through the atmosphere at the time of his prediction and in this way he had foretold the effects that they would have.

i l l! lll l llll u • • · DATABASE 1 980s

NAME BAIKONUR ATIACK DATE

1 JUNE 1982

PLACE BAIKONUR SPACE CENTRE. USSR

MAP REF: F9 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

broken welds. At the nearby housing complex where the other lJ FO had been there were thousands of panes of glass damaged or broken out. The centre was out of action for t wo weeks for repairs.

KIND NAME HEILONG JIANG PROVINCE

On 1 june 1 982 two lJFOs were seen hov e ring over the Baikonur Space Centre, one payin g particular attention to the launch pads. Examination of the pads the following day revealed that there had been considerable structural damage, with loose rivets and The Baikonur Cosmod ro me.

DATE

18 JUNE 1982

PLACE HEILONG JIANG PROVINCE , CHINA

MAP REF: N8 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND

During a localized wave of UFO activity over Heilong jiang Province in China in june 1 982 a flight of five

Chinese Air Force pilols palrolhng the North China border reported an extraordinary, and potentially dangerous, encounter. The danger came with the first alert of the sighting when the j et fighters' electrical systems malfunctioned and their communication and navigation system cut out. Ahead of the planes was an unidentified object approxima t ely the size of a full moon, glowing yellow-f_r reen. As it closed in on the planes it grew to resemble a mountain of green mist within which certain black objects could be seen. Because of the electrical system failures the planes were forced to return to their base.

NAME AEROFLOT FLIGHT 8352 DATE

1985

PLACE LAKE CHUD NEAR MINSK, USSR

MAP REF: C6 EVENT DISTANT NIGHT LIGHTS

This report, which comes from both the People's Paper and also the official news agency Tass, was publicized in 1985 though no date was given for the event. According to the report Flight

8352 was flying from Tbilisi to Tallin when at approximately 4 o'clock in the morning the plane, a Tupolev TU- 134 encountered 'cloud UFOs'. The first trace of the sighting was apparently when the second officer noticed a bright star-like object above and to the right which seemed lo fi re a laser-like beam down toward the ground . Other crew members confmned the sighting. The laser-like beam of light thinned out into a more diffuse cone of light; all the crew of the Tupole\· estimated that they were looking at something coming from approximately 30 miles (48 km) high. The con e of light had been

1 37

THE EAST

scanning the J..,Jfound and illuminating the landscape very clearly, suddenly it turned on the aircraft itself obscuring the crew's vision. Suddenly the star-like source of the beam seemed to increase in size becoming almost a yellowish-J..,Jfcen cloud and it looked as if it was rapidly approaching the craft. For tllis

NAM E GANSU PROVINCE DATE

1 1 JUNE 1 985

PLACE LANZ HAU, GANSU, CHINA

MAP REF: K1 1 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND

reason the captain ordered radio

China was one of several countries to report an extraordinary UFO

details to be confinned of the sighting to air traffic control in

during 1 985. On 1 1 june, Civil Aviation Administration Boeing 7t1 7,

Minsk, which was unable to verify

flying from Beijing to Paris,

the sighting visually or by radar.

witnessed the object in the late evening, over Lanz Hau in Gansu

The cloud UFO exhibited some non-ballistic movement finally swinging round to behind the

Province.

Tupolev and pacing its flight. The

the airliner at extremely lligh speed causing the captain - Wang Shuting

The UFO flew across the path of

crew noticed smaller lights zigzagging inside the cloud. Finally, air traffic control admitted they could see flashes of light on their

- to consider an emergency landing. Of particular importance was the size of the UFO, also reported in

horizon which was in approximately the correct position for the

other countries in the same year: an apparent diame ter of 6 miles.

transmission from the Tupolev.

passengers were now somewhat alanned by the cloud and the captain instructed them to be told that they were seeing the Aurora Borealis. A second aircraft flying in the

NAME THE RUSSIAN PARK GIANTS DATE OCTOBER 1 989 PLACE VORONEZH, USSR

MAP REF: D? EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

The Soviet news agency Tass

the sighting when the two aircraft were some 10 miles ( 1 6 km) apart.

almost gave way to sensationalism in late 1 989 when it reported a flying

As they were examining the cloud UFO with Lakes Chud and Pskov in the background they were able to

saucer landing in a suburban Russian park. However, the report certainly had credibility as the involvement of

make a reasonably accurate estimate of the size of the cloud,

scientists investigating the area showed, and perhaps reflected the

radar had detected not just the aircraft but two additional returns. I n March 1 985 the USSJ{ Academy of Sciences announced 'The Acroflot crew of Flight 8352 had encounte red " something we call lJFOs". '

creature with them. Interestingly, the proportions arc the exact descriptions - dwarf bodies, huge heads - though reflect perhaps the folklore of Russia, in which giants feature strongly. The sighting seemed to confirm a previous report from Penn in central Russia when a milkmaid had claimed to meet a taller than average creature with a

KIND

opposite direction also confinned

some 25 miles (t10 km) wide. When the Tupolev landed at Tallin the radar control there confirmed that

i n J u ly 1 989 i n a s u b u rb near the R u ssian city of Perm .

opposite of most Western alien

Remarkably, the cloud at one point seemed to be trying to camouflage its shape, replicating the outline of the Tupolev itself! The

O n e of two o ra n g e globes which appeared

liberalization taking place in the country's media. According to the report, a UFO landed in a suburban park at Voronezh, some :mo miles (483 km) south of Moscow, and witnesses saw two giant entities walking

nearby. They were described as tall and thin but with tiny heads and they apparently had a small robot-like

1 40

small head. Scientists apparently went to the park in Voronezh and found a 60 ft (18.3 m) wide depression in the grass, four deep dents, wllich are regarded as landing trace evidence. After the giants left there were reports that several of the witnesses had been gripped by a fear for several days. Investigation of a 'flap' is slow but it appears at the date of writing tllis that there was indeed a wave of sightings in the area at that time. A full investigation of this will probably take about five years, assuming a reasonable level of access to the material.

he introduction by l lilary Evans and the database itself give a very good impression of the state of ufology in Asia, principally the USSR and C hina

sern throu�Jz Westcm eyes.

I lowever. ufology is a part of a larger spectrum, a spectrum that includes folklore, the paranonnal, mythology, sociology, and psychology. The influence of these factors on U FO sightings is crucial to a full understanding of the phenomena. Perhaps reports a re coloured by folklore? Perhaps the phenomenon has an in-built ability to react to people's expectat ions? No true understanding of the phenomenon can be achieved while these sort of questions remain unanswered. For We stern ufolo�J]sts the problem is t hat we do not have full access to all that is necessary to really understand the picture of ufology in 'closed' societies. China remains rela tively closed, and the Soviet bloc is only just opening up (and it is still early days for any in-depth analysis). We ha ve good report s, of course, from these countries but we can never be certain we ha ve all of the important components. We need a full interaction between East and West on this subject. wit h acce ss to government opinions and involvement, and perhaps a fuller understanding of those other 'human' factors which surround those cases. As the world opens its doors a fuller picture will emerge; it is be�J]nning to already.

O n g i nally b u i l t a s a n early-wa rnmg system , t h e G reat W a l l o f C h m a remains the largest construct1on ever b u i l t b y m a n a n d a lasting reminder of China ' s territorial isolationism

Several Soviet delegates have been allowed even encouraged - to attend 'Western' conferences and their input has been most valuable. l l opdully, they obtain much from interaction with us. Re sear

The picture is the same as in all other part :-; of the world; the phenomenon is t ruly global. It i s t he ' local' interpretat ions which offer the \·ariety. For ;l ll ufolo hJ]sts the problem is to separate source from signa l . The future under s tand i ng of t h i s global p h e

chers such as Paul N orman and Timothy (;ood have travelled in China, and have been krin�n acce ss to valuable material. (;ood, effective. civilian U FO re search groups have de\·elopecl in most ' Eastem bloc' countries.

nomenon will be richer. but it lies, nen:rt h e le :-; s , in t h e future. A full pict ure of U FOs in this p a rt of t h e \mrld will broaden our minds and gin· u s t h e p e rs pL'L' t i n·s we all need - it cannot be quick L'nou.� h in roming:

141

WHILE THERE IS LITTLE SHYING AWAY FROM REPORTS OF 'GHOSTS ' , THERE DOES SEEM TO BE A FEAR OF RIDI CULE WHEN SOMETHING OCCURS WHI C H I S THOROUGHLY ALIEN TO A PE OPLE 'S CULTURE .

KEY TO MAP OF AFRICA Q) ® ® @ ®

Drakensteen Mountain , Cape Province , South Africa Lake Mcllwaine, Harare, Zimbabwe Elizabeth Klarer, Drakensberg, South Africa Edwin and George, Patterson's Groyne, Durban , South Africa Fort Beaufort, South Africa ® Durban , South Africa 0 The Tennis Court , Rosmead, South Africa ® The Beit Bridge Encounter, Zimbabwe/South Africa border

® Antoine Severi n , Reunion Island, Indian Ocean @) The Landing at Loxton, Loxton , South Africa @ The Canary Islands Soap Bubble, Canary Islands ® Groendal Reserve, Uitenhage, South Africa @ The M indalore Encounter, Johannesburg, South Africa @ La Rochelle, Mutare , Zimbabwe @ Matabeleland Encounters, Matebeleland South, Zimbabwe @ The Dogon Tribes, Mali , North-west Africa

about it. ' Whatever village this was, it had no electricity, only the smoking fires of locally hewn wood. Could that possibly reflect in the sky above him looking like falling, burning embers? But whatever the answer, I got no further. In the Loxton Case in the Karroo, South Africa (see page 1 5 1 ) , there were three other witnesses to Danie Van Graan's sighting of a caravan-like UFO. A young coloured boy (eight or nine years of age) had noticed the object on the ground. I le ran to call his mother, Meitjie Devenish, who was sitting with a young man nearby. They all saw the object on the ground, but were so terrified by its implications and the possibility of police questioning, that they left the area, moving towards the S. E. Cape, to East London. Dave van Rhyn tells a story about a UFO encounter during the War of Independence in Zim babwe (then Rhodesia) when he was accompanied by his black sergeant, Gilbert. It was about 8. 30 pm when Dave was driving the army Landrover from Chiredzi to Mutare in Zimbabwe. They had noted some very bright car headlights behind them when Gilbert pointed out that the vehicle seemed to be travelling above the ground. Realizing there was no landing strip in the area, Dave drew over to the side of the road and stopped. They both got out to look but the light had disappeared; suddenly it rose up from a hollow on their right hand side. Both men had a tremendous fright but Dave stood his ground. The light was huge, like a football field, and it passed over them and then shot up into the sky. When Dave looked for Gilbert, he found him under the vehicle, still trembling with shock. The possibility of a UFO had entered Dave's mind, but the poor sergeant had no idea what was going on. In the case of Clifford Muchena (see page 153) it must be remembered that I never suggested to Clifford

n Africa one is faced with a great variety of cultures and beliefs and it is essential that such diverse attitudes be taken into account when dealing with any report. Whereas in Western culture, UFOs are treated with great scep ticism by the scientific community, the African cul tures readily allow for paranormal happenings. Predic tions of death or enemy attack, by Sangomas (witch doctors), are often accurate although in the former case this is sometimes caused by severe emotional trauma. l lowever, spacecraft, the Extra-terrestrial Hypothesis, and UFOs, are totally alien to black African literature and folklore. This lack of knowledge is often compounded by Jack of foreign currency in the developing countries to purchase books on UFOs from overseas. Thus, when I approach witnesses in cases of supposed sightings or contacts, I can be 99 per cent certain that their interpretation will be representative only of their culture. The one overriding factor which appears in all cultures is that of fear! The unknown can be seen as a physical threat and, despite varying interpretations of the origins of the threat, creates an overwhelming traumatic abyss. While there is little shying away from reports of 'ghosts', there does seem to be a fear of ridicule when something occurs which is alien to a people's culture. On a recent phone-in broadcast in Zimbabwe, I was contacted hy a young African boy of twelve. 'I was in my grandmother's village when I saw this "thing" pa ssing over, and spewing out hot, burning material, ' he said. (The village was some distance into the bush and isol;Jted). Later, when I contacted him, he said he could not talk lo me. 'My mother and father told me that what I saw was the lights of another village nearby' the boy reported. They want me to forget all

1 44

Âˇl ll llll l lllll n â&#x20AC;˘ Âˇ UFOs W I T H I N AF R I CAN CULTURE

shouted, the fireball moved sideways for about H20 ft (250 m) and disappeared behind a bush. Warrant Officer van Rensburg, the policeman in charge, who had been called in by Bennie Smit, the owner of the farm, said, 'I did notice that when anyone approached it, it shied away behind the bushes. ' Whatever UFOs are: extra-terrestrials or time travellers, psychological in1agery or even apparitions, let us not speculate wildly about Africa. I have interviewed many dozens of African people in the course of my research. I only apply the UFO hypothesis when certain factors keep re-appearing, i. e. balls of light or the strange behaviour of lights , entities which appear to b e totally alien, machine-like craft, ozone (and other) smells, electromagnetic effects on both humans and machines , paralyzing of witnesses, etc. As a field investigator of about fifteen years standing, I believe this is the appropriate way to sift the ufological data from the varied reports.

Vast, unpopulated areas of scrubland and bush make u p much of Africa. It is l ittle s u rprise that UFO sightings on this continent are faw and far between .

that he had seen UFO entities; aliens and U FOs were never mentioned at the original interview. C lifford alleged that the men were the 'ghosts of my ancestors' and I never attempted to make him think otherwise. I did, at the end of the interview, ask if he had heard that there were 'men in space' and he in1mediately reacted. 'Do you mean astronauts ? ' he asked, although he admitted that he had never seen a picture of one. On subsequent occasions we discussed the probability that the fireball that he and nineteen other witnesses had seen, could have been some sort of omen or vehicle, not from this Earth. The largest number of reports I receive are in the fom1 of balls of light (BOLs). One teams to categorize these and with knowledge gained over the years from books and papers I have read (such as the work of Paul Devereux and I lilary Evans) I can give an identity to most of them. What does still puzzle me is their intelligent movement. For example, in the Fort Beaufort case in South Africa, (see page 1 4H) the fiery object reacted to the voices of the labourers as they moved about to try to comer the object. When a labourer, Boer de Klerk,

CYNTHIA HIND is the M U FON rep resentative for Af rica . and one of the m ost experienced researchers o n that continent. Her efforts over the years have done m uch to enrich knowledge of the way in which the U FO phenomenon has arisen there.

1 45

�1 1n ·

f'llluu�,

DATABASE 1 950s NAME DRAKENSTEEN MOUNTAIN DATE SPRING 1 951 PLACE DRAKENSTEEN MOUNTAIN , CAPE

PROVINCE , SOUTH AFRICA MAP REF: K 20 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

Juan Benitez published this classic alien encounter report in 1 978. The witness, a British en!,rineer working in Cape Province, South Africa, had been driving up the Drakensteen Mountain in his car late at night when a man flagged him down and claimed he needed water. The man was under 5 ft ( 1 52 em) tall, was bald with a domed head and spoke in a strange accent. The witness offered to drive him to a nearby mountain stream. ( )n returning the man to the original point, the witness saw a disc-shaped craft. The 'man' invited him inside the object and showed him that he needed water because one of his rollca1-,rt1es had burned himself. When the witness asked the

entity where he came from the

entity pointed at the sky and said

" From there ! "

NAM E LAKE MCILWAINE DATE

26 JULY 1 954

PLACE LAKE MCILWAINE. ZIMBABWE

MAP REF: K 1 6 EVENT DISTANT ENCOUNTER

On 26 July 1 95,1 Squ;1dron Leader A. Roberts and a student pilot, R. Howarth, were !lying a Tiger M oth

near Lake Mcl lwaine, in Zimbabwe (then Rhodesia) when the two witnesses saw a saucer-shaped

silver object some 1 1/4 miles (2 km)

apparently a meteorite on a collision course with the Earth and Elizabeth watched as the metallic UFO apparently deflected it to avoid a

above them, and about 6 miles (9 km) away. Taking a closer look they saw that 'it turned on its side and

collision. In 1937 while flying from Durban to Baragwana th with her

flew away at great speed'. However, as they reached the edge of Lake Mcllwaine they saw

approach the plane, pace it for a while and then disappear.

the object coming towards them, then maintain station some Z V2 miles (4 km) away. There were no portholes or external means of propulsion visible; they estimated the object to be approximately 40 ft ( 1 2 m) wide. The object disappeared at incredible speed.

NAM E ELIZABETH KLARER DATE

27 DECEMBER 1 954

PLACE DRAKENSBERG, SOUTH AFRICA

MAP REF: K 20

husband they saw a blue-white UFO

Her most extraordinary

experience began on 27 December

1 954 when she was again at the family fann and was alerted to some activity by the great excitement of young Zulu children outside. She rushed to the hill where she had first seen a U FO and watched as a huge disc-like craft some 60 ft ( 18. 3 m) wide descended and hovered near her. It was flat with a dome, and portholes facing her. Through one of the portholes she could see a humanoid figure surveying her and the landscape. Shortly afterwards the craft flew off at speed.

EVENT CONTACTEE

In April 1 956 Elizabeth Klarer felt compelled to return to the family

'Not afraid this time? ' Potentially a chilling question, not least when asked by an extra-terrestrial

farm apparently aware of something

standing beside his hovering flying saucer when you and he are the only people at the top of a deserted hill in a desolate landscape. Fortunately for Elizabeth Klarcr not only was she not afraid but felt enonnous warmth and trust for the alien; indeed she was to fall in love with him and have his child. In her young years, in October 1 9 1 7, Elizabeth saw her first UFO. She was with her sister watching the sunset from a hill ncar her family farm at Drakensberg in South Africa when an orange-red globe came rushing towards them. This was

1 46

'waiting for her' there. Early in the morning she climbed the hill, which she had come to call 'Flying Saucer Hill', and discovered on top a similar huge metallic craft resting on the ground. The entity was this time standing outside the ship. He was

tall, some 6ft 4in (2 m) high, had clear 1-,1fey, slanted eyes and high

cheekbones. He was wearing a one piece suit. It was at this stage that the alien asked 'Not afraid this time ? ' Elizabeth boarded the craft; inside she met a second alien similar to the first and the door was closed. She began to panic in case she was never to return to Earth, and when she went to the windows they too

•

1 1 l ll lll l ll l1 n•· DATABASE 1 960s

were closed, but she quickly became aware that she was among friends which she was sure emanated from telepathic communication. The craft flew up to its mothership, which was full of the same aliens all of whom appeared to be very friendly. On board she was shown 'videos' of the aliens' home planet, known as Meton. She discovered in her dealings with the aliens that her principal contact was named Akon, that they were a race of vegetarians, they could move freely within the galaxy but could not cross the gulf between galaxies. They lived in a perfect world unaffected by pollution and on their planet they have no politics or money, no wars or hostility and have long ago rid themselves of disease. In order to communicate effectively with Akon, Elizabeth learnt telepathy. Akon explained to Elizabeth that he needed her for 'stock breeding' but she accepted this happily as she was now in love with her extra-terrestrial. She became pregnant and spent four months of her pregnancy - up to the birth - living on Meton, with Akon. The child was born and now lives there in the care of his father. Akon told her that he came from a planet four light years away which would seem to put it in the vicinity of Alpha Centauri, the nearest star to the Earth's sun. They arc surveying us to ensure that our pollution and nuclear pro!,rr css is not too dama,1.,ring. Apparently the gradual and somewhat haphazard exposure of the human race to UFOs was an acclimatization device. The nature of the experience, and the description of many of its components, have many echoes in the claims of George Adamski (sec page 2H), Antonio Villas Boas (sec page l H l ) and other claims that have been received across America and Europe in more recent years.

1 960s NAME EDWIN AND GEORGE DATE EARLY 1960

PLACE PATIERSON'S GROYNE, DURBAN,

SOUTH AFRICA MAP REF: K19 EVENT CONTACTEE

In 1960 Edwin was lH years old and

working as a radio mechanic in a factory south of Durban in South Africa. While he was there, a man named George took the post of supervisor in Edwin's section. The two of them got on very well together and often went fishing at Patterson's Groyne where their friendship grew. George was quiet and gave few clues about his personal life.

One day, responding to a light hearted question, George said 'I am going to ,1.,rive you absolute proof that lights in the sky arc not all Sputniks. Then you will know that spaceships exist. ' On one of their fishing trips George took a black bag with him which contained some sort of communication device and when George switched it on they both heard a strange language.

1 47

j ust fifteen minutes later ;m anomalous light appeared in the sky which George pointed out to Edwin. It was about the size of a tennis ball at ann's length; George explained that this was a spacecraft zeromg m on the radio. Suddenly, to Edwin's amazement, an English voice spoke identifying itself as belonging to Wy-Ora who was in charge of the spaceship; he and his crew apparently came from the planet Koldas and one of their number was named Valdar. Valdar was in fact none other than George who scoured Earth to find suitable people to spread the word about their mission. George impressed Edwin in many ways; during this contact he apparently gave instructions to the radio to make the spacecraft undertake certain manoeuvres, which it did. On one occasion when they were at work Edwin watched George - who apparently thought he was alone - physically manhandle a machine into place which had just taken a crane and five people to set Edwin su rveying Patterson 's G royn e , w h e r e h e u s e d to f i s h w i t h G e o r g e (Valdar) and where he first saw the U F O with which G eo rge was commun icating .

AFRICA

it down. According to George there were hundreds of similar aliens living on the Earth, interacting with humans. One day George handed in his notice and told Edwin that he had to leave. Edwin took George, at his request, to a beach at Richard's Bay where they fished for some time and then George apparently changed from his ordinary clothes into a one piece zip-up coverall and gave Edwin the communication radio. As instructed, Edwin sheltered behind a sand dune and saw the arrival of a 1 50 ft (40 m) wide disc-shaped flying saucer; he noticed a figure inside a dome on top as the craft landed. George boarded and within seconds the object was merely a distant dot in the sky. Ever since, Edwin has received messages from George and based on them has collected a cult group around him. Much material has been transmitted, describing the lifestyle of the aliens and the technical features of their craft. In particular some of the messages indicated that there were rival factions of aliens manipulating the Earth. Investigator Cynthia Hind listened to one of the broadcasts as it was rece ived. It described aspects of the aliens' purpose on Earth. Undoubtedly, the broadcast could have been faked, but it would have been expensive to do so and Cynthia was 1-,riven freedom to examine the radio receiving equipment at her leisure (though she admitted she was not expert enough to comment on its workings. ) She has commented that the affair 'had a dist u rbing effect on me'. She maintains a healthy questioning attit ude towards t he UFO phenomenon and she is not in mv opinion a gullible person. I e c ho her own question, raised in her book lJFOs - Afnum E ncounlcrs: 'Can we really a fford to laugh it all oft? '

1 970s NAME FORT BEAUFORT DATE 26 JUNE 1 972 PLACE FORT BEAUFORT, SOUTH AFRICA

MAP REF: J20 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND

is nearly 30 ft (9. 14 m) across and made of heavy brick and cement, had been shattered. Indeed large pieces of its structure were lying some 60 ft (18.3 m) from the site. Smit stated that shortly before the explosions occurred he had seen the UFO again.

KIND

In June 1972 an event was to occur near the town of Fort Beaufort in South Africa which, extraordinarily, exhibited an apparent sensitivity towards the sound of the human voice. Early in the morning the owner of Braeside Farn1, Mr Smit, sent one of his labourers, Boer de Klerk, to inspect the fann's reservoir. At 9 o'clock de Klerk returned in a clearly agitated condition. An hour earlier de Klerk had apparently been at the reservoir when he had noticed a ball of fire near a ridge. Smit went back to the site with de Klerk and also saw the object. It was a fiery red ball some 2 ft (61 em) wide hovering at treetop height and spitting out flames. Incredibly, when de Klerk shouted, . the object appeared to back off by some 820 ft (250 m) behind a bush and reappeared later. Smit left de Klerk to watch the object while he returned to his homestead to collect his rifle and contact the police. Two officers arrived at 10.30 and Smit took them back to the site where all four 足 together with three other labourers - watched the object. They shot at it, and apparently hit it once though that seemed to have little effect; eventually it crashed through the undergrowth and disappeared. The following day an investigation of the area uncovered nine supposed landing traces. On the 8 july Smit heard two loud explosions from his farn1 and discovered that the reservoir, which

1 48

NAME DURBAN DATE

1 JULY 1 972

PLACE DURBAN, SOUTH AFRICA

MAP REF: L19 EVENT DISTANT NIGHT LIGHT

During a Boeing 727 flight from Johannesburg to Durban the pilot Captain Chester Chandler, the senior flight officer Graham Smith and the flight engineer G. Koekemoer all witnessed the close approach of a light to their aircraft as they prepared to descend for landing. It was nearly 9 o'clock in the evening and the sky was clear and dark. Suddenly the crew noticed a light apparently pacing the aircraft. They contacted Durban approach control and reported the sighting, approach control confirmed no other aircraft in the area and no military aircraft operating. The sighting ended when the light accelerated and turned away. A check of the aircraft indicated no malfunction of instruments on board (as is often reported by UFO approaches). Chandler commented that he accepted there was 'something out there' which pilots could not explain, speaking presumably not only of his own sighting but of UFO reporting generally. OPPOSITE Following U FO sightings in the a rea, the tarmac of this tennis cou rt at Rosmead Junior School was found torn up and scattered .

· i l l l l i l l l ll l n • • · DATABASE 1 970s

NAME THE TENNIS COURT DATE

12 NOVEMBER 1 972

PLACE ROSMEAD, SOUTH AFRICA

MAP REF: J20

up and sca t tered. The ga tes were , however, still securely locked. The police were called in.

ll is worth noting at this stage

NAME THE BElT BRIDGE DATE 30131 MAY 1974

PLACE BElT BRIDGE, ZIMBABWE BORDER

MAP REF: K 1 7

that there were many other UFO

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE SECOND

reports received from the same area at the same time including reports of

KIND

ENCOUNTER

EVENT

A MOST EXTRAORDINARY VEHICLE INTERFERENCE

sightings by police officers. l larold Truter, the principal of the

I nvest igation of t he tennis court

l 'eter and his wife Frances

junior school at l<osmead, had

indicated a symmetrical pattern of

(pseudonyms) were travelling from

locked up the house and the

identical holes; some of the tar from

Harare (then Salisbury) in Zimbabwe

attendant tennis court on Friday 10

the court had been strewn some 600

November when he left for the

ft (HB m) away, on to a ridge

(then Rhodesia) to Durban in Sou th Africa via Fort Victoria and the Beit Bridge border, crossing over the

nearby. Hluegum t rees alongside the tennis court had been badly

Limpopo l<iver on the night of :�0/:H

noticed a strange light in the sky but

burnt and they died about two

May 1 Y74 .

considered i t just an unusual but

months later.

weekend. On ret urning in the evening of Sunday

1 2 November he

natural phenomenon. Whether or

Approximately 6 1/1 miles ( 1 0 km)

Analysis of samples taken from

to the south of Umvuma, a small

not this was connected lo what he

the site indicated no obvious

fam1ing town amidst the dry

then discovered is unknown. As he

anomalies though indicated no

desolate scrublands, Peter, who

was unloading his car he saw that

solution either. Whether or not the

was driving, slowed down

the surface of the tennis court had

been broken up; there were holes in

tennis court was the landing site of a

considerably as he knew he

UFO remains speculated by some.

in excess of t he speed limit. H e

it and tar and coal ash had been lifted

but unproven.

thought he s a w a policeman o n t h e

1 49

was

well

•ll ill lll lll lll l•· AFRICA

The Be it B ridge c rossing of the Limpopo River which forms the borde r between Zimb abwe and South Africa and the scene of Peter and Frances' s encounte r .

road ahead and the road was noted for its speed traps. As they passed the 'policeman' they noticed that he seemed to be wearing a plastic or metallic-looking suit and when they looked back after passing him they could s ec nothing at all! Fifteen minutes later, at �. 30 in the morn in g Frances saw a light off to the left hand side of the vehicle apparently keeping pace with them. The car lights began to fade. Other electrical equipment in the car, such as the radio was unaffected; all (] found them there was a light bright enough to cast shadows. Both Peter and Frances felt remarkably cold and wrapped up i n coats and blankets while they were driving. Peter was again driving fast, between 87-9] miles ( l tl 0- 1 50 km) per hour and he eased his foot off the accelerator. N othing happened! The car continued to move at full ,

speed, without headlights and completely out of Peter's control. He could not stop, brake, steer or in any way control the car. Although Peter was terrified by this he said nothing to his wife who was already concerned enough by the UFO sighting. This continued for some 1 1 miles (18 km) until reaching a petrol station at Fort Victoria by which time the UFO had disappeared. It was 4. 30 in the morning when they drove into the garage in Fort Victoria and the garage attendant, dressed in vest and shorts, expressed surprise at their remark about how cold it was. An hour later, they set off again. Six and a quarter miles ( 1 0 km) out of Fort Victoria the UFO took up its left hand position yet again and there was also a second UFO directly above. Although this was a potentially busy route, because of the daytime heat many people would have driven at night, and the previous day had been a public holiday, the couple were surprised that the roads were totally deserted.

1 50

During this next leg of the drive the couple thought they might be off course because of the strange landscape around them; low bushes, high grass, marshes and swamps. It appeared that they were shrouded in a 'cone of silence'; there was no noise from the engine and no noise of insect life. Yet again, Peter completely lost control of the car now at a speed of something like 125 miles (200 km) per hour. 'I wasn't driving' said Peter. The road from Fort Victoria to Beit Bridge is very curved and twisted but that night it was absolutely straight! Frances fell asleep at around 6. 1 5 a. m. and a t 7. 30 they arrived a t Beit Bridge. It was now light but the two UFOs were still visible high above them. The clock in the Zimbabwe customs post showed 8. 30 a. m. though both Peter's and Frances' watches showed 7. 30 as did the clock inside their car. A radio time check indicated it was indeed 8. 30. Analysis of the car was to provide some of the most extraordinary details yet! When he had left Fort

· l l l lll l l lll lln •· OATABASE 1 970s

Victoria Peter had set the trip meter to give himself a mileage count and

flight deck, etc. It was approximately 90 ft (27Am) wide

when he looked at it at Beit Bridge it showed that the car had travelled some 1 0 '12 miles (1 7 km). Fort Victoria to Bcit Bridge is a distance

and 60 ft ( 1 H. 3 m) high. Interestingly, there was a special abduction 'unit' on board the craft; an empty room into which abducted humans could be taken where they could be induced to believe they were still in a (simulated) Earth surrounding. Other parts of the recall indicated that the beings were physical, they had no reproductive organs, they came from the outer galaxies, were like gods and travelled in time rather than space. It seems that their purpose is to influence the course of the Earth without making direct interference. As part of their contact they apparently live amongst us as businessmen, university students, lecturers, and so on.

of 1 79 miles (28H km). In addition he should now have had to fill the petrol tanks of his Peugeot t104 which should have been virtually drained by the journey; in fact they were still full and took only 22 cents worth of petrol. The tyres provided an even more extraordinary puzzle; in order to save money Peter had fitted cheap retreads for the drive, proposing to replace them with decent tyres more cheaply available in South Africa. At best they should have given him about 746 miles ( 1 , 200 km) worth of driving. Peter showed the tyrcs to investigators; they had done nearly 4, 970 miles (8, 000 km) and were still as if brand new. Regression hypnosis was to reveal a stunning story! According to Peter's recall, his wife's falling asleep on the road to Beit Bridge had not been coincidence; it was quite deliberate. After she had gone to sleep a 'space being' had been projected into the backseat of the car and had remained there for the rest of the journey. The space-being apparently told Peter that he would be able to sec him as anything he wanted to see; if Peter wanted the entity to look like a duck then it would look like a duck, if he wanted it to look like a monster it would look like a monster. In some strange way Peler also examined the inside of the spacecraft though there appears to be some suggestion that he made an out-of-body trip from the car and into the spacecraft, leaving his physical fonn to run the vehicle. According to the regression hypnosis the craft was built on three levels divided between engineering, communications, living quarters,

NAME ANTOINE S EvE RIN DATE

1 4 FEBRUARY 1 975

PLACE REUN ION ISLAND, INDIAN OCEAN

MAP REF: 017 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

It was just after noon on 1 4 February 1 975 when Antoine Severin saw a domed UFO in a field at Petite lie. Small entities some 3-4 ft (9 1 - 1 22 em) tall got out of it and fired a white beam at Severin, rendering him unconscious. For several days Severin suffered from impaired vision and lack of speech which a local psychiatrist interpreted as being reaction to shock. When the police published their report on the incident their Lieutenant Colonel Lobet said ' I t turned out that (the witness) is normally a well balanced, well behaved individual of excellent character, and not given to the perpetration of hoaxes. ' He added 'None of the persons who have

151

testified t o u s believe An toine Severin to have been hallucinating, and they all take his statement seriously. '

NAME THE LANDING AT LOXTON DATE

31 JULY 1975

PLACE LOXTON, SOUTH AFRICA

MAP REF: 1 20 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

On the chilly, misty morning of 31 july 1 975 Danie Van Graan was walking over a 1 0 ft (3 m) high earth bank, which protects his village from flood water. In the field below him he saw what looked like the aluminium roof of a caravan. The 'caravan' was an oval shape and Van Graan could see four people moving about inside as if in slow motion. They were small, thin, pale and wore cream-coloured overalls. They had fair hair, slanting eyes, long faces and high cheekbones - a description reminiscent of the female abductor of Antonio Villas Boas (see page 18 1 ) . Van Graan could hear a humming sound and when he approached approximately 1 5 ft (45 m) from the machine, the entities inside suddenly looked up at him. At that moment there was a slight click and a flap opened at the side of the object; a bright beam of light hit him in the face. The light disorientated him and indeed from that time he has suffered blurred and double vision, though prior to that he had had no trouble with his eyes. At the time, Van Graan also noticed that he had suffered a nose bleed. which was later confim1ed by an acquaintance. Suddenly the humming noise became louder and the machine took off very fast and vel)· smoothly. Within about twent y seconds it had disappeared from ,-iew.

AFR I CA

Subsequent investigation at the site revealed landing leg traces. Of the alfalfa field where the U FO had rested, the landing site itself was barren, the soil hard baked. Van Graan, echoing Maurice Masse in France a decade earlier, stated 'Ever since that machine landed here nothing will grow in this spot' (see page 89). There is some suggestion that the entities may have done a survey outside the craft before Van Graan encountered them. Investigator Cynthia Hind located a second witness, jan Van Der Westhuizen, who had seen nothing but had heard a humming noise at approximately 7. 30 in the morning. Since he thought it was a helicopter he did not investigate. If that noise was the machine landing then it was there for twenty minutes before Van Graan came across it. At the far comer of Van Graan's field there was a virtually dried up duck pond and Van Graan found footprints in the ground unlike those of any of his workers. Although he had not seen them outside the craft it is possible that they had made an excursion. Van Graan was asked what he felt when they left and he said, 'What I did think, although it wasn't at that very moment, was what a pity it was that ! couldn't go up to the machine and talk to those people'.

was moving at some 1 , 865 miles (3, 000 km) per hour. On Gran Canaria, a doctor and three others in a taxi saw the UFO as an enormous electric-blue ball hanging stationary some 6 ft ( 1 83 em) from the ground, 1 50 ft (16 m) away with two tall entities inside it. In the twenty minutes that the four of them watched the object it changed size dramatically. It was like an enom1ous soap bubble approximately the size of a two颅 storey house at first but when the taxi turned its spotlight onto the object it rose, getting larger all the time, until it was the size of a twenty-storey building although the entities and equipment inside remained the same size. This was enough for the witnesses who fled to a nearby house but remained watching the object through the windows. Suddenly the object changed shape, surrounded itself with a white halo and disappeared rapidly towards Tenerife giving off the sound of a screaming whistle. Investigation revealed that the object was also detected on radar.

NAME GROENDAL RESERVE DATE 2 OCTOBER 1 978 PLACE GROENDAL RESERVE, UITENHAGE,

SOUTH AFRICA MAP REF: J21

NAME THE CANARY ISLANDS SOAP BUBBLE DATE

22 JUNE 1 976

PLACE CANARY ISLANDS

MAP REF路 AS EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

There were many reports of this UFO as it flew on \Vhat is presumed to be a course from Fucrteventura island to Tenerifc, via Cran Canaria. According to the sighlings the object

wearing suits similar to those worn by fire fighters, some 900 yards (823 m) away. Witnesses noticed that they did not seem to walk but rather to glide, a feature common to many UFO reports. One of the entities had a silver case or box with him but how it was being held is unclear as none of the witnesses could identify any arms. Indeed even the legs were indistinct appearing from the knees downwards almost 'like a fin'. According to the investigator, Cynthia Hind, none of the boys had been exposed to UFO literature or films and did not consider the possibility that the entities were alien in any way until after the event. The witnesses watched the entities move over a fence and up a hill though noticed that they did not appear to move as humans would, bending forward, but rather gliding erectly up the hill. Before reaching the top they suddenly disappeared and the UFO was also gone. Although the sighting had only lasted for some 60 seconds it was felt that their speed of movement was exceptional for normal people. Indeed at one point a third entity had joined the other two though no-one could remember exactly how. Trackers in the reserve were unable to offer an explanation.

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

NAME THE M INDALORE ENCOUNTER DATE

3 JANUARY 1979

PLACE MINDALORE, JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH

On Sunday 1 October 1978 four boys aged between twelve and sixteen were hiking in the Groendal Reserve and had arranged to be collected by the mother of the eldest on the following day, Monday. At approximately 1 1 . 1 5 in the morning the four saw a silver object between the trees about a half mile away and also two silver-suited entities,

1 52

AFRICA MAP REF: K1 8 EVENT ABDUCTION

Meagan Quezet and her son Andre left their house and walked up the road to bring the family dog in for the night. It was around midnight. As they were walking along they noticed that there was a pink glow

· l l l l l i i i i i i i U • •· DATABASE 1 980s

I t must be noted that tlw dot"tor

on the road and Meagan said ' Look, they've got lights on that road up there'. Andre replied that there were no street lights up there, as he knew the road well. As they got closer they saw that the pink light was emanating from an egg-shaped craft standing on landing legs, not dissimilar to the American lunar landing module. The overall height of the object was some 1 2 ft C:Ui5m), the width possibly the same and each leg was about 4 ft ( 1 22 em) high. Apparently neither witness was afraid because they thought at the time it must be some sort of experimental aircraft. Suddenly five or six people stepped out of the opening and onto the ground. They approached and two of them came close to the witnesses and began speaking to them in something that sounded like a high pitched Chinese language. They were dressed in coveralls and one of the men had thick hair and a beard; they were of normal height. Suddenly Meagan got the feeling that something was not quite normal and said to Andre 'Go and get Daddy, and run, please run'. Andre ran and Meagan continued her conversation but the next thing she remembered was the entities jumping back into the craft with no apparent difficulty even though it had no steps. There was a buzzing sound and the craft rose up although still apparently on its legs, the legs extending. Shortly after this it took off into the sky and disappeared. Andre did not get very far before retuming to his mother when he saw the craft take off and together they went back to the house. Meagan chose not to wake her husband, who would have been tired following a very long shift at work. It was not until the next day when he was already at work, that Andre telephoned him and told him the story, telling him that his mother

was not supportive of the testimony under hypnosis and con m1entcd 'The impression I have is that this is a hysterical fantasy . . . and the material that she then produced, was very fanciful. ' Andre has always resisted hypnosis and has also turned away from further investigation into the event.

1 980s NAM E LA ROCHELLE DATE

15 AUGUST 1981

PLACE MUTARE, ZIMBABWE

Andre Ouezet's d rawi ng of the object onto which he and his mother were abducted .

MAP REF: L17 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

KIND

had also seen the object. Paul suggested phoning the newspapers. Meagan agreed to take a lie detector test but was reluctant to undergo hypnosis and summed up her reluctance as 'Things happen under hypnosis. The hypnotist might say "What happened when you went into the craft ? " and he could be suggesting things to me which I know I didn 't do'. In fact, however. Meagan eventually did agree to regression hypnosis and during tllis session it came out that the aliens strongly attempted to lure her into the craft and that at one point both she and Andre climbed in. Inside, she described chairs and 'funny lights' and they apparently imparted a message to her that shocked and surprised her but in fact which she has never been able to remember. Apparently before any kind of physical examination (which might have been expected given 'nom1al' abduction stories) the witnesses were able to jump out of the craft and it was at this point that Meagan shouted to Andre to run quickly and get his father.

1 53

La Rochelle is a large estate just outside Mutare in Zimbabwe. It forms part of the Nyabara Forest Training School and is a tourist at traction. At around half past six in the evening Clifford Muchcna, the principal witness, saw a ball of light ncar the tearoom on the estate. Many others also saw it. I t was big and rolling towards the tearoom. I t reached the observation tower, seemed to roll up it and appeared to set light to the inside of the tower although it later rolled back down the tower leaving no marks of buming behind. The fireball gathered itself and moved across the lawns to a building known as 'The Fantasy' which was an outhouse desi}..'lll'd for the protection of orchids h'TO\\'n on the estate. It was then that Clifford saw three men standing on the lawns. He thought it must ha\"c been a warden. Andrew Connollcy and others but then realized the fi.L,'ll r es were too tall. \\'hen Clifford called out ;\ l r Connolley"s name the men tumecl towards him. turning their whole

AFR I CA

NAME MATABELELAND ENCOUNTERS DATE

22 JULY 1985

PLACE MATABELELAND SOUTH, ZIMBABWE

MAP REF: K 1 7 EVENT DISTANT ENCOUNTER

'\· 1 · :-·-

... ,· .. .. . .·· �....- ..

' �': :• . ,. ...

:..><_.\,· .&..

C l iffo rd M u chena ( R IGHT) with Naison , the head gardener, two of the main witnesses to events at La Rochel l e .

bodies and not just their heads. They were wearing shiny silver suits but Clifford could not see their faces as the light shining from them was so bright. Clifford fell to his knees and it is not clear whether this was from fear or because of some force emanating from the men or fireball. The men were now only 10 ft (:) m) away. Another witness, Eunice Kachiti, also recalled seeing the fireball on the lawns near a cassia tree in the centre of the lawn. She saw two strange men holding what seemed to be torches in their hands. Her description is of them wearing something like blue jeans and may therefore not be the same sighting as Clifford's. Nonetheless she was excited enough to make her report. Neither of t he witnesses actually specified a connection between the ball of light and the men though dearly two concurrent events may well have been associated. Suggestions have been made that the men were merely visit ors who

had perhaps arrived without paying and that Clifford has misinterpreted what he had seen, though this seems unlikely. Of the ball of fire it has been suggested that this could have been ignited methane or swamp gas or even ball lightning but none of these explanations quite bear out the details of the sighting, particularly the fact that where the fire was there were no bum marks or even marks of heat. It is interesting to note that the witnesses did not attribute U FOs to their sightings. Clifford believed that what he was seeing may have been spirits of his ancestors. Clifford is described as pleasant, not highly educated but able to read and speak reasonable English. The fact that he does not have the technolohrical or sophisticated background of those of us in the West who study UFOs could well account for his own particular interpretation of these events. It might also be that our technological background distances us from the truth. Perhaps we should be considering the spirits of our ancestors theory alongside more technologically orientated ones such as the extra-terrestrial theory.

1 56

During the 22 july 1985 a rash of UFO sightings occurred in the urban areas of Matabeleland South. At a quarter to six in the evening two Hawk fighters from the Zimbabwe Air Force were scrambled to intercept them. The fighters intercepted the UFO at 7, 000 ft (2, UO m) but it launched itself upwards reaching 70, 000 ft (2 1 , 336 m) in under a minute. Unable to chase, the Hawks returned to Formhill Airbase where the UFO was seen disappearing at high speed on a horizontal path. Air Commo.dore David Thome made the comment that follows: 'As far as my air staff is concerned, we believe implicitly that the unexplained UFOs are from some civilization beyond our planet'.

NAME THE DOGON TRIBES DATE

c 200 BC TO PRESENT

PLACE MALl, NORTH-WEST AFRICA

MAP REF: D8 EVENT TRIBAL KNOWLEDGE

Examination of the claims of the Dogon tribesmen of Mali indicates that they appear to have extraordinary knowledge of the star Sirius. According to Robert Temple in his book The Sirius Mystery, the Dogon tribe had knowledge for over 2, 000 years of the star Sirius B , which was only discovered by astronomers in the West in I B62. Temple believes that we must consider that the information the tribesmen have, was passed to them by intelligent beings from planets around Sirius.

frican ufology, like its South American counterpart, is hindered by the immense size of the continent and t he few good researchers. available to collect the raw data. It i s a fact of life in areas where it has been tested that when there are people available to report to, then the reports come in. Unfortunately, reports are not the only requirement. For an effective, meaningful study the reports must be well investigated, and a few people on a large continent arc hard pressed to do the work. Cynthia I l ind is one of the best, if not the best. Certainly her cncrJ.,>y in travelling, sometimes days, to investigate one report is one of the most important factors in our having any real understanding of the phenomenon in Africa at all. Furthennorc, she ha s a well balanced approach to the s ubject and an open mindedness that is always refreshing. Perhaps most importantly, she has an understand足 ing of the basic t ribal overtones that influence the reports being received. Cynthia has taken the trouble to learn about tribal divisions and their beliefs. As a result of this she is able to sift out t he raw data from the interpretations and provide the necessary input to a global view of the phenomenon. Those tribal overtones arc important, though to be fair to Cynthia, researchers including myself are sometimes at odds to know how to react properly to t hem. When Clifford Muchena saw silver-suited entities (see page 1 53) he

Dogon tribesman . Th1s people 's knowledge of the star Sinus dates back 2000 years and Dog on folklore suggests poss1ble contact with extra-terrestnals.

ancestors. Conversely, perhaps we should also con足 sider that our technoloJ.,ri cal interpretations have no more substantiation than Clifford's theory. Perhaps

'our' classic ca ses in fact represent the spirits of our ancestors. Who can say for sure? This question is one that researchers must come to grips with. Each of u s must recognize that we have a world Yiew which may be a s erroneous a s the next person's. The question must he raised again. can the phenomenon react to the cultur e . rather than be dependent on it? Can it send e xtra-terrestrials to Europe and North America , and s pirits to Africa , as a

considered they might be the spirits of his ancestors. C ynthia never suggested otherwise, which was vitally correct. We in the West, and Cyn thia too, who comes from a Western backhrro und, sift away those inter足 pretations and - in effect - replace them with our own. Silver-suited entities have t ime and time again been seen in association with fl ying saucers, therefore we might reasonably ask if in fact Clifford saw flying saucer entitie s and merely mistook them for his

way of being appropria tely not iced ? The answer to that question contains the ;m s \\揃e r to the phenomenon, but will we ever be able to find i t ?

1 57

'THE ROYAL AUSTRALIAN AIR FORCE IS INTERESTED IN ALL WELL REPORTED SIGHTINGS [OF UFOs] , WHI C H ARE INVESTIGATED . . . DETAILS OF THESE INVESTIGATIONS ARE NOT MADE PUBLIC . . . ' IT WAS A POLI C Y THAT BE GAN TO CHANGE SIGNIFICANTLY DURING THE 1 970s AND 1 980s .

KEY TO MAP OF AUSTRALASIA Q) ® CD 0

Submarine UFO, Bass Strait, Australia The Beaufort Bomber, Bass Strait, Australia Maralinga, South Australia The Father Gill Sighting, Papua New Guinea, Australasia ® Bougainville Reel, Queensland Coast, Australia ® Horseshoe Lagoon, Queensland Coast, Australia

(J) Gardin/Smith Encounter, Near Kalgourie, Australia

® Kempsey, New South Wales, Australia ® Mooraduc Road , Near Melbourne, Australia @) Jindabyne, Snowy Mountains, Australia ® The Valentich Encounter, Bass Strait, Australia ® The Kaikoura Controversy, Kaikoura. New Zealand @) Nullarbor Plain, Western Australia

ustralia is not just the only island continent but also a continent of extreme contrast . Despite this it has an amazingly similar record of UFO report s to those of other continents. I learned this when becoming associated vith the Victorian UFO Research Society (VUFORS) m the early 1 960s. Ever since my first voyage to Australia when serving in the American Navy, I had wanted to return. My involvement in U FO research prompted me to make inquiries with regard to what was being carried out both privately and officially in this field. Recom足 mendations came from individuals actually engaged in UFO investigations, who were not only doing private research but associated with the military community as well. It was from these pioneers of ufology that I learned of the original Melbourne f.,lTOup and follow-up organization founded by Peter Norris LLB. He headed the Victorian group which is one of the most reliable in the world. After emigrating to Australia in 1 963, I found that I had been t he recipient of good advice and have never fl',I..,JYe t ted my association with a ,I..,JToup where the policy is to mind its own business and to co-operate with individuals and groups when that co-operation is reciprocal. Soon after my arrival, I learned the official attitude concerning the subject from The I\oyal Australian Air Force who stated: The RAA F is interested in all well reported sightings, which are being investigated . . . Ikt;Iils of these investigations are not made public . . . ' I t w;1s a policy t hat began to change over the next two decades. The first Australian l I F < ) conference took place in Ballarat, \'irtor i;I, organized by the astronomical society of that c i ty. The conference was not only attended by ufologi s t s ;md astronomers but by officials from the 1\A A F a s w d l , including the fonner Air

Marshall , Sir George jones; an indication that some co-operation even at that time existed between individuals from the ranks of officialdom and the Australian UFO research community. One of the first definite indications that official investigators were not in agreement with the overall official policy concerning UFOs came to light during a meeting in Canberra, with an officer who had investi足 gated one of the most interesting Australian encoun足 ters. When we showed him a letter from headquarters concerning the case , he said the letter was altogether different from the actual report he had submitted. There have been many examples when personnel in all branches of the services have assisted private researchers in trying to ascertain the whither, whence and why of the UFOs. Time and time again the scientific community has been called on for assistance onl y to be told by some 'professor of possibility' (or arn1chair ufologist) that UFOs are nonsense. Restrictions on the free exchange of information on UFO encounters are applied. For instance, a UFO was filmed by the captain of an airliner during a flight from Australia to Port Moresby (see page 1 63). The captain reported the encounter to Townsville air traffic control. He was instructed not to have the film developed until his return to Australia. Upon his return two officials were on hand to take the film from him. Although VlJFORS was aware of the incident, it was a few years before we discovered the captain's identity . The most outstanding event in Australian ufology is the Frederick Valentich encounter (see page 1 69). The incident has done more to change the attitude of some officials than any other UFO related event. VUFORS, located near the Moorabbin Airport from where the ill-fated flight commenced, undertook t he bulk of the investiga tions. Information conceming this !-,'Teatest

1 60

THE AUSTRALASIAN PE RSPE C T IVE

I sland. A journalist, Ouentm Fogarty, was on holiday when his manager, Leonard Lee , requested h i 1 1 1 to fly the route and interview one of the pilots who had made several sightings. It came as a s urpri s e when the crew and passengers found themselves flying ;un id a whole fleet of l J FOs. News of this encounter, broadcast on a Mel bourne radio station, appeared to be similar to the radar/visual encounters which occurred during the Washington Flap (sec page 25). The same sort of pattern was unfolding in the New Zealand case. Objects were detected on radar in Wellington and Christchurch; at the same time they were being filmed by the cameraman and witnessed by those on board the aircraft. At one stage the aircraft was being paced by the UFOs. Two days later excerpts of the film were broad cast worldwide. Not familiar with the extent of U FO activity, the news programme was mistakenly pre senting the case as the 'first ever' film of UFOs. Soon after the broadcasts, 'explanations' were coming in from the scientific community worldwide, all contra dictory, none satisfactory. The leading New Zealand astronomer was 99 per cent sure that the planet j upiter was the answer. Sir Bernard Lovell at jodrell Bank Observatory in England, was sure the objects were meteorites. The objects refused to burn out. They kept buzzing the aircraft! An ornitholoJ.,ri st in New Zealand held the view that the objects were mutton birds flying inland to mate. If true, they were anxious to get on with the job: the birds were out-flying the aircraft. The New Zealand Air Force explained them as reflections from squid boats although no fishing boats were in the position required to cast such reflections. A more plausible explanation would have been a formation flight of flying fish at 1 0, 000 ft (3, 048 m)! Australasia is experiencing its share of extraordin ary and fascinating phenomena and the database which follows bears out that fact. Much of the continued high profile of Australasian ufology is due to VUFORS which operates as an authoritative, highly active body adding a valuable Australasian perspectin' to any international study of the subject.

mystery iu Australian avtatton history has been published around the world. The most outstanding encounter with a UFO and humanoids in Australasia occurred on 26 and 27 j uue 1 959 at Boianai, Papua New Guinea (see page 1 62). Reverend Gill who witnessed the event was inter viewed by Dr j. Allen Hynek on his visit to Australia in 197:t Many other witnesses who had close encoun ters were interviewed as well. While researching in this part of the world, I have had the pleasure of meeting top researchers from New Zealand. My first visit to the country coincided with the visit of Dr I lynek, where we met again at the home of I larold Fulton. I Iarold did much 'spade work' for ufology in the late fifties and early sixties. During this visit, I met another well known pioneer of ufology, l lenk Henflairr. The highlight of this visit was to receive first-hand information on the outstanding Moreland encounter from Henk who was a close friend of the Morelands. The Morelands owned a small farm near Blenheim, where the encounter occurred. Mrs More land was on her way to the shed early one morning to milk two cows. Something caused her to look up when she saw two green lights 'like eyes' coming down through the clouds. As the object descended she saw it was headed for the spot where she was standing so she ran several yards, frightened that otherwise she would be crushed. By the time she reached her new position the object was hovering at about 1 5 ft (4. 5 m), as estimated from some pine trees. The object was described as having a dome and inside were two human-shaped beings. Mrs Moreland was wondering what would happen next when the object tilted, rose above the pine trees then flew away with a whining noise. At the same time there was an odour like ozone. The incident created confusion in the household because Mrs Moreland's husband was a security !,'lla rd at the nearby Woodburn Air Force Base. Mr Moreland decided to contact the authorities so the sighting could be identified. Mrs Moreland was interviewed by the Air Force psycholoJ.,rist who put her through some tests. After the news became known, locals visited the fam1 in large numbers. I Ienk knew the witness as a down to earth, credible person. Mrs Moreland's attitude was that of revulsion. She would not like to go through the experience again. The most outstanding series of UFO encounters in New Zealand took place between October 1 978 and january 1 979 when mystery objects were observed by pilots who flew along the coasts of North and South

PAuL N oRMAN , of the Victo rian U FO Research Society , is o n e of the most active ufo logists i n Austral ia. He is a supporter of, and valued g uest at , many i nternational cong resses and symposia and has co ntributed a rticles o n the su bject to publications all over the world .

1 61

1 940s N A M E SUBMARINE UFO DATE

SUMMER 1 942

PLACE BASS STRAIT, AUSTRALIA

MAP REF: G20 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND

In the summer of 1 942 a Royal Australian Air Force pilot was patrolling the Bass Strait in response to reports from local fishermen of night lights over that area. He watched as a UFO came out of the overhead cloud cover. It was daylight, before 6 o'clock in the evening, and the pilot had good visibility. The UFO was described as shining, bronze in colour, some 1 50 ft (Jj6 m) long and 50 fl ( 1 5 m ) wide. On top of the UFO something like a plexiglass canopy could be seen. For a while t h e U FO paced the aircraft and then pulled away at remarkable speed and dived st r;1ight into the ocean.

case of 1 978. The pilot reported that a large dark shadow was keeping pace with the plane just 1 00 ft (30 m) or so away. Something resembling exhaust appeared to come from it. During the encounter, which lasted approximately t wenly minutes, the bomber's radio and navigational instruments were knocked out. The encounter ended when the object accelerated away at speed. As Australian researcher Bill Chalker points out, this particular type of plane 'figured heavily in the official Royal Australian Air Force list of planes that went missing without trace during World War II in the Bass Strait area - an area that was not linked to any significant enemy activity'.

1 950s NAME MARALINGA DATE

OCTOBER 1 957

PLACE MARALINGA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

MAP REF: F 1 7 NAM E THE BEAUFORT BOMBER

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER O F T H E FIRST

DATE FEBRUARY 1 944

-------

PLACE BASS STRAIT, AUSTRALIA

MAP REF: H20

------

EVENT AIRCRAFT I NTERFERENCE

What appt·ars to be

A u s t ra lia ' s

earliest case of ve hicle inll'rference

took place i n Fch r ua rv 1 �H 1. A l�oyal A u s t rali;Hl Air Force

bomber

w;JS

tlv ing ; 1 ! 1 , :JOO

Beaufort It

0 . :�72 m) and ; d J J Jost � :JO miles ( 100 per ho u r o n T t ht B ; I s s St r; 1 i t

km)

the scene of so n l l w l i l ' F ( ) <Jct i v i t y

i n c lu d i n g t he rv J u a r k ; J i l h · \'ale n t i c h

KIND

Maralinga in Sout h Australia was one of the nuclear testing ranges used by the British government . Following such testing in October 1 957 a Royal Air Force coqJOral and other servicemen stationed at the base witnessed a UFO hovering nearby. It was shiny and silver-blue with portholes along the edge of its clear metallic structure. I nvestigation with the local a irfi e lds indicakd that t he re should have been no aircraft activity i n the

1 62

area at the time. U nfortunately because of the high security at the base there were no cameras available to take photographs of the object which stayed for some fifteen minutes or so before leaving.

NAM E THE FATHER GILL SIGHTING DATE

27 JUNE 1959

PLACE PAPUA NEW GUINEA

MAP REF: 1 1 1 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER O F THE THIRD

KIND

June of 1 959 brought a UFO 'flap' to Papua New Guinea. There were, in all, seventy-nine detailed sighting reports from Boianai, Banaira, Giwa, Menapi and Ruaba plain. The most important of these would seem to be the Boianai mission encounter of 27 June although the story most probably starts the night before. At 6A 5 p.m. on 26 June Reverend William Gill went out of the main mission to look for Venus which should have been conspicuous in the sky at the time. He saw Venus but also noticed a very bright sparkling object above it that seemed to be descending towards the mission. He called two of the mission's staff, Stephen Moi and Eric LanJ..,rford and later other men from the mission joined them to witness the object. The object was circular with a wide base. It appeared to have an upper deck with something resembling legs beneath it. A blue light was beamed up into the sky petiodically and on top of the object, which appears to have been some sort of 'cabriolet' flying saucer, four

DATABASE 1 960s

humanoid ent ities could be seen. Some of the witnesses reported seeing portholes around the side of t he object. There were also small UFOs in the sky at the time, flying in an irregular pattern. The large object disappeared at 9. 30 at tremendous speed towards Giwa. The following night the same or a similar object was seen. Again there seemed to be four entities on the top of the saucer and Reverend Gill noticed that one of them seemed to be operating equipment somewhere in the centre of the disc but out of their line of vision. Reverend Gill stretched out his arm and waved and the figures waved back! More of the mission staff started waving and then all of the four entities waved back, astonishing the staff. Reverend Gill used a torch to flash a series of lights at the UFO and the UFO seemed to be responding by making a pendulum足 like motion waving backwards and forwards. The UFO closed in on the witnesses but after a while the entities disappeared below deck. At 6.25 in the evening two of the entities came back on deck and seemed to be working by the light of the blue spotlight. Five minutes later, rather bored with this limited interaction, Reverend Gill decided to go in for dinner and did not come out again for half an hour by which time the UFO, though still visible, was now away in the distance. In total, Gill and thirty-seven other witnesses at the Boianai mission saw the objects in the sky. In 1 977, Gill was specifically

The Australian Department of Air suggested 'Most probably they were reflections on a cloud of a major light source of unknown ori,1.,rin '. Such an explanation hardly seems to do justice to the sheer weight and quality of witness reports.

1 960s NAME BOUGAINVILLE REEF

was inst ntcled not to have the lih n developed bu t t o ret u rn wit h it t o Australia. On his return h e wa s flown to Ca nberra where both the film and his own plane's flight recorder were confiscated. Captain Barker's official statement includes the comment ' I had always scoffed at these report s, but I saw it. We all saw it. I t was under intelligent control, and it was certainly no known aircraft'.

DATE 28 MAY 1965 PLACE BOUGAINVILLE REEF. QUEENSLAND

COAST, AUSTRALIA

NAME HORSESHOE LAGOON DATE

MAP REF: J13 EVENT CONFISCATED FILM

In the early hours of the morning of 28 May 1 965 Captain john Barker was flying an Ansett DC-6B airliner from Brisbane to New Guinea when he found he was being paced by a UFO. He described the object as oblate, with an exhaust. It was also seen by the co-pilot and stewardess. The sighting was reported by radio to Townsville control in Queensland: Barker radioed that he was taking photographs of the UFO. When he landed at Port Moresby, in New Guinea, Barker

questioned about breaking off the sighting for dinner and stated: 'We were a bit fed up that they wouldn't come down after all the waving . . . this is the difficult thing to get across to people . . . here was a flying saucer: therefore it must have been a traumatic experience. It was nothing of the kind. '

1 63

-----

19 JANUARY 1966

PLACE HORSESHOE LAGOON. QUEENSLAND

COAST. AUSTRALIA MAP REF: 1 1 4 EVENT 'CORNFIELD' CIRCLES

Circles of flattened grasses are perhaps most famous for their frequent appearances in the southem counties of England. Contrary to popular mythology, in this area they arc rarely linked with actual UFO sightings. A ' landmg nest' of flattened g rass allegedly created by a U FO witnessed by George Ped l ey at Ho rseshoe Lagoon.

A U ST RA LA S I A

However, one such circle that very clearly was associated with a UFO sighting occurred in the swamps at Horseshoe Lagoon in Australia and was witnessed by a banana grower by the name of George Pedley. While he was driving his tractor at 9 o'clock in the morning he suddenly heard a loud hissing noise like rushing compressed air and saw just 25 yds (23 m) ahead a blue-grey spinning UFO rising from the ground. It was approximately 25 ft (7. 62 m) wide and 9 ft (2. 74 m) high and when it reached a height of about 60 ft ( 18. 3 m) it shot off at terrific speed. On investigation Pedley discovered that under its landing, or at least hovering, site there was a circular area of flattened grasses. Other investigators to the site discovered a total of five such circles and also obtained many other reports from other witnesses who had seen the same UFO. The precise mechanism which fonns the so-called cornfield circles is not fully understood. Investigation of the mechanism in the United Kingdom by such people as Dr Terence Mcadcn of Tornado and Storm R.esearch has indicated that they are caused by wind vortices; however, there arc other energy forms associated which may well of course be perfectly natural. One such enert,ry appears to be an ionization of the air which creates a glow above the area where the vortices are touching the ground; this could be the explanation for the UFO that Pedley saw, though usually it is described as red rather than blue-grey. Australia, however, came up with a few unique suggestions of its own; birds featured heavily with species like the blue heron or the bald headed coot being blamed for the impressions on I he ground. Another

theory was that the circles are the love nests of mating crocodiles. If the UFO phenomenon produces nothing else, it produces variety!

1 970s NAM E KEMPSEY, NEW SOUTH WALES DATE

2 APRI L 1 971

PLACE KEMPSEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,

AUSTRALIA

NAM E GARDIN/SMITH ENCOUNTER DATE

22 AUGUST 1 968

PLACE NEAR KALGOURLIE, AUSTRALIA

MAP REF: C1 7 EVENT VEHICLE INTERFERENCE

I am grateful to Paul Norman for clarifying certain details of this case. Captains W. Gardin and G. Smith flying from Adelaide to Perth on 22 August 1968 suffered electromagnetic interference when encountering a fleet of UFOs. The plane was an eight -seater Piper Navajo, flying at 8, 000 ft (2, 438 m) at approximately 200 knots; only the two captains were aboard. Smith was woken by Gardin and asked to come to the cockpit to confirm what he had seen. Ahead of the plane and at approximately the same altitude was a formation of UFOs. In the centre was a large craft and around it were four or five smaller objects which seemed to have flown out of the parent craft. During the sighting the main craft broke into several sections and the whole formation appeared to be making strange interactive manoeuvres. Kalgourlic communication centre was radioed for information but the captains were informed that there was no air traffic in the area. The captains reported the sighting and at that time the radio suffered some form of breakdown. After approximately ten minutes the UFO fonnation gathered itself together 'as if at a single command' and disappeared from sight at remarkable speed; immediately following their departure radio communications came back to life.

1 66

MAP REF: K1 7 EVENT ABDUCTION?

At approximately 10 o'clock in the evening on 2 April 1 97 1 , after a spate of UFO sightings in the area, a middle-aged aborigine at Kempsey in New South Wales seems to have suffered a most incredible form of abduction. The man was in his kitchen obtaining water for a drink when he suddenly saw a small entity outside the window. He felt a sucking force which picked him up into the air and rendered him unconscious. When he came to it appears that he had been sucked clean through the window and he was discovered cut and bruised some 7 ft (2m) away from the smashed glass. More incredibly, the window was secured by an iron bar across the middle, which had not been broken, leaving the only possible exit for the aborigine a 32 by 10 in (8 1 by 25. 4 em) space!

NAME MOORADUC ROAD DATE

1 972 - 1 973

PLACE MOORADUC ROAD, NEAR

MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA MAP REF: H 1 9 EVENT CONTACTEE!ABDUCTION

For witness Maureen Puddy the encounter began on 5 july 1972 when she was driving between Frankston and Dromana along the Mooraduc Road, south-east of Melbourne. From above and behind her car she saw a blue light approaching, which she first took to

DATABASE 1 970s

be a helicopter ambulance (quite commonly used in this reJ.,Tion of wide open spaces). She stopped the car and stepped out to look, noticing no sound from the light. What she saw was incredible. A huge object approximately 1 00 ft (30 m) wide was hovering and completely overlapping the road at about twice the height of the tcleJ.,JTaph poles. It was shaped like two saucers; there were no signs of welds or rivets, windows, portholes or other details and it was glowing intensely and blue. At this time Mrs l'uddy noticed there was a faint humming noise though she could see no siJ.,'ll of movement from the object at all. Terrified, she leapt back into the car and sped off but she noticed that

VUFDRS investigators Judith Magee and

no matter how fast she drove the object always maintained station exactly behind her. After 8 miles ( 13

Paul Norman .

km) it seemed the chase was over and Mrs Puddy noticed the object streaking away in the opposite direction. Mrs Puddy reported the event to police, friends and family though generally speaking it was received with banter and humour and probably for this reason she decided

wheel in real fear. Looking upwards through the top of the windscreen of her car she could see part of the rim of the object directly above her. She began to receive messages! A voice - in her head rather than

to say nothing more about it. The 25 july 1972 was to change her mind! On this day at more or less the same time and in the same place on the Mooraduc Road she was driving again, home to Rye after visiting her son in hospital at Heidelberg. Suddenly there was a blue light all around her car and her first reaction was 'Oh hell! Not again! ' Immediately thinking o f the encounter of t wenty days earlier she accelerated to get away and to her horror discovered that far from succeeding the engine of the car cut out, she lost control of her steering and the car rolled off to the verge of the road. All around, the trees and bushes were bathed in the blue light and

M rs Puddy gripped the steering

her cars - said 'Tell the media . . . do not panic . . . we mean no harm. ' It went on to say 'All your tests will be negative. ' And then, 'Tell me dear comrade, do not panic, we mean no ham1. ' Incredibly there was a final message 'You now have control' at which time the car engine started up. Near to panic, Mrs Puddy drove quickly to the police station and in an agitated and upset condition reported her encounter. The police reported the event to the Royal Australian Air Force. Mrs Puddy made several illuminating observations about her own sighting to the UFO researchers; she pointed out that the word 'media' was not one that she would be likely to use. She also commented that she did not know what could be meant by ' tests' since she did not have any test results.

1 67

The Royal Australian Air Force commented that they could not explain the sighting but could confim1 there were no aircraft in the area at the time and, interestingly, the Flying Saucer Review (FSR) report states 'She was advised to remain quiet about the incident rather than chance causing panic'. There were corroborative sightings which suggest Mrs Puddy's encounter was a very real one. A Mr Maris Ezergailis was in the south-east suburb of Melbourne, Mount Waverley, at approximately three quarters of an hour after !\Irs Puddy's encounter and he states that he saw a flash of blue light travelling horizontally. Mrs Puddy herself commented on l\lr Ezergailis' report 'That's the way it looked w hen it took off the first time I saw it'. At around the same time as Mrs Puddy's encounter another couple, a 1\ l r and l\lrs Heel, also reported seeing an unusual light 'Something unlike anything we had seen before路. The repm1 in F(ving Saucrr

Rn路ieu路 ends by saying that 'l\lrs

Puddy says she won"t dri\路e a l o ng that road again at night unless she has company'.

lillll llllllllâ&#x20AC;˘ A USTRALAS I A

On 22 February 1973, following the publication of FSR 's report, she did again drive along that road and with most illustrious company indeed. The results were extraordinary. Throughout that day Mrs Puddy had heard voices saying 'Maureen, come to the meeting place'. She realized that this was a further telepathic message from those who had contacted her those months ago. Mrs Puddy telephoned judith Magee who, along with Paul Nom1an, agreed to meet her at 8. 30 in the evening on the Mooraduc Road. They went to exactly the same place the previous events had occurred and Ms Magee, getting into Mrs Puddy's car, commented 'I was experiencing a tingling sensation like a mild electric shock. It shortly passed off. An extraordinary part of the encounter had already taken place. Mrs Puddy commented that she had nearly driven off the road on the way to the meeting because, as she had been driving, a gold-foil-suited entity had appeared inside her car between the two front seats and then disappeared again! The convoy of Mrs Puddy's car (containing M rs Puddy and Ms Magee), followed by Paul Norman in his car, arrived at the site. Paul Nonnan left his car and got into the back scat of Mrs Puddy's. There they discussed the materialization of the entity. Suddenly he reappeared again and Mrs Puddy in a frantic state grabbed Ms Magee and said 'There he is! Can't you sec him? He is in the same dothes. ' The figure was walking towards the car and had stopped by the left headlight. There was a catch! Neither judith Magee nor Paul Norman could sec the entity though it must be stated at this stage that Ms Magee was quite certain that the agitation fdt was real and that 'Maureen Puddy

was not consciously fabricating . . . she was really upset'. The entity was apparently beckoning to Mrs Puddy to follow it and even though Ms Magee offered to go with her the witness was resolute in her detemlination not to move and continued to tightly clasp the steering wheel. Even more extraordinary events were ahead! Suddenly Maureen Puddy was screaming that she had been kidnapped and she was describing the inside of the UFO and shouting that she could not get out because there were no doors or windows. Throughout all of this she never left the driving seat of the car nor the sight of the two investigators but her a!,ritation was very real. Now apparently inside the UFO, she described a mushroom-like object in the room with a jelly moving about inside it; she relaxed into an almost entranced state and then suddenly the experience was over. This case, probably more than any other, raises questions about the true nature of abduction experiences. If Mrs Puddy had been alone then almost certainly she would have reported the event with all the clarity of a physical experience and it is only the presence of the investigators that confim1s that this was not the case. On the other hand it would be too simplistic to dismiss the abduction here as purely psycholo!,rical; for one tiling it follows corroborated sightings and for another the witness's reaction was not one of trance throughout most of the experience. Of particular importance is the fact that this abduction is very similar to many others and we have to consider how many of those others reporting a physical presence would have been contradicted had there been corroborative witnesses to say otherwise.

1 68

In the event that we conclude that the abduction experience here, and elsewhere, was not a psychological event but an external one imposed on the witness, then a possible conclusion is that the abduction experience is more in the nature of a message being received than of a visitation.

NAME JINDABYNE DATE 27 SEPTEMBER 1 974 PLACE JINDABYNE, SNOWY MOUNTAINS,

AUSTRALIA MAP REF: 1 1 9 EVENT ABDUCTION

Two young men, one aged nineteen and the other only eleven, were hunting in the Snowy Mountains near jindabyne when they saw a bright white light on the horizon and heard a deep humming noise. Approximately nine years later the eleven-year-old witness, now himself a young adult, had dreams which suggested an abduction memory of that earlier time. In the dreams he recalled being drawn towards the object, floated inside and laid on a bed or table (in a manner similar to Hickson and Parker's abduction in Pascagoula, USA - see page 59). Tall, thin, grey entities conducted some form of examination of llim including measuring the electro-magnetic fields around his body. The younger witness also recalls the elder witness being drugged to prevent resistance. The witness told investigator Mark Moravec 'We were not afraid but we were not really conscious either'. They were apparently annoyed at the feeling of having been used like specimens. On the night following their bright light sighting, saw the same light again. Part of Moravec's

. , , , lil lllllll n • · DATABASE 1 970s

investigation was to establish whe ther this was the same object which was seen in the first instance. If this had been established there would have been good reason for believing the UFO to be a star or planet. If this were the case then the dreams the younger witness experienced were either shielding some deep er memory or the dreams were a psycholohJjcal event triggered by a mundane sighting.

NAME THE VALENTICH ENCOUNTER DATE 21 OCTOBER 1 978 PLACE BASS STRAIT, AUSTRALIA

MAP REF: H20

bet ween Valentich and Flight

Service from that point to just over h minutes later - the last time Valentich was ever heard from. I am hJfatcful to Paul Norman of VUFORS for supplying me, through BUFORA with the following transcript .

FS /Jdta Sierm]ulzd, amlyou confirm you mnnot idmtify the aircraft?

DSJ Affimwtive.

FS Delta Sierm]ulzct, roJ.ter, .�land by. HJ09: 2 7

DSJ Melbourne, Delta Siarajulit:!, it's not an aircraft it is [open m ic rophone for two

1 906: 1 4

1 909:42

seconds].

DSJ Melbourne, this is Delta Sierra

FS Delta Szt:rraju/iet, can you

juliet. Is there any known traffic below

describe the - er - aircraft?

FS Delta Sierrajuliet, no known

past it's a tonK shape [open microphone

traffic.

for three seconds] cannot identify

DSJ Delta Sierrajuliet, I am, seems to

microphone for three s econds] . It's

five thousand feet (1 , 520 m)?

be a large aircraft below five thousand.

DSJ Delta Sierrajuliet, as it's flyzng

more than it has such speed [open before me right now Melbourne.

1 906:4 4 F S Delta Sierra juliet, What type of

1 9 1 0:00

EVENT FATAL ENCOUNTER

aircraft is it?

FS Delta Sierra juliet, roger and how

DSJ Delta Sierrajuliet, I cannot

larf.{e would the - er - object be?

In 1 978 there occurred one of the largest UFO flaps in Australian history with a great number of sightings concentrated around the south-eastern quarter of the continent, and the highest concentration around the Bass Strait. On 21 October 1978 one case is made all the more interesting because of the corroboration by other witnesses and the circumstances of the witness's own report. It is unfortunately also tragic as it has almost certainly resulted in the witness's death . At 6. 1 9 p. m. on 2 1 October a young Australian pil o t Frederick Valentich, took off from Moorabbin Airport, Melbourne; he was flying to King Island, just off the coast of Victoria. His flight took him over the Bass Strait, one of the most ufologically active areas in Australia.

affinn, it is four bright . . . it seems to

1 9 1 0: 1 9

me like landing lights.

DSJ Delta Sierra juliet, Melbourne. it

At 6 minutes and 14 seconds past 7 o'clock that evening Valentich (aircraft desi gnation DSJ) radioed Flight Service (FS) with an e nq u iry , the consequences of which he obviously was unable to foresee at the time. What follows is the transcript of the communication

1 907:00

seems like it's stationary. What I 'm

FS Delta Sierrajuliet.

doing right now is orbiting and the

1 907:3 1

thing is just orbiting on top of me also.

DSJ Melbourne, this is Delta Sierra

It's got a green light and sort of metallic

juliet, the aircraft has just passed over

like. It's all shiny on the outside.

me at least a thousand feet above.

FS Delta Sierra juliet.

FS Delta Sierra juliet, roger, and it is

1 9 1 0: 4 6

a large aircraft, confirmed?

DSJ Delta Sierra juliet [open

DSJ E r - unknown. due to the speed

it's travelling, is there any airforce activity in the vicinity?

microphone for five seconds]. It's just vanished. FS Delta Sierra juliet.

FS Delta Sierra juliet, no known

1 9 1 1 : 00

aircraft in the vicinity.

DSJ Melbourne, would you know U'lzat

1 908: 1 8

kind of aircraft I' Vl' got? Is it a militmy

DSJ Melbourne, it's approaching now

aircraft?

from due east towards me.

FS Delta Sierra juliet. cmzfinn the - cr

FS Delta Sierra juliet.

- aircn�ti just vanished.

1 908:4 1

DSJ Say again.

[open microphone for two seconds].

FS Delta Sierra juliet, L'> the aircraft

1 908:48

still zl'itlz you?

DSJ Delta Sierra juliet, it seems to m e

DSJ Delta Siarajulil'l, it 's [ope n

seconds ) wm·

that he's playing some sort ofgame, he's

microphone for two

}lying over me, tll'o, three timl's at

approaching from tire soutlz-zccst.

sPl'l'ds I could not identzfy.

FS Delta Siamju liet.

1 909:00

I>Sj

FS Delta Sierrajulirt, roger, 1t'1zat is your actual /eve/?

HH 1 : 50

D elta Sierra j uliff. tlzc engine is

rouglr- ulling, ft'l' got it set at ftt·mty

I )Sj My level is four and a half

th ra fll'C1lfy-jilllr and the tlzlng is

thousand, fourfive Zl'ro zero.

coughing.

1 69

lllltn•· A USTRALASIA

spirit of Valentich to rest, wherever he now is. There have been rumours, some dubious, surrounding Valentich's present whereabouts; one suggested that he crashed into the Bass Strait and that the Cessna was

FS Delta Sierra juliet, roger, what are your intentions?

DSJ My intentions are - ah - to go to King Island - ah - Melbourne. That strange aircraft is hovering on top of me again, [open microphone for two

seconds]. It is hovering and it's not an

on the seabed. The claim came from divers who stated they had taken

aircraft.

FS Delta Sierra juliet.

sixteen photographs and were offering them for 10, 000 Australian

DSJ Delta Sierra juliet, Melbourne

[open microphone for seventeen seconds]. [No official conclusion has been given for the strange sound which was heard

dollars. There were few takers for this offer although a potential salvage operation was suggested. It

that intem.Jpted the pilot's last statement]. Neither Valentich nor his blue and white Cessna 1 82 have ever been heard from again. This was a case which brought UFOs 'into the open' as far as the

has come to nothing and is generally regarded as a hoax. A second story even had Valentich alive and working at a gas Frederick Valentich .

station in Tasmania. This seems to

Bass Strait, a green lit starfish

be a not uncommon reaction among those who try to involve themselves in any major event and is in the same

shaped object, which could well have been the object Valentich was

league as suggesting that Elvis

of a UFO witness that he be

reporting. Indeed for several days VUFORS was flooded with reports

dozen gunmen were responsible for

interviewed by the press in the

from around the Bass Strait area

shooting President Kennedy. In

hopes of encouraJ.,Ting other

confirming if nothing else that something was in the sky on the

truth, it is highly likely that Valentich's whereabouts are not known with any certainty by anyone. The official reaction to the case

Royal Australian Air Force were concerned. They made the request

witnesses to come forward, so concerned were they to investigate the pilot's last minutes. There was other official activity; the Forestry Commission requested fire lookouts to report UFOs, police officers interviewed UFO witnesses and aircraft pilots were asked to notify their traffic controllers of any unusual object in the sky. V U FORS is based at Moorabbin and was ideally placed to follow up t his most important investigation; immediately it did so. They uncovered no less than twenty people at different points around the Bass St rait who were reporting a 1-,rrecn light in the same location and in the same time-frame that Valcntich was describing his contact with the green light or object. One most in terest ing report came from a hank m anager and his wife who wen· driv ing n c a r

Mdbounw and ohst·rvcd, over the

evening of Valentich's disappearance - a something not just mysterious enough to cause puzzlement in witnesses but also to cause sufficient puzzlement and curiosity to make them need to report what they had seen. The other reports suggest that a truly external event had played a major part in the case. Some abductions and indeed even more mundane UFO reports arc uncorroborated or there are very good reasons for believing they arc mostly an internal, self-generated reaction to mundane stimuli. Many cases certainly have no corroboration where there ought to be some. But cases such as Valentich's prove beyond doubt that there is a hard core of objective reality in the subject of U FOs, which must be resolved, if not just for curiosity's sake but also to put the

1 72

Presley is still alive or that half a

reveals elements of a cover-up. Bill Chalker who has been given access to t he Royal Australian Air Force UFO files found that this particular case was not among their number. It was eventually explained to him that the Valentich case was listed as an 'air accident investigation' rather than a UFO case, therefore not coming within the framework of what they were prepared to allow him to see. Of the air accident investigation report two rather obvious statements conclude the matter as far as the official line goes: 1 . Degree o f injury - 'presumed fatal'. 2. Opinion as to cause - 'The reason for the disappearance of the aircraft has not been detennined'.

·ll lii lll lll lll ll· DATABASE 1 970s

NAME THE KAIKOURA CONTROVERSY DATE

DECEMBER 1978

PLACE KAIKOURA, NEW ZEALAND MAP REF: P21 EVENT DISTANT SIGHTING

On :n December 1978 a film crew hired by Channel 0 of Melbourne filmed a U FO during its flight over the Kaikoura area of New Zealand. On 2 1 December 1978 Captain Vern Powell and Capt<lin john Randle in an Argosy cargo aircraft were flying from Blenheim to Christchurch and then on to Duneden when they made a number of radar and visual sightings. On 31 December 1978 Channel 0 in Melbourne chartered an Argosy plane in order to retrace the first Argosy's flight path. This was not, it must be stressed, to search for UFOs but to obtain background material for their report on the earlier sighting. Channel O's reporter, Quentin Fogarty, (who was on holiday in New Zealand at the time) was asked to undertake the investigation; the plane was crewed by pilot Bill Startup and co-pilot Robert Guard. The film crew consisted of Fogarty along with David Crockett and his wife Ngaire. The first Argosy took off at 1 1 . 46 p. m. from Wellington airport on 30 December 1 978. Less than 25 minutes later at 12. 1 0 a.m. (now 31 December 1 978) the film crew were in the loading bay filming background material, the plane was flying at 1 1 7 knots at 1 0, 000 ft (3, 048 m) and suddenly Startup and Guard spotted lights in the direction of Kaikoura. They radioed Wellington control and requested inforn1ation and were told 'There are targets in your 1 0 o'clock position at 13 miles (2 1 km) appearing and disappearing; not sho\\ing at present. but they were a minute ago. ' For a while after that

WellinJ...Tton radar reported a series of t arge ts up to 4 miles (GA km) from the plane. At 1 2 . 22 a . m . Wellin�-,Tton radar reported another target and the Argosy confirmed a visual sighting saying ' I t's got a flashing light'. Crockett Look twelve seconds of film showing bright oval blue-white images and then a further five seconds of film showing horizontal lights flashing on and off. Four minutes later, before switching frequencies to join Christchurch air traffic control, Wellington confirmed that the targets were now behind the Argosy. Throughout the remainder of the flight various targets were visually spotted and confirmed on radar. The plane landed shortly after 1 o'clock in the morning. At just gone a quarter past two in the morning the Argosy took off again flying back to Blenheim to obtain more film footage.

1 73

Thirty-two miles ( 5 1 krn) out of Christchurch a huge target was reported in the :� o'clock position some 12 miles ( 1 9 km) from the plane hut unfortunately WcllinJ...Tton radar was too distant to pick up the return. Film footage showed oval shaped objects with rings of light. 'A sort of bell shape with bright bottoms and less bright lops. ' At 2. 5 1 a. m. , 7 ft (2 1 :{ em) of film was taken showing further bright lights. At 3. 1 0 a. m. the plane landed at Blenheim. There have been endless suggestions as to what was being filmed: Venus, jupiter, weather phenomena, wave reflections, japanese squid boats, birds reflecting light, bubbles of pollution and so on. No fmal conclusion has ever been drawn. Alleged UFO photog raphed from an a i rcraft over Kaikoura . New Zealand . in 1 97 8 .

AUSTRALAS I A

1 980s NAM E NULLARBOR PLAIN DATE 21 JANUARY 1 988 PLACE NULLARBOR PLAIN, WESTERN AUSTRALIA MAP REF: E18 EVENT VEHICLE INTERFERENCE

1 am indebted to Paul Norman of

VUFORS for sending me details of his report into this incident. The mother and three sons of the Knowles family from Perth were driving towards Mundrabilla when they saw lights ahead of them. As they were in the outback they realised these could be no ordinary street lights. just a quarter of an hour before the lights were seen the car radio had begun malfunctioning. As the car got closer to the 'lights' it became obvious that it was in fact one strangely glowing light hovering above the ground just off the side of the highway. In fact they seemed to be seeing a light that was hovering over another vehicle and they had to swerve to avoid a

collision. Sean, the son that had been driving, made a U-turn and chased the light which in due course changed its course and headed back towards the Knowles' own car. Sean turned again but this time the object sped up to the car and landed on its roof with an audible thump. The car seemed to be being dragged upwards and the family was unsure what course of action to take. The two dogs in the car became very agitated and one of the sons, Patrick, said he felt as though his brains were pulled from his head. In fact the family did not really realize that the car was in the air until it dropped back to the ground bursting one of its tyres. Incredibly, while the object had been attached to the roof, the mother, Faye, had rolled down the window and reached up and touched the object which felt warm and spongy, possibly a suction pad. If the description is accurate, The Knowles ' s family car, co m p lete with b u rst tyr e , being examined by i nvestigators from VUFO R S following a close encou nter on the N u l larbor Plai n .

1 74

then this is the most crude form of abduction we have yet seen. Dust surrounded the car and came in through an open window and there was a smell like decomposing bodies. One of the sons, Sean, stated that he had missed some of the details as he had 'gone out cold' at one stage. Once back on the ground Sean stopped the car and the family jumped out and hid in the bushes along the side of the highway until the UFO was gone. From outside, they described the object as a white light approximately the same size as the car with a yellow centre and making a sound like electrical humming. The family changed the tyre and drove on to Mundrabilla where they discussed the experience with truck drivers. Paul Norman and a colleague investigated the radio and found that it was now operating perfectly even though it had been malfunctioning during the encounter. On the roof of the car they found an indentation matching the description given by the family. Of the tyre, it was in good condition and should not have blown but in fact was ripped all the way round its edge. Laboratory analysis of the dust revealed oxygen, carbon, calcium, silicon, potassium and other traces and a possible trace of astatine which is a radioactive chemical that can only be produced synthetically. However, the half life of astatine is only a few hours and any normal isotope of this element would have deteriorated before the investigation was under way. Investigation by VUFORS revealed that there were other UFO reports around the Nullarbor plain on the night of the encounter. Paul Norman's comment on this case remains level-headed. 'Before we know what is happening, there are more reports to check out and much more research remains to be done'.

clumsily drop saucers all over North America - at the last count there could be as many as forty saucers and over a hundred alien cadavers stored for examination there - yet they never get clumsy over Australia. (The absence of crash retrieval cases in South America and Africa is more understandable s.,.-i ven the size of the continents, the meagre scattering of researchers, and poor communications. ) So why is this type of phenomenon absent from Australia? Is it a factor of the people, the researchers, or the phe足 nomenon itself? If it is a factor of the phenomenon itself then one could reach a bizarre conclusion: they drop saucers in the United States because they want them to be found there ! Until we can understand the answer to that question then no real understanding of UFOs is possible; we may still be a long way from a real perspective that will allow us to appreciate the truth. A study of the development of Australian ufoiO,!..,'}' in comparison with other areas of the world will provide some of the pieces necessary to complete the jig-saw.

uslralasia, the Asian islands, New Zealand and principally Australia, is a ufologically rich part of the world. The introduction by one of its most active researchers - Paul Norman of VUFORS - and the database itself gives a good idea of the variety of the reports coming from that area of the world, and of the importance of such cases as Father Gill, the Valentich case and the Mooraduc Road case; all of which have been most thoroughly investigated. I would like to concentrate my summary of this continent on what is not there. What is missing from Australia in particular is of t,Tf eat importance to researchers who seek an overall understanding of the phenomenon on a global basis. Why, for example, does Australia have no crash retrieval cases? It is certainly reasonable to expect them 1-..-i ven the availa足 bility of wide open spaces, good lines of communica足 tion and good researchers. The country even has military and space pro!-,Tfamme installations. All of these components exist in Australia as they do in North America. Yet 'aliens' (to take the classic line)

Ayers Rock. a mysterious but much admired feature i n this land of vast open space s .

1 75

WITH THE DEVELOPMENT OF RESEARCH , ESPECIALLY I N BRAZIL, ARGENTINA AN D C HILE , PEOPLE HAVE B E C OME AWARE THAT THEY SHOULD CALL A UFOLOGIST WHEN THEY NOTIC E SOMETHING UNUSUAL IN THE SKY.

KEY TO MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA CD Bauni , Brazil 0 Lego Argentino , Argentina 0 Caracas, Venezuela CD Ubatuba, Brazil ® Antonio Villas Boas, Minas Geraes, Brazil ® The Fort ltaipu Attack, Fort ltaipu , Brazil (J) Trindade Island photographs, Trindade Island, Atlantic Ocean

® Lake Maracaibo, Santa Rita , Venezuela ® Familia Sagrada, Belo Horizonte, Brazil @> The Niteroi Deaths, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil @ Bebedouro , North of Belo Horizonte, Brazil @ The Bananeiras Bus , Bananeiras, Brazil @ Isla de Lobos, Uruguay ® Elias Seixas Abduction, Concei�ao de Araguaia, Goias. Brazil

outh America is such a large continent ( Brazil is, itself, the size of a continent) that it is hazardous to offer generalizations on any one subject. Nonetheless, UFOs are a common phenomenon around the world, and close encounters of all kinds are basically the same here as they are throughout the rest of the world. However, here the 'grays', which are the more alien-looking aliens known in North America and to some extent in Europe, are less frequently met . In the cases I have investigated, entities, even when they involve smaller beings, have not behaved in a hostile manner. Many are very human looking, and some are taller than humans. To take for example the Elias Seixas Abduction (see page 188), a human being's semen was forcibly extracted, yet the abductee has no ill feelings about this. He sees the positive side of his UFO experience. Generally, we feel that it is the human being's personal attitude towards his captors that is important. With the development of research, especially in Brazil , Argentina and Chile, people have become aware that they should call a ufolohrist when they notice something unusual in the sky. In the pas t they only called the national astronomical observatories, or the control towers at airports, always obtaining the same reply, 'You must have seen a meteorological balloon'. (Official astronomers seem to have no imagination - why do they never say anything else when they wish to debunk a sighting, are they complying with orders they have received? ) ( ) n one occasion, however, they were not in足 volved. O n 1 9 May 1 9Rti, radar screens were saturated \vi t i ! lights ( which were also observed visually) ami echo e s , first in Sao jose dos Campos, then Brasilia and the Santa Cruz Air Base in Rio de janeiro. T h i s cnhi:d confusion in the air traffic

South A me rica is rich in cult u ral h isto ry and i mages of ancient gods l i ke these o n Easter Island . Some see i n these figures the reflection of ancient astronauts . . .

1 78

"1 1 i !ll l l l l11 1 n• · THE SOUTH A M E R I CAN V I EW PO I N T

with his own UFO gro u p, received a message in which

controls, s o FE Mirage jets were scrambled by the Air

he was told to meet ex tra-terrestrials at a certain

Force to intercept the lJFOs. Finally the Air Minister

place and date. I Ic complied, and found a metallic

himself, Brigadier Octavio Moreira Lima came for ward on TV and stated that lJFOs had been observed

sphere on his way that led him to the meeting place.

and promised to give a full report within two months.

There he met several extraterrestrials who had

l ie did not keep his word, obviously pressure was

landed in a UFO. l ie had met one of them before, here

brought to bear, but by whom?

on Earth. There is a similarity here with the South

African case of Edwin, who met 'George' (s ee page

On TV two or three days later the Brigadier

1 47), as described in Cynthia l l i nd's African Enroun

presented all the pilots and air traffic controllers, ten

ters and i n Koldas b y C.

altogether - who had participated in this unearthly intercept them, their speed having been beyond 930 miles

( 1 , 500 km) per hour.

Another

Van Vlierden and W . Stevens.

In Brazil we also accept the contactee as part of

'hunt'. All had watched the lights, none were able to

the picture and 1-,ri ve their cases as much care as the nuts-and-bolts accounts. As to what

interested

interpretation

given them, that is the researcher's responsibility.

witness was ()zires Silva, then taking up his post as President of P ETI{OilRAS, who was travelling in his

Ufologists - in South America as in the rest of the

private plane, when he witnessed the UFO. He has

world - have different attitudes according to their

now just been appointed Minister of Infrastructure in

outlook and belief systems. On the one hand we have

the new Collor government, so ufolo,br ists have hopes

'advanced ufology', which is mystical, yet well-rooted

for a more open attitude on the subject.

in culture and folklore. We also have the die-hard

We have good ufolo,brists in Brazil. One of them,

scientific ufolo,brists, who discard all but scientific data.

Engineer Claudeir Covo, interviewed all the pilots,

Finally there are those, like myself, who are deeply

studied every facet of the case, and published his

interested in the esoteric and spiritual aspects of

fmdings. Captain Basilio Baranoff, of Sao Jose dos

ufology, yet work on a data-gathering basis, with a

Campos, who works at Technological Aeronautics

view towards future communication with our extra

Institute

also compiled a very extensive,

terrestrial

visitors.

detailed report. I myself gathered a collection of over

alternative

culture,

(1. T. A. ) ,

thirty reports of lights seen in the sky on, or around

homeopathy,

Brazilians which

are

includes

chromotherapy,

interested healing

astrology,

in and

para

the 19-20 May, some of which were very interesting

psycholo,bry and so on, and includes ufology. I know

and implied close encounters. This was published by

that Europeans do not accept such a seemingly hybrid

the review UFO. Then Fabio Zerpa, President of

combination - but if they lived here, perhaps they

ON IFE,

Buenos Aires,

brought out a

complete

would. The situation in Argentina is much the same as

monograph on the subject, after he too visited Brazil

here. In Argentina, Fabio Zerpa published

follow up to a similar U FO flyover the preceding year in Argentina.

Cuarta

Dimension , which has been in existence for the past

and met some of the witnesses. This, for him, was a

thirty-one years. I n Brazil, I was editor of the first

Chile also contributed its share -

scientifically oriented UFO review which closed down

Eugenio Bahamonde of Ponta Arenas told me how

in 1 980. Now for the past few years we have had

UFOs had flown over his country at that time.

UFO, edited by Gevaerd in Mato Crosso do Sui, and

As to the true extent of UFOs, well documented

Planeta, published in Sao Paulo, that intennittently

cases such as the one above do much to enlighten the

features information about UFOs.

population, especially people with enquiring minds.

I believe the difficulties for ufology are the same

Multiple-witness sightings are important as at

everywhere in the world, but I am also sure t hat

times they involve thousands of spectators, however,

persistence will break down all barriers.

abductions are far more interesting and more frequent than imagined by even a keen ufologist. Several really outstanding cases have come my

I RENE G RANCH I is one of the m ost respected ufologists on the

way, others were first examined by colleagues in Brazil. Argentina and Chile have their share of them too, though I know less about Uruguay,

So uth American continent, and has been an active

Bolivia,

researcher for many years . She is p resident of C I S N E , the

Paraguay and other smaller countries in South Amer

Centro d e l nvestigacoes Sabre a Natu reza dos Extra Terrestres . She has been involved in m ost of the major

ica for lack of sufficient data. However, in Colombia there is the famous Engineer Rincon case,

1973.

cases o n that continent . she is a regular contri b utor to UFO

which has a wealth of interesting data. This engineer,

literature and a val ued speaker at many sym posia.

1 79

1 950s

1 940s

N A M E BAUR U , BRAZIL

NAME LEGO ARGENTINO DATE

DATE 23 JULY 1 947

PLACE BAUR U , BRAZIL

18 MARCH 1 950

PLACE LEGO ARGENTINO, ARGENTINA MAP REF: E21

MAP REF: K13 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

What was to follow is a most unusual contact claim. Gonzalez ended up brawling with a hairy, dwarf like entity which was wearing a loin-cloth, had glowing eyes and dispiayed deceptive strength.

KIND

suburbs of the Venezuelan capital. They stopped when they saw a glowing globe some 10 ft (3 m ) wide hovering over the road.

On 23 july 1 9<17 Jose Higgins was

In the early evening of 18 March

Although it was very light, it was

one of a group of workers who witnessed the landing of a 1 50 ft (<16 m) wide grey-white flying

1950 rancher Wilfredo Arevalo

able to knock Gonzalez some 1 5 ft ( tl . 5 m) without any obvious effort.

Paulo, Brazil. Higgins was left alone

witnessed the landing of a flying saucer while a second companion saucer hovered overhead, as if guarding the first. Arevalo walked to

when the other workmen fled the area and he was confronted by three

within <100 ft ( 120 m) of the craft noticing an intense smell 'like

entities about 7 ft (213 em) tall

burning benzine'. The craft was

wearing inflated transparent suits

giving off a blue vapour through which Arevalo could see that the

saucer at Baurli in the state of Sao

and carrying boxes on their backs. Their clothing, visible through the suits, appeared to be made of brightly coloured paper. All the entities had large rounded bald heads, huge eyes, no eyebrows and long legs. Oddly, l l ighrins found them beautiful. T he y seemed t o be t rying to lure him into t he saucer but he eluded t h em . He h i d in some bu s he s and t h e n , a m az in gl y , watched them a ppear t o play. They spent half an hour lea pi n g

and j u m p i ng and tossing

surface of it seemed to be made of something like aluminium. Even when it landed, part of the

vanished point they had drawn what l lig}.,� n s took to be a map of t he solar s ys te m w h ic h seemed to i ndica te t ha t t he y had to wa rds t he n or t h . At one

come from l l ra n u s .

Of part icular i n k rc s t w a s t h e

dist inct rim < t ro l H H I t he edge

marching out from nearby bushes. Gonzalez had a long scar on his side from the fight and the two men were placed under medical observation for a few days. It was first assumed that the men must have been drunk but later one of the

cabin Arevalo could see four tall, well shaped men dressed in

doctors treating them admitted that he accepted their story because on

something like cellophane. The men shone a search light at Arevalo then the craft took off, leaving an area of burnt grass later confirmed by other ranchers.

driving back from a night time call he had actually seen the fight with the entities! The doctor was apparently sufficiently curious to take up discussion of the case with American authorities in Washin!-,Tt.on.

NAME CARACAS DATE

28 NOVEMBER 1 954

PLACE CARACAS , VENEZUELA MAP REF: F2

NAME UBATUBA DATE

SEPTEMBER 1 957

PLACE UBATUBA, BRAZIL

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

MAP REF: L1 3 EVENT CRASH RETRIEVAL

KIND

of the

fly i n g sa ucer w h i c h .�;t \ < ' i t " 'Saturn sha pe ' (see Trind; H i t - i � l;�nd

phot ographs incid( ' t l t p; : 'c t

tube he was carrying. Ponce, in the meantime, watched creatures carry soil and rocks into the globe after

disc remained revolving 'like a gramophone record'. In the glass

huge stones. E ve n t ua lly they re

e n tered t he craft a nd i t

The brawling ended when another creature from inside the globe blinded Gonzalez with a ray from a

l �:l l .

I n t h e early hours of 2H November

1 95,1 ( ;ustavo Conzalez and jose

Ponce were driving a van in t he

1 80

1-<epor t s from Ubatuba, Brazil in September 1 957 indicated that a !lying saucer had approached

· i l llll l l lllll n • · DATABASE 1 950s

fishermen who had then seen it explode, scattering material everywhere. There was some doubt about the authenticity of the claim as the exposure was through a newspaper columnist, and the fishermen were never available for questioning. It was thought that they might have been asked to remain silent by the govemment. Some of the alleged material was recovered and analyzed; the analysis indicated that it was a pure magnesium, of a purity beyond the capabilities of our own metallur!-,J}cal processes, therefore indicating an extra-terrestrial origin. Clearly this may be overstating the case though it is interesting that in Ashland, Nebraska when patrolman Schirmer was abducted (see page 54) he was told that the flying saucers were made from 1 00 per cent pure magnesium. Various inconclusive tests were carried out, and at the present time it is believed that all the recovered material has now been either used up or lost. The Ubatuba retrieval has become a great debating point for ufologists seeking either support for, or denial of, the Extra terrestrial Hypothesis. Unfortunately it is one of those cases about which far more is written than is known.

NAME ANTONIO VILLAS BOAS DATE 1 5 OCTOBER 1957 PLACE MINAS GERAES, BRAZIL

MAP REF: L1 1 EVENT ABDUCTION

The most extraordinary and now famous case of Antonio Villas Boas actually started in the first week of October 1957. Villas Boas and his brother joao saw a brillia nt beam of light coming from the sky as they

looked through their bedroom window. It seemed to scan their home hut they could not sec its source. On 14 October around 10 o'clock in the evening, Villas Boas and his brother were ploughing the family's fields. In the high temperatures of Brazil it is customary for the land owning class to work through the night and employ labourers to work during the hot daytime hours. They saw a ball of red light, which was too brilliant to look at directly, hovering approximately 300 ft (92 m) above their field. Villas Boas asked his brother to accompany him to investigate the light but his brother refused so he went alone. As he approached the light, it evaded him at high speed and for some time Villas Boas chased it back and forth across the field. He gave up after approximately twenty attempts to catch up with the UFO and retumed to his brother. They watched as it remained around for a short while, sending intennittent rays in random directions. On the following night Villas Boas was ploughing alone and shortly after midnight he saw the red ball again. Although still hovering at some 300 ft (92 m) he got close enough to see that it contained a bright oval shaped object. Perhaps because of its closeness, Villas Boas lost his enthusiasm of the previous night to catch up with the object and considered making a getaway in his tractor. He was not successful! The object landed some 40 ft ( 1 2 m ) i n front o f hin1 on three metallic legs; it was an egg-shaped craft with a rotating dome. Villas Boas left the tractor and ran but was chased by five entities and overcome. They carried him aboard. The entities wore grey tight -fitting suits and helmets which revealed only their small blue eyes. From the helmets, tubes ran into

1 81

their clothes at the back and s1des. Villas Boas found himself in a small room with polished metal walls, brightly lit and with no visible signs of the door he had entered through. Eventually his captors led him through several rooms to one in which they forcibly undressed him. Curiously at the time, but perhaps understandable with hindsight, one of the entities spread a thick, transparent liquid over his skin and then he was taken into a small room where a blood sample was taken from him. This operation left a scar which investigators verified in the subsequent investigation. For over half an hour Villas Boas was left alone in a virtually

featureless room sitting on a kind of couch bed. He noticed pipes in the walls from which small puffs of smoke were spreading, the smell of which made him feel sick ; indeed he

vomited in one comer of the room. After half an hour had passed Villas Boas was treated to an extraordinary twist which took his experience beyond the realms of the usual abduction phenomenon. His solitude was broken by the arrival of another alien. 'Her body was much more beautiful than any I have ever seen before. It was slim, and her breasts stood up high and well separated. Her waistline was thin, her belly flat, her hips well developed, and her thighs were large. ' This new distracting arrival was a human-like naked woman with blonde hair, pale skin, large blue slanted eyes, reduced lips, nose, ears and high flat cheekbones that gave the impression of a sharply pointed chin. She was short and came towards Villas Boas in silence. As Villas Boas later put it, she was 'looking at me all the while as if she wanted something from me'. She certainly did� She hugged Villas Boas and rubbed her face and body against his. In the circumstances,

'IIIIIi1

11 1111 ...

SO UTH A M E R ICA

any lack of interest from Villas Boas would have been quite understandable but in fact he became excited by the contact, responding to her touch with enthusiasm. He later considered that the liquid spread over him may have been a sexual stimulant. The embrace ended on the couch where the couple had a normal act of sexual intercourse which Villas Boas found exciting and pleasing. She reacted as any healthy woman would with one slight exception: she never kissed him (though she did bite him softly on the chin). She also had a somewhat disconcerting habit of growling and barking occasionally. Later, Villas Boas was to understand that they wanted him only for breeding stock which made him somewhat angry and if that was the case then presumably the object of the exercise had already been achieved. However, unfulfilled in some capacity or the other the woman did not stop at this point but continued petting, arousing Villas Boas to a further successful act of sexual intercourse. It was after the second act that she apparently became fri!-,rid and withdrawn and it was then that he realized he had been used, which caused him, too, to become frigid. In an interview twenty-one years later Villas Boas added one detail to the encounter which had not hitherto been revealed. After this second act of sexual intercourse the woman also extracted a sperm sample from him which he assumes was preserved for later use. Before she left him the woman pointed at her belly and then at the sky. Villas Boas said 'I interpreted the sign as meaning to say that she intended to retum and take me with her to wherever it was that she lived. That is why I still feel afraid; if they came back to fetch me, I'd be lost. ' Researchers have also

interpreted this gesture as a sign that she would be taking his seed back and a child would be born. Villas Boas was allowed to dress and was given a tour of the craft during which time he attempted to steal one of the instruments as a proof of his experience; one of the aliens caught him and took the object from him. Rather brusquely he was turfed off the craft and left in a field to watch the object take off at astonishing speed. Villas Boas had spent over four hours on board. Later, medical examination revealed a scar where the blood sample had been taken and what may have been radioactive burning on parts of his skin. Top Brazilian researcher Mrs Irene Granchi spoke to Villas Boas's wife, Marlena, at the time and asked her how she felt about the possibility of her husband having an extra-terrestrial offspring. She said she did not mind and indeed was rather proud of the idea. The case has attracted considerable speculation, the most obvious of which was the suggestion that Villas Boas was subject to an erotic fantasy. Whatever the reality, Villas Boas never retracted his claims despite being annoyed at the way his experience had been exploited by the media (the encounter has even been the subject of a French comic strip) and throughout his life his recall was never contradictory.

NAME THE FORT ITAIPU AITACK DATE

4 NOVEMBER 1 957

PLACE FORT ITAIPU, BRAZIL MAP REF: K13 EVENT POSSIBLE UFO AITACK

Evidence of possible hostility on the part of UFO occupants comes from a remarkable case that occurred in Brazil in 1957.

1 84

At approximately 2 o'clock in the morning two guards at Fort Itaipu saw a bright light above them; they thought they had seen a nova, or exploding star. Quickly they realized that they were looking at an object descending directly towards them at rapid speed. About 1, 000 ft (304 m) above them the UFO reduced speed and descended slowly to a height of approximately 1 50 ft (46 m). The guards were able to see that inside the constant orange glow the object was circular, some 100 ft (30 m) wide and appeared to be under intelligent control. Although both guards were armed with powerful submachine guns, neither made any aggressive gesture towards the UFO. The UFO, however, appears to have made one towards them. The guards heard a humming, generator type sound and were then hit by a sudden blistering heat. There was no flame or visible ray but an instant overwhelming feeling of burning and it seemed to the guards that their bodies were actually on fire. The screams of the guards alerted other troops but, before they could organize themselves, a power failure plunged the base into darkness. Shortly afterwards, when the heat disappeared and the power came back on, the soldiers saw the glowing UFO as it streaked away into the sky. The unfortunate guards were in a serious condition and required considerable medical attention for their bums. Brazilian military officials were so concerned that a request was made to the United States for assistance and officially the case has never been closed. There is a question that has never been answered: were the guards the unfortunate victims of a backlash of power emission from the UFO or where they the target of an attack by it?

•

1 1 1 1 ilii ii11U•• · DATABASE 1 950s

NAME TRINDADE ISLAND PHOTOGRAPHS DATE

16 JANUARY 1958

PLACE TRINDADE ISLAND, ATLANTIC OCEAN

MAP REF: 0 1 3 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST

KIND/PHOTOGRAPHIC CASE

'A flying saucer sighting would be unlikely at the very barren island of Trindadc, as everyone knows Martians arc extremely comfort loving creatures. ' The above comment might well have been written for a tabloid newspaper. I n fact, it was part o f a n official report by the U.S. Navy attache on a photographic case involving forty eight witnesses. The ship A lmirante Saldanha of the Hydrographic and Navigation Service of the Brazilian Navy was anchored in Trindade Island on 1 6 january 1958 preparing t o sail t o Rio de janeiro. Trindade Island is approximately 750 miles ( 1 2, 070 km) from the Brazilian coast. Apart from the ship's norn1al crew complement there was also a team of divers on board who had been taking underwater photographs around the island. They included the principal witness, Almiro Barauna, a professional photographer. At the time t he UFOs approached the island there were around forty-eight witnesses on the deck watching the incident. Below deck the captain, Carlos Alberto Bacellar, was unaware of events. A s preparations were made to get underway, Barauna was getting ready to take photographs of the ship-to-shore transfer boat and was at the time feeling unwell not having taken the seasickness pills he customarily took. At just after noon a bright object was suddenly seen approaching the island and in the general melee several people shouted to Barauna as if to indicate that he should photograph it.

Barauna took six photographs within a fifteen second time span; the first two as the object approached the island, the third as it emerged from behind Desegado Mountain, two photographs that missed the object and a sixth photograph was taken as the object was moving away. Despite the brief duration of the sighting the case has become one of the most famous and the photographs have been perhaps the most widely published in U FO history. The object in the photographs appears to be a flattened globe surrounded by a central ring not unlike the planet Saturn. The image is hazy, which may reflect the characteristics of a camera, but witnesses confirmed that the object was 'blurred'. Captain Bacellar took immediate steps to safeguard the authenticity of the film Barauna had taken. He insisted that it be developed immediately in a washroom which was converted to a darkroom on the spot. As an extra precaution Racellar insisted that Barauna, before going into the darkroom, should strip to his swimming trunks in order to make it impossible for

1 85

UFO photographed over Trindade I sland

o n 16 January 1 958.

him to conceal a previously developed film and thereby produce any kind of hoax photograph. This indicates the degree of seriousness which followed the event. The Brazilian Navy undertook photographic analysis of the film and it was pronounced genuine. Indeed, the photographs were released to the Press by none other than Mr juscelino Kubitschek, the President of Brazil. Subsequent investigation revealed that there had been at least seven other sightings bet ween the end of 1 957 and early 1 958, witnesses to these included Captain Bacellar. The Brazilian government appears to have been very open about the photographs although it did not make all details of its own investigation public. They seem to accept that an unknmvn object was observed over Trindade Island by the \\itnesses. The paraf_.rraph \\ith which this section opened, by the US Naval attache in Rio, hardly seems respectful in view of the Brazilian government's own sensible appraisal of the situation.

: 1 111 111 â&#x20AC;˘Âˇ

'IIIIIII

S OU TH A M E R ICA

1 960s NAM E LAKE MARACAIBO DATE 6 OCTOBER 1 96 1 PLACE SANTA RITA, VENEZUELA MAP REF: D2 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE FIRST KIND

Panic caused by the close approach of UFOs can sometimes have tragic consequences. On the night of 6 October 1 961 a large UFO flew low over the town of Santa Rita, Venezuela, its radiance apparently lighting up the entire town. It moved slowly over the nearby Lake Maracaibo causing considerable panic. Most of the fishermen leapt overboard and swam ashore but sadly Bartolme Romero, drowned.

NAME FAMILIA SAGRADA DATE

28 AUGUST 1 963

PLACE FAMILIA SAGRADA, BELO HORIZONTE, BRAZIL MAP REF: M1 1 EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD KIND

One of the most striking features of South American humanoid reports is their incredible variety. In this case, the description of the entities appears quite unique. The witnesses to the event were three boys aged about twelve who were playing in the garden when they saw a large, transparent, glowing globe with four entities inside. One of the entities descended on a beam of light. All of the entities were tall, around 7 ft ( 2 U em), and were wearing brown 'divers' suits' and high black boots. Their heads were round and bald and they wore transparent helmets. They had no ears or nose, a 'str;u tgc mouth', a

vivid red complexion and only one large brown eye. One of the boys tried to throw a brick at one of the entities but was prevented from doing so by a beam fired from the entity's chest which paralyzed the boy's arm. The boys were left unharmed as the sphere floated back into the sky.

NAME THE NITEROI DEATHS DATE 20 AUGUST 1 966 PLACE NITEROI, RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL MAP REF: M 1 2 EVENT UNEXPLAINED DEATHS/UFO CONTACT

Late in the evening of 20 August 1966 police at Niteroi, a suburb of Rio de janeiro, received a report from a woman that a UFO had landed on a nearby hillside. Police climbed the hill on a routine, and probably light-hearted, survey. Near the top of the hill lay the bodies of two men, their faces covered with lead masks. A note was found with the bodies reading 'At 4. 30 p. m. we will take the capsule. After the effect is produced, protect half the face with lead masks. Wait for agreed signal. ' I t has been suggested that the men were preparing to make contact with the the UFO occupants and if so it was a contact that went badly wrong. Laboratory tests on the bodies indicated no clue as to the cause of death and stated only that there was no medical reason 'Our lab men have ruled out the possibility of poison, violence or asphyxiation'. No official connection between the deaths and the UFO sighting has been admitted to, but the Brazilian press suggested a modification to the usual official conclusion in such cases (death caused by person or persons unknown) and suggested instead 'death caused by beings or persons from the unknown'.

1 86

NAME BEBEDOURO DATE 4 MAY 1 969 PLACE BEBEDOURO, NORTH OF BELO HORIZONTE, BRAZIL MAP REF: L1 2 EVENT ABDUCTION

On a sunny afternoon in May 1969 Brazilian soldier jose Antonio da Silva became the target of a most extraordinary UFO abduction. Da Silva was fishing when at approximately 3 o'clock in the afternoon he was aware of figures moving behind him. Suddenly he saw a beam of light which hit him in the legs and caused a paralysis, bringing him to his knees. He was seized and dragged away by the two entities that had closed in on him; they were approximately 4 ft (122 em) tall, wearing dull silver suits, their heads covered by metallic helmets. The entities dragged him to a craft described as being a tall cylinder with a saucer on top and bottom, standing upright. The device was apparently 6 ft (183 em) high and 8 ft (244 em) wide. Da Silva and the entities were secured to the seats and a sensation of movement combined with a humming sound indicated to da Silva that the craft had taken off. They landed and, blindfolded, da Silva was dragged from the craft into what appeared to be a different room. When the blindfold was removed the beings had removed their spacesuits and stood before him. They were stockily built, had long beards and wavy red hair falling down to below their waist. Their faces appeared almost troll-like with big noses, bushy eyebrows, large ears and toothless mouths. Their eyes were a shade of green. On a wide bench in the room with them were the dead bodies of four humans and da Silva speculated that

i f l i l l l l llll l•• · DATABASE 1 970s

this may have been desihrned to

THE PALENOUE ANC I E NT ASTRONAUT

encourage his compliance. The entities searched through da Silva's belongings retaining such items as bank notes and his identity card. Somehow da Silva felt they were asking him to be their spy on Earth. Da Silva refused, which

The position of the central figu re in I his ancien! carving from

Palenque, Mexico (BELow) bears an uncanny resemblance to the Mercury astronaut (AsovE).

caused some consternation. Suddenly da Silva saw what appeared to be a Christ-like entity, barefoot and wearing a long monk like dark robe. The figure spoke fluent Portuguese and gave da Silva a message which da Silva stated he was told he should not pass on for several years. Even now da Silva is hesitant to give details. Da Silva was blindfolded a'gain, led back to the craft and again taken on a journey. The same jolt announced that the craft had landed, his helmet was pulled off and da Silva was unceremoniously turfed off the craft. He drank from a nearby stream, caught a fish which he cooked and ate and found to his amazement that he was near the city of Victoria, some 200 miles (322 km) from where he had set out. Even more incredibly, it was now over

business meeting, were driving in

medical examination which included

four days since the time of his

the early evening through the town

having a blood sample taken. This

abduction! On returning to Belo

of Antividad de Carangola. The

left a scar which UFO investigators

Horizonte, da Silva reported his

principal witness was one Paulo

from the research group SBEVD

story which some suggested he

Gaetano, travelling with Mr E. B.

witnessed and photographed some

invented to explain his absence

As they passed the town of

days after the event.

which seems both out of character

Bananeiras, Gaetano felt that the car

and unwisely attention-seeking.

was not responding properly. The

extra-terrestrial craft. He saw a

engine then stalled and Gaetano

bus! His story of events is that when

parked on the side of the road.

1 970s

It seems highly probable that the

E . B. apparently did not see an

the car had slowed down and stopped Gaetano had got out, fallen

malfunction of the c.ar was not due to

to the ground and E. B. had had to

a normal mechanical failure because

pull him to his feet and take him by

DATE 17 NOVEMBER 1971

just next to where it had come to

bus to ltaperuna, to a first aid clinic.

PLACE BANANEIRAS, BRAZIL

light radiating from a parked object

NAME TH E BANANEIRAS BUS

MAP REF: PS

EVENT CAMOURAGED UFO?

rest Gaetano noticed a red ray of

Did Gaetano see a bus and for some unexplained internal reason

out of which several small creatures

related to his own mental make-up

emerged and were now

suffer a fantasy of alien abduction?

approaching!

Or, did an alien abduction take place

Gaetano was apparently abducted

which did not involve E. B. , who had

An extraordinary case occurred in

from the car and taken aboard the

a false memory planted in his mind

1971 when two men, leaving a

craft where he was subjected to a

to remove the details of the attack?

1 87

SO UTH A M E R I CA

NAME ISLA DE LOBOS DATE 28 OCTOBER 1 972 PLACE ISLA DE LOBOS, URUGUAY

MAP REF: 1 1 6

EVENT CLOSE ENCOUNTER OF THE THIRD

Because of the single-witness factor the investigating group, CIOVI, obtained professional help to put the witness through over nine hours of psychological testing which seemed to support the validity of his claims.

KIND

On the evening of 28 October 1972 five men manning a 200 ft (6 1 m) lighthouse were to receive extraordinary visitors. just after ten o'clock in the evening Corporal juan Fuentes left the others to inspect the generators at the base of the lighthouse. As soon as he left the quarters he noticed an object apparently parked next to the lighthouse on top of a flat terrace. Fuentes immediately returned to the garrison house to collect a gun from his room. As he walked towards the object Fuentes noticed shining white, yellow and purple lights which illuminated a humanoid figure. Almost immediately Fuentes noticed two others, one apparently descending from the flying saucer to the terrace where he was. Fuentes was a decisive man and on seeing the sight, and at some 80 ft (24 m) from the object, he raised his arm - pointing the gun forward ready to shoot. The entities prevented him from shooting at them. How they did this, Fuentes is unclear. The entities re-boarded the craft which started rising and then disappeared at fantastic speed. White as a sheet and gun in hand Fuentes returned to the other men and told them he had seen a flying saucer. They appear to have been very practical men and his story was not well received. It was Fuentes' intention to tell his story to the media but before doing so he reported to a higher ranking officer, who then apparently conferred with personnel at the American Embassy.

1 980s NAM E ELIAS SEIXAS ABDUCTION DATE 25 SEPTEMBER 1 981 PLACE CONCEICAO DE ARAGUAIA, GOlAS,

BRAZIL MAP REF: K10 EVENT ABDUCTION

I am grateful to Irene Granchi of CISNE for supplying this report. Elias Seixas, his cousin and a friend were crossing the State of Goias, near Concei<;ao de Araguaia on 25 September 198 1 . Elias was driving his truck and was returning to Rio de janeiro, where the three lived. Odd things started happening: headlights blinked on and off, Elias felt a cold liquid pressing against the back of his head. He turned off the engine, but the lights continued blinking. He stopped the car and the three got out, the two others also having noticed a blue flash cross the sky. They now saw something that looked like a bonfire in the distance across the plains, but realized it could not be a bonfire: it was a UFO, pulsating light. Elias took his newly acquired Super-8 camera and filmed it for a few seconds. The film later revealed flashes of light coming from a 20 ft (6 m) wide fiery-red object. Back in the truck, Guaracfs straw hat, wedged between his neck and the seat, flew off. There was no wind. The three felt drowsy, and the journey was long. When they reached a petrol station in Guaraf, Elias discovered that five hours were missing in their lives: it was 4 . 30 a. m. Later, he found that he

1 88

had used up only 0. 22 gallons ( 1 litre) o f diesel, having covered a distance of 89 miles ( 143 km). Once in Rio de janeiro, Guaracf placed his own station-wagon in front of the truck, and the station-wagon started blinking its lights on and off, although neither vehicle had its engine on. On reaching home, Elias, walking in front of his truck, saw the bonnet (hood), which had always given him trouble in opening, lift by itself and bang down again. A wart on Elias's hand disappeared mysteriously. Later recollections revealed that semen had forcibly been drawn from his penis. This caused him temporary impotence, visits to a psychiatrist and a near divorce. Irene Granchi met the three men after a talk she gave at a symposium, and they asked her to fix an appointment with Dr Silvio Lago for regression hypnosis. Two sessions with him were most revealing: Elias described his abduction, the aliens he met, the place he visited, his return journey. Whereas the ship he was first taken into had only one tall, long-limbed man with penetrating lilac-blue eyes, the beings he saw after landing were the small, large-headed ones, and he also saw two human beings he was not allowed to speak to. He bears no ill feelings towards his captors, in spite of everything. Shortly after undergoing hypnosis he started developing paranormal powers and discovered that he could heal. He has now been working for free for years with a famous Brazilian doctor and parapsychologist, Dr Sobral, where he helps to make diagnoses with a group of channellers of ethereal or psychic energies. The memory of Guaracf, was entirely blocked, but the third in the group gave a description which, although less detailed than that of Elias, had certain points in common.

he database of South America bears out the belief that the UFO phenomenon is a uniform experience throughout the world, as far as we can understand it. This point goes hand in hand with the suspicion that 'local' cultural overtones can colour the picture. South America provides by far the clearest examples of this, which makes this aspect of its ufology rich for researchers. There is a much higher rate of reporting sexual encounters from South America. Taking the case of Antonio Villas Boas (see page 1 8 1 ) , which while strange and perhaps frightening seems to have many pleasant, even sexually satisfying, components. Why should this be? A further characteristic of ufology in this area is that the 'entity' descriptions coming from South America are much more varied. Across Europe and North America (ufologically worlds apart in many other ways) there is some standardization in the form of dwart-like entities with large heads and prominent, alien eyes. In South America there is really no standardization: one report even has red-skinned creatures with one eye! What is apparent in South America is that reports are frequent where there are people to report to. There seem to be great chunks of the continent devoid of large numbers of reports, almost certainly because there are no easy channels of communication. Experience in other countries suggests that when the investigators are available, the reports come in. South America does have some of the finest researchers in the world: Mrs Irene Granchi, who wrote the introduction to this section, is very well respected and has been involved in many of the important cases. Our understanding of the phe足 nomenon is made all the clearer because of the work of such people as herself. What we have teamed

These extraordinary images were created centuries before any form of successful ai rborne i mpulsion on a scale that can only be appreciated fro m air. For whom were they d rawn ?

to-date has been strongly influenced by their \\'ork. Another factor that almost certainly helped to bring the South American cases to the general UFO world is the involvement of Gordon Creighton. He was fluent in many languages and did much to publish the material coming from that continent. As contributions to our understanding of UFOs as a global phenomenon continue to emerge from South America, so we edge that bit closer to the final solution. But I suspect it will be a long road, with few easy answers.

1 89

Italic page numbers refer to

illustrations or their captions

Abductions 62, 77 Amano case 1:34 Anders encounter 103-4, 103 Andreasson, Betty 52 A vcley case 106 Bananeiras bus case 187 Bebedouro case 186-7 Cergy-Pontoise case 1 14, 1 14 'Davis, Kathie' 66, 66, 68 Godfrey encounter 1 1 5, 1 15 Gulf Breeze case 67 I iigdon, Carl 6:3-3 I !ill, Betty and Barney 42-3, 45, 68, 69 Howard, Kathryn 95 'jennie' case 39, 4 1 jindabyne case 168-9 Kempsey case 166 Kurz, Shane 55 Langford Budville 1 0 1 Medinaceli case 108 Mindalore encounter 1 52-3, 153 Mooraduc Road case 166-8 Nullarbor Plain case 1 74, 1 74 Pascagoula encounter 59-60 St Catherine's case 57 Seixas, Elias 178, 188 Sverdlovsk case 130 Tujunga Canyon case :32-3 Villas Boas, Antonio 69, 1 8 1 , 182, 184, 189 Walton, Travis 64-5, 70 Wegierska G{Jrka case 8:3 Adamski, George 28-9, 29, 3 1 , 34-5, 68

Aerial cattle rustling 1 4 Aerofiot Flight 8:352 U 7 , 1 40 Aircraft interference ser Vehicle interference Allingham, Cedric 122, 12:1 Amano abduction 1:14 Anchorage Airport, Alaska 66 Anders encounter 10:3-4, J03 Andreasson, Betty 52 Andersson, Mrs 104 Angel hair precipitation 81 Angdu encounter 86 Ann Arbor, Michigan 5 1 A rge n tina 179, 180 Arnold, Kenneth 1 4, 15- 16, 15, 1 7,

li8, li9

Ashburnham,

Massachusetts 52

Ashland, Nebraska 54 Aurora Borealis 10,

1:n

Dapple Grey Lane, Los Angeles 56-7 Darbishire, Stephen 82, 82 'Davis, Kathie' 66, 66, 68 Day, Peter 100- 1 , 100 Dayton, Texas 6S Delphos Ring, Kansas 58, 58, 70 Denmark 77, 99 Des vergers encounter 26 Dewilde encounter 83, 8.1 Dingxian City, China U2 Disappearing phenomena 130,

Baikonur Space Centre, USSR 137, 137 Bananeiras, Brazil 187 Basel, Switzerland 78 Bass Strait, Australia 162, 169-70 Batman encounter 88-9 Bauru, Brazil 180 Beaufort bomber 1 62 Bebedouro, Brazil 186-7 Beit Bridge, Zimbabwe 149-5 1 , 150

Belgium 77, 84, 102-3 Bellingeri sighting 106 Bentwaters/Lakenheath, UK 86 Bernmda Triangle 130 Birch, Alex 93 Blackford County, Indiana 6 1 Blue Book, Project 23, 26, 26, 48-9, 5 1 , 7 1 , 71 Boianai, Papua New Guinea 1 6 1 , 162-3, 1 64 Bolazec, France 90 Bolivia 179 Bougainville Reef, Australia 163 Brazil 1 2, 1 78-84, 186-9 Butler, Pennsylvania 56

130

Dogon tribes 1 56 Domsten, Sweden 88 Drakensberg, South Africa 146-7 Drakensteen Mountain, South Africa 146 Durban, South Africa 148 Dyfed enigma 1 22

Cagliari, Sardinia 108 California 28-9, 29, 31 Callery chemical plant, Pennsylvania 56 Canada 50- 1 , 5 1 , 59, 59 Canary Islands soap bubble 1 52 Caracas, Venezuela 180 Caselle Airport, Torino 1 0 1 -2 Cash/Landrum encounter 65 Catalina Island, California 52 Cergy-Pontoise, France 1 14, 1 14 Charlton crater 1 22-:3 Chile 1 79 Chiles/Whitted case 22-:� China 1 26-7, 1:H , 1:32, 133, 134-7 Cisco Grove, California 4 7 Cloera, Ireland 78 Columbia 179 Concei�ao de Ara�-,ruaia, Brazil 188 Concorde, New Hampshire 42-:3 Condon conunittee 24, 54 Cone of silence 6:3, 106, 1 SO C<miston, UK 82 Contactees 28-9, :H-5, 54, 56-7, 146-8, 14 7, 166-8 Coquil encounter 90 Cornfield circles 12, 77, 1 2 1 , 121, 16:3, 16.3, 166

Australia Hi0-70, 1 7,t Aveley, UK lOii

Aviano blackout 1 08 Ayers R o<·k 1 7!i Aztec, New M<·x11 o ' n ,

:!Z

Cover ups 14, 14, 15, 70 Coyne, Captain 60- 1 , 70 Crash retrieval srr Physical evidence Czluch<iw, Poland 8:3, 1 10

Eagle River, Wisconsin 42 Easter Island figures 1 78 Edwin and George 147-8, 147, 179 Electrical interference 50, 108, 1 3 1 , 134, 137 see also Vehicle interference Energy lines 1 03, 104 Everglades, Florida 48 Exeter, New Hampshire 48-9 Extra-terrestrial Theory 10, 76

Fairbanks, Alaska 40 Fakes 24, 93 Falcon Lake, Ontario/Manitoba 52-:3

Falconbridge, Ontario 65 Falkville, Alabama 60 Familia SaJ.,Jfada, Brazil 186 Fargo, North Dakota 2:3 Faulkner, Gordon 1 2 1 -2, 123 Figueras, Catalonia 86 Finland 89, 98-9 Flatter/Donathan case 6 1 Flight 19 disappearance 130, 130 Flying elephant case 1 10 Flying saucers 14, 15-16 Flynn incident 48 Foo fighters 69, 74, 79, 79 Fort Beaufort, South Africa 145, 148 Fort Itaipu, Brazil 184 France 12, 74-7, 8 1 , 8:3, 84, 89-90, 94, 1 1 4, 1 2 1 Fry, Daniel 34-5, 34, 35 G Gallipoli, Turkey 1 29 Gansu Province case 140

1 90

Gardin/Smith encounter 1 66 Gdansk, Poland 86, 88 Gdynia humanoid 86, 88 Germany 77, 79 Ghost rockets 69, 74, 80, 80 Gill, Father 1 6 1 , 162-:3, 1 64 , 175 Gobi Desert, China 1 32 Godfrey encounter 1 15, 1 15 Godman Field, Kentucky 20- 1 Goose Bay, Labrador 35 Great North-Eastern blackout 50- 1 , 51 Greece 80 Green triangle case 1 :3 1 Greenhaw, Jeff 60 Greensburg, Pennsylvania 6 1 -2 Groendal Reserve, South Africa 152 Groth, Arne 103, 104 Guizhou, China 136 Gulf Breeze, Florida 1 1 , 1 2, 67 Gulf of Mexico 32

Hadersley, jylland 99 Hawaii 63 Heilongjiang Province, China 137 Hessdalen lights, Norway 1 18-19, 1 19

I ligdon, Carl 63-4 Hill 60 case 1 29 Hill, Betty and Barney 42-3, 43, 45, 56, 68, 69 Hoaxes 87, 1 14 , 1 14, 1 22 Hook, UK 90- 1 Horseshoe Lagoon, Australia 16:3, 163, 166 Howard, Kathryn 94-5, 95 Hunan Province, China l:H l l ynek, Dr. J. Allen 47, 49, 5 1 , 7 1 , 71 , 1 19, 1 6 1

lmbeault, Michel 59, 59 lmjarvi, Finland 96, 98-9 Ireland 78 Irish airship 78 Isla de Lobos, Uruguay 188 Italy 77, 78, 84, 1 0 1 -2, 106, 108, 109

Japan 1:34 Japan Air Lines case 66 jelly entities of Sweden 88 'jennie' :m, 4 1 jindabyne, Australia 168-9

Kaikoura, New Zealand 161, 1 7 1 , 1 71

Kalgourlie, Australia 166

l lll ill ll lll ll n •· I N DEX

KallaVl'si Lake, Kuopio HY K!'lly- l l opkinsvillc•, Kentucky

l .oxton laruhngs

Mount Hainier, Washington Stille

Stephc·n Mirhalaq case ;,:I

155, 156, 15fi, ! 57

1\!'mpsey, Australia IGG

Keyhoe, Major llonald E. :12, 4:1,

tennis court rase 11H, 1 4 9

Mutare, Zimbabwe 1 5:1, 155, 1 5(i,

Nakayama, Tsutoma G:l, fi3

Swamp gas de hade :I I Swed(� n 77, HO, Hlj, HH, 9:•-�.

Valensole sighting HY

Kurz, Shane 55

SV! · rdlovsk , l JSSH J :IO

l o:!-4

Vaddii rPtri(·val Hli

Klarer, Elizabeth 146-7

Suhmarnw UFO J lj2

Ubatuha retrieval I HO- I

156

(i9, 71

Kuwait close encounter 1:1·1

Stondlt'IIJ.:I', l J K 76

Hoswl'!l incident I H-20

Murhena, Clifford 1 44 - S , l S:I,

:IH-!1, 311

I :12

J{endlcshmn Forest r;Jse I Hi

1 5 - Hi

Karroo, South Africa 1 4 •1

Tc·mple, Hobert l :ilj

l'iast6w, Warsaw 1 1 0

Tennis court case 14X, 1 4!J

Namur, Bd1-.ri um H4, H5

PiPdmont, Alessandra I Oii

Nebraska :19, 4 1

l 'lanets mistaken for lJFOs ·10

Tha mes Estuary, UK �1

Tientsin Atrport, China 135

New Zealand Hi ! , 1 7:1

Poland H 1, H3, H6, HH, 1 10

La l{ochelle 1 5:1, 155, 156,

Niteroi deaths, Brazil 1 H6

l'olaski encounter 6 1 -2

Tioga, New York State 4 7

/5(i Lake Chaud, Minsk 1 37, 140

North America 9-71

Portugal IOG-7

Todmorden, UK 1 1 :1

Northern Lights 40, 1 :1:1

l 'ushkino, USSH 1:10

Torino sighting 1 0 1 -2

L;�ke Kiilrnjiirv, Sweden HO, HO

Norway I I H- 19

Lake Mcllwaine, Zimbabwe 1 4(i

Nuclear research and industry 1 5,

Tribal knowledge 1 :!6

Nullarbor Plain, Australia 1 74 , 1 74 UK 1 0 1

Lanz I lau, (;;msu 1 4 0 Lawson, Professor Alvin 62 Le Hoy, Kansas 1 4

()

Light phenomena 25, 25, 40, 77, 100, l l H- 1 9, 1 19, 133, 1 45

Trindade Island photoJ..,'Taphs IH5,

1H5

Radar detection 25-6, 32, 43, 65,

Ogre Observatory, Latvia 1 3 1

66, 86, 1 0 1 -2, 107,

Oloron-Ste-Marie, Pays Basques

1.1.5, 1 52, 1 6 1 , 1 7H

I:lO,

1:15,

Radioactivity 65, 1 74 , 12!!-9, 128

H I , 81

Lego Argentino, Argentina l HO

sec also nuclear research and

Orthoteny 75

24, 24

Trident sighting 106-7

Quarouble, France 8:1

20, 69

l..;tke Maracaibo case 1H6

Lm Xi, China 1:35 Lmhrford Budville,

Trent photoj..,'Taphs

industry

Tujunga Canyon, Cahfornia 32-3 Tunh'll s event, USSR 1 2H-9, 128 Turkey 1 29

Ubatuba, Brazil 1 H0- 1

Rendlesham Forest, U K 1 1 6- 1 7,

Livennore, California 34

Palenque carving 187, 187

Livingston, UK 1 1 0- 1 1 , 1 1 1 , 1 12

Palm Beach, Florida 26

Reunion Island, Indian Ocean 1 5 1

Umm Alaish, Kuwait 134 Union of Soviet Socialist Republics

Lintiao Airbase, Gansu 134

117

Lochraven Dam, Baltimore 4 1

Papua New Guinea 162-3, 164

Revisionists 77

Long Crendon, U K 100- 1

Paraguay 179

Rincon, Engineer 1 79

Lorenzen, jim and Coral 39, 3.9

Pascagoula, Mississippi 59-60, 60

Robbins Field, Georgia 23

Loxton, South Africa 1 4 4 , 1 5 1 -2

Patterson's Groyne, South Africa

Robozero Lake, USSR 128

Lubbock, Texas 25, 25

Maarup encounters 9Y McMinnville, Oregon 24, 24

UFO fleet 84 Ukraine vehicle interference 132

1 2, 1 26, 1 27, 128-9, 1 3 1 -3, 137, 1 4 0

United Kingdom 1 2 , 7 4 , 7 7 , 82.

Rome, Italy 84

1 4 7-8, 1 4 7

M, H6, 88-9, 90-2, 1 00- 1 , 106,

Penn, USSR 1 4 0

Rosmead, South Africa 148, 1 49

Petrozavodsk, U S S R 1 27, 132-3

Roswell Incident 1 2, 18-20, 18, 19

United States of 1\rnerica 9-7 1 ,

Phobos 1 05

Ruppelt, Captain Edward j. 23, 26, 26

Uruguay 1 79, 188

Photographic evidence 27, 49, 63

Majestic 1 2 ( MJ - 1 2 ) 1 2

Adamski, George 29, 29

Russian Park Giants 1.18, 1 40

Mali, North-West Africa 156

Bougainville Reef case 1 63

Rybinsk, USSR 1 3 1

Mansfield, Ohio 60- 1

Catalina Island film 52

1 10 - 1 1 , 1 1 5- 1 7, 1 2 1 -3 1 75

Viiddii, Sweden H6 Valensole, France H9, 90

Mantell, Captain Thomas 20- 1 , 21

Oarbishire, Stephen 82, 82

Maralinga, Australia 1 62

Day, Peter 1 00 - 1 , WO

St Catherine's Ontario 57

Mars 105

fakes 24, 93

St George, Minnesota 49

Maryland 29

Faulkner, Gordon 1 2 1 -2, 123

Salandin, Flight Lieutenant H4

Vallentuna wave 104

Matabelcland, Zimbabwe 156

Fry, Daniel 34 Greenhaw, jeff 60

Salem, Massachusetts 27

Vehicle interference 4 1 , 61, 90- l ,

Salonika, Greece 80

132, 1 34 , 1 49-5 1 , 150, 1 62,

Gulf Breeze case 67

Salt wood, UK H8-9

1 66, 1 74 , 1 74, 1 8H

Maury Island, Washin1-.rton State 14, 69

Medicine Bow National Forest,

Valentich encounter 1 60- 1 , 169-70, 1 70, 1 72, 1 75

I lessdalcn lights 1 1 9, I I9

Santa Rita, Venezuela 1H6

Venezuela 180, 1 86

hoaxes 87

Sardinia helicopter encounter 1 OH

Villas Boas, Antonio 55, 69, 1H l ,

Mcdinaccli, Soria 1 08

lmbeault, Michel 59

Sayama City, japan 134

Meier, Billy 107

Kaikoura controversy 1 7 1 , 1 71

Schirmer, Patrolman 54

Vilvorde, Brussels 102-3, 102 Voronezh, USSR 1 27, 138, 1 40

Wyoming 63

182, 1 84 , 189

'Men in black' 1 4 , 14, 1 5, 69

Lubbock lights 25, 25

Schweinfurt, Germany 79

Meteors 136, 13() Mexico I H7

Meier, Billy 107

Seixas, Elias 178, 1 88

Nakayama, Tsutomu 63, 63

Serra de Almos, Spain 92-3

Michalaq, Stephen 52-3, 53 Minas Gt>raPs, Brazil l H I , IH4

Namur case M, 85 St>ixas, Elias IHH

Severin, Antoine 1 5 1 Shanghai, China I :J I

Wam1instPr, UK 7.'1, 1 2 1 -:J. 123

Mindalore, South Africa 152-3,

Trent photographs 24, 24

Shanxi Airport, China 1 3:1

Washington flap 25-6, 26

Trindade Island photographs

Sign, Project 22

Wt,•gierska G6rka, Poland 8:1

Silbury I lill, UK 75

White Sands Proving Ground,

153 Missing time :13, 54, 95, 1 0 1 , 106, 150, IH7, 1 88 Moigne Downs, UK 9 1 -2

185, 185

Walton, Travis 64-5, 70

Simonton, joe 42

Washington flap26 Physical evidence 1 Y, 22, 46-7,

New Mexico 23, 34-5

Sinccny, Aisnc H4

Wilcox, Gary 4 7

Montgomery, Georgia 22-3

46, 1 75

Snowflake, Arizona 64-5

Wolin Island, Szczecin H I

Montreal, Canada 59, 59

angel hair precipitation H 1

McKJraduc Road, Australia 166-8, 167, 1 75

Aztec crash retrieval 22 Czluch6w sighting 1 10

Socorro, New Mexico IY, 23, 46-7, 46

Siiderby, Gustavslund 103-4

Moreland encounter 1 6 1

Delphos Ring 5H, 58

South Africa 1 44 -9, 1 5 1 -:J

Moth M e n 88-9, 88

l le\\o;lde encounter H3

South 1\rncrica 178-89

Mount Etna, Sicily 108, 109

Flynn incidPnt 48

Mount Palomar Observatory,

Gdynia humanoid 86, HH

Southampton, UK 1 10 Spain 77, 86, 92-3, 108, 1 22

Kallavesi Lake retrieval 89

Spiral UFO 1 36

California 29, 29

1 91

·x·.

Dr. 94

Zhang Po County,

China 1 32

Zimbabwe 1 46, 1 49-5 1 , 153, 151i

knowledge of specialist contributors.

As the current chairman of the International Committee for U FO Research (I C U R) - and a former chairman of the British

The World A tlas of UFO's is a fine example of the

U FO Research Association (BUFORA) - I am very pleased to

cooperation which is beginning to develop between U FO

be invited to provide an afterword.

groups from all over the world. The better this is, the more

The subject of UFOs, as we have seen in this World A tlas is

investigators there are, and the more authoritative the information that is exchanged, the nearer we will be to providing

a truly international one. The database cases reveal how certain types of phenomena transcend cultural boundaries. But if the

explanations of phenomena. The International Committee

events being reported are similar, the interpretations could not

for UFO Research (ICUR) is committed to this approach. As a final note, I appeal for even greater cooperation

be more different. A sighting of silver-suited aliens in Africa is interpreted as being a visitation by ancestors while the same

between groups and individuals and a greater tolerance of

sighting in Europe or the USA is classified as an 'alien

viewpoints. Let's all pull together!

encounter'. It is clear from this that an understanding of

FoR U FO REsEARCH.

the World Atlas of UFO's is much enhanced by the local

ORGANIZATIONS

Fuller, jolm G Th e Interruptedjourney

Limited (BUFORA), 16 Southway, Burgess

Furneaux, Rupert The Tun�:us H 11ent Panther

The British UFO Research Association Hill, Sussex, R H 1 5 YST, United Kingdom. BUFORA operate a 24-hr UFOCALL LINE: (0898) 1 2 1 886. I t contains UFO national

news and information (special charges apply). The Mutual UFO Network ( MUFON), 1o:l Oldtowne Road, Sq,'ll i n, TX 781 55, USA.

International Committee for UFO lksearch ( ! C U R), P. O. Box 3 1 4, Penn, High Wycombe, Bucks, I I P IO 8PB, United

Kingdom. I CUR will be pleased to provide

the name and address of specific

organizations in specific countries on request. Organizations seeking to join the International Committee are invited to apply.

BIB LIOGRAPHY Basterficld, K Close l�ncmmters oj an

;lustra/ian Kind Reed ( 1 98 1 ) Berlitz, Charles; Moore, William The R os 1N ll I nl " idfnt ( ;ranada Publishing ( 1 980) Blum, R and J H{'\'lmd /:' a rth Corgi ( 1 �! 74 ) Bowen, Charles ( Ed. )

Till' /Iummwuls

Futura ( 1 �!7·1); f:'nmuntcr ('asfsfrom F(rznt.: .'·,'auci'Y R I' I!it'll! SiJ.,'lWl ( 1 977)

(!Fr J ( ;ranada ( 1 %8 ) Enwneggt·r, l�obcrt (!FOs I'ast, /'resent and Fu tu rl' Balian\ irw ( l �l7·1) Evans, I l ilary The !:'1•idnu c jor { !Fl)s Tilt'

Chapman, Robert

Aquarian l 'rt'ss ( 1 �JS:I); Visions,

!l ppa ntion s, A lzm Vzsztors i\quarian l 'rt'ss ( 1 98·1) Evans, l l ilary; Spenct'r, John

( Ells. )

IY47- IYR7 Forlt'an Tomt·s

{ IFOs

( l � J�I' )

i Jmvt'rsit ,. l 'n ·o-,� ( ] � � I I J

Evans-Wt'nlz, W Fmrr Fmtlz 111 lh1 ( ·, /tzc Co u n tries Oxford

Fcstingcr/l\cichen/Sch<JCkt'r II ;lin1 Fmls l l arpt'l

Flammonde, Paris ( 1 976)

Fowler, I I all

I� ow ( I %· 1 )

/' li!j1/u '"

l!FO Hxist.' Ball<tnluw

I� The !l ndrmsson AJ{azr l 'n ·n t ll ·, . ( ] 97�))

RoBEin Dl<;nv, CHAIRMAN,

I NTERNATIONAL CoMMITTEE

different cultures is paramount in the world study of UFOs and

Souvenir Press ( 1 966)

Rogo, D Scott A hen A bduction s Signet ( 1 980) Saunders, David; Harkins, Roger

( 1 977)

Yes! Signet Books ( 1 968)

lJFOs?

Smith, Warren UFO Trek Sphere ( 1 977)

Good, Timothy A bove Top Secrl'l Sidh'Wick and jackson ( 1 987)

Spencer, jolm; Evans, Hilary (Eds. ) Phenomenon MacDonald ( 1 988)

Hind, Cynthia UFOs - African Enmunters Gemini ( 1 982)

Spencer, john l'aspectivcs MacDonald ( 1 9YO) Stanford, Ray Socorro Saurer Fontana ( 1 978)

Hobana, Ion; Weverbergh, julien UFOs From Hchind The Iron Curtain Bantam ( 1 975)

Hopkins, Budd Missin�: Time Richard Merrick ( 1 98 1 ); Intrudfrs Random House ( 1 987)

Steiger, Urad (Ed. ) P roject Blue Hook

Ballantine ( 1 976); The UFO Abductors Berkley ( 1 988)

Stringfield, Leonard Situat ion Red Fawcett Crest ( 1 977) Time- Life Editors Psychic Powers Time-Life

Hynek, Dr J Allen Thf Hynek UFO Report

( 1 988)

Sphere ( 1 978)

Vallee, jacques and janine Ch allenw to

Thint.:s Sfm in the Skies i\rc ( 1 987, first

Vallee, jacques Passport to Ma;:onia

jung, C ( ; Flyint.: Saurers: A Modern Myth of published 1 959)

Keel, John Operation Trojan Horse Putman ( 1 970); Stran;:c Creatures from Time and

Spare Sphere ( 1 976) ; Visitors from Space Panther ( 1 976 first published as The Mothnum l'rophccifs) ; Thf Cosm ic ()uestion Panther ( I 978) Keyhoc, Major Donald E Flyint.: Saucers from O u te r Space Tandem ( 1 969); A liens from Spaa Panther ( 1 975) Leslie, Desmond; Adamski, ( ; eorge Flyint.: Sawcrs /lave Landed Futura ( 1 977, tirst published 1 95:1) Lorenzen, Coral E F(vint.: Sa u cers (originally: The Grmt Fl_vmt.: Sa ua r I/oax) Signet Books ( 1 %6) Lorenzen, Jim and Coral lJFOs Ova thf ;lmnims SiJ.,'lWt Books ( 1 968) Michel, Aim(; The Truth Abo u t F (vin;: Saucers CorJ.,ri ( 1 958)

l�andlt', Capt. Kevin, USAF (ret) The UFO ( 'riS('hook Warner Books ( 1 989) l�andlt's, knnv

(!Fl) Studv l�obert

Hale

I I IJ8 l ) ; ,1/;dudum Roticrt II ale ( 1 988)

1 \ u n n w r , John

Till' Fz,idmcc jiJYA lim

illitludions Aquarian Press ( 1 984)

1 92

Sciencf Neville Spearman ( 1 Y<i7) Spearman ( 1 970); The Inm.siblf Collc;:e Dutton ( 1 975); Dimensions Souvenir Press ( 1 988)

Magazines and Periodicals H UFORA ]o u rnal and B ulletin ( 1 968-1988) C uadc n z os de l!folo�:ia (Editors julio Areas

and jose 1\ucsga) Italian UFO R eporter (Editors ( ; ian

( ; rassino, Eduardo Russo, l'aolo Tosdli

and MaUiizio Verga)

Thf jo u nw l ojTranstent Aerial /'lzcrwmena

( I Y80- 1 988)

Mvstcry of thl' Cirrles IHJFOI\A Publications (Compiled by Paul Fuller and jenny Randles) MUFlJN UF(Jjoumal (Editor I >ennis Stacy) 0 \IN/ I'rcsenCf' ( 1 988) (Editor Yves Bosson)

A samp le sun>ry ofthf mcidents of

�:eomctrical(v sh aped crop drmwt.:c C Fuller ( 1 9H8)_

SOHHI'S News (Editor Michel Bougard) UFO 1/rz't.:antla (Editor Andy [{oberts) UFO!lFNI News (Editor Cynthia Hind)

UFl) Times B l JFORA Publications (Editor Michael Wootten)